The fashion industry is undergoing a big-time digital transformation that no one can afford to ignore. Well, here’s a stat to corroborate my statement.

Fashion eCommerce is forecast to reach a market size of $100.3 bn by the end of 2025.

So, it’s evident that the online fashion retail industry is never going to look back. Thus, most of the fashion retailers have already turned online or are planning to go online soon.

While a website is indispensable for the online fashion business, does it suffice today? The answer is NO. A cross-platform fashion app for Android and iOS is a must to accompany it.

If you ask why you need a fashion app for Android and iOS, the answer lies in its benefits. So, if you are a fashion retailer or thinking of becoming one, here’s a post for you. By the end of this post, you’ll learn how a fashion app can augment your online fashion retail business. You’ll also get clarity on how to build a fashion app and more.

Advantages of a Fashion App

Increased Brand Awareness and Visibility

If you have a fashion app, you get an edge over other online fashion retailers. This is because a mobile app helps you boost your brand awareness and visibility. Marketers are always on the hunt for new platforms to advertise their brands, products, and services.

With a feature-rich fashion app for Android and iOS users, they can get help making the target audience notice your brand easily. Every time a user unlocks their phone, they can view your brand’s logo. Over time, your logo becomes your identity, and people start recognizing your brand with your logo. Hence, both visibility and awareness go high.

Looking to boost your brand awareness and visibility with a powerful cross-platform fashion app for Android and iOS? Our MageMob App Builder can come in handy to serve the purpose.

On-the-Go Access

In comparison to a website that may need timely maintenance or repair, a fashion app for Android or iOS is likely to need it less frequently. This is why a fashion app rarely goes slow or down, and customers can access its features on the go.

When customers get to use your fashion app for Android and iOS anytime they like, they are more likely to shop from you. As time passes, the number of your fashion app users increases and helps bring more traffic and sales.

Helps Build Customer Loyalty

If you build a fashion app for Android and iOS users, it helps you build customer loyalty. Once your customer downloads your app, they would more likely use an app instead of your website to make purchases due to convenience.

If you tailor your app to personalize their shopping experience by including the latest features, it will boost your customer loyalty in the long run.

Want to build customer loyalty fast with a futuristic fashion app for Android and iOS? We can help you out.

Enhanced Shopping Experience

A well-optimized fashion app increases the convenience of online shopping with the “tap and swipe” functionality. This way, a cross-platform fashion app for Android and iOS platforms helps enhance customers’ shopping experience more than a site.

Improved Customer Retention

A website may not be as effective as retaining customers as a fashion app is at times. A customer goes on your site, makes a purchase, and forgets! The same is not the case with a mobile app.

There are push notifications that you can leverage to engage and re-engage customers via your app. When your app users view a relevant push notification (say an offer, sale, etc.), the chances are high that they open your app. Push notifications are a means to keep reminding your customers about your existence.

Besides, there are back-in-store alerts that you can avail of to bring back your customers. If customers don’t find a product they like available in your store, they abandon the store. However, with back-in-store alerts via apps, you can notify your customers when the product is available again. Back-in-store alerts not only help you decrease your cart abandonment rates but also improve the retention rate of permanent customers.

Location-Based Targeting

A fashion app also enables you to harness the power of location-based targeting. You can collect customers’ data, their demographic details, purchase patterns, and preferences. All this data can tailor your products to suit your target customers in different regions or countries. You can also tap into local festivals of a region or country by offering region-specific discounts on your app. This also helps you increase your outreach to different regions’ customers better and efficiently.

All in all, location-based targeting, if done rightly, can bring good results in less time.

App-Specific Offers and Discounts

Unlike a website, you can engage your customers in more ways with your fashion app. A good way is app-specific offers and discounts. Humans tend to appreciate anything that they get at a lower price or with some benefits.

You can choose to provide some app-specific offers and discounts to your app users. This encourages them to download your app, and more importantly, keep it after the initial purchase.

For example, you can give a discount on the first purchase to a new customer to your app and is making their first purchase. Similarly, you can start a loyalty program to give some reward points for every purchase made via the app.

These strategies help you stand out among any other fashion brand that doesn't have a fashion app for Android and iOS.

Enhanced Social Media Visibility and Cross-Channel Marketing

By integrating functionalities like in-app messages, comments, photo-sharing, and social media login, you can enhance your social media visibility. A fashion app with social media integration can help you tap into social media’s potential and drive more traffic to your app and site from there. It can also help spread good word-of-mouth via your app reviews and social sharing of products.

How to Build a Fashion App

When it comes to building a fashion app for Android and iOS, there are two ways to do that.

The traditional way generally involves the following steps - hiring a developer, conveying your requirements, getting iterative updates, reviewing the final app, and publishing it after everything is fine. While the process sounds too easy to follow, it may not be that easy, especially for start-ups or amateurs with budget and expertise limitations.

Nevertheless, there is another way out - faster and more cost-effective.

Use a fully scalable, customizable, pre-built, ready-to-integrate, and cross-platform framework to develop your fashion app for Android and iOS. And our Magento App Builder can be the ideal choice for that.

Launch Your Fashion App in Just 48 Hours with MageMob App Builder

Our MageMob App Builder for Magento comes with support for all the native app features you seek. Be it user profile management, seamless navigation, one-tap checkout, you get it all under one roof.

To add to your joy, it is fully scalable and you can edit and update functionalities in real-time without any hassle. The cherry on top is the high ROI you get due to a minimum investment. We ensure that people recognize your app as yours, not someone else’s. For that, we provide a white-label app development service where we develop and hand it over. Once launched, it’s all yours - by name and fame. We won’t claim any stake and credit - nope!

Coming to mobile-specific features, our Fashion App Builder provides them all. Appealing product showcase, wishlist, social reviews, referral programs, and more.

So, what are you waiting for? Now that you know how to make your own clothes app, now is the time to make it happen with us by your side.

You can check out our Fashion App Builder, and you can get in touch with us to integrate it.

All product and company names are trademarks™, registered® or copyright© trademarks of their respective holders. Use of them does not imply any affiliation with or endorsement by them. ]]> Fri, 19 Mar 2021 03:53:07 +0000https://m2.appjetty.com/blog/fashion-app-for-android-future-online-fashion-industry https://m2.appjetty.com/blog/fashion-app-for-android-future-online-fashion-industry sulabh.chauhan@india.biztechconsultancy.com (Sulabh Chauhan) Sulabh Chauhan

The last year wasn’t just like any other year. It was full of panic, hustle, and uncertainty. The pandemic afflicted people across the globe. Now that vaccination drives have started in several countries, and people have got more cautious than ever, things are slowly back on track. Amid several industries that witnessed plummeting profitability, one industry has succeeded beyond expectations.

That’s the e-commerce industry!

This industry has seen a dramatic rise in terms of revenue and demand since Covid-19.

One of the important aspects that you can’t afford to ignore in e-commerce is the delivery part. If you have a strong delivery strategy in place for your e-store, you are sure to stay ahead of the curve. To handle the surge in online shopping, e-retailers have tweaked their delivery handling in different ways. These tweaks aim to make the delivery process easier and faster.

If you are also an e-store owner looking to strengthen your delivery strategy, here are the top delivery trends to keep an eye on.

1. Same Day + Next Day Delivery

Although not completely new, same-day + next-day delivery has become an even more pressing trend now. More people have turned to online shopping and expect delivery on the same day or within 2 days of order placement.

With e-commerce giants like Amazon, eBay, Walmart, etc., taking the lead, different small e-store owners are looking for the possibility of urban warehousing. The closer the fulfillment center is to the customer, the lower the delivery time will be. By building small warehouses within city limits, business owners can easily deliver products to people in the cities and on the outskirts. It also can help them save on investment in shipment charges as the distance between your fulfillment center and customers decreases.

2. Real-Time Package Tracking

Though the live tracking of products has always been important for e-stores, its demand has surged even more after Covid-19. Customers look forward to getting real-time updates about the products that they’ve ordered. The more accurate the real-time package-tracking is, the better the customer’s shopping experience will be. In the years to come ahead, providing last-mile tracking will no longer be an option but necessary.

3. Zero-Contact Delivery

With the fear of contacting COVID-19, people have started looking at the formalities to complete while receiving a package differently. Most of them try to avoid any contact with the delivery-person or any paper or device they hand out to sign on.

Instead, they prefer a fully contactless delivery. Big e-retail giants have already adopted this trend, and small e-retailers are following suit. Zero-contact delivery is going to be a popular trend for several years to come.

4. 3rd Party Logistics

Third-party logistics (3PLs) is becoming increasingly popular after Covid-19. Uber drivers, Amazon delivery services, etc., are now in high demand as they are easy to afford to manage inventories and carry packages. Outsourcing deliveries to a third-party logistics company can help a business reduce delivery expenses and focus more on core operations.

The demand for third-party shipping services is going to skyrocket further in the upcoming years. UPS, DHL, Australia Post, FedEx, etc., are some popular names in the list of third-party logistics companies.

5. More Control over Deliveries to Customers

Giving the reins in the hands of your customers is becoming increasingly necessary. Earlier, customers were not so particular about the delivery dates. However, over the past two or three years - and especially since the pandemic’s onset, customers’ preferences have changed. They want more control over their delivery in their hands.

That is why the freedom to pick a suitable delivery date and delivery time is in high demand. To enhance their shopping experience, customers also want to put in delivery comments if they have particular preferences.

So, if you also want to keep your customers engaged, you should offer the freedom to select a delivery date and time.

If you are looking to allow customers to choose delivery dates and timings, our Magento 2 Delivery Date extension can be the right fit for you. It is a ready-to-integrate and cutting-edge delivery date scheduler extension.

It lets you provide the freedom to choose a suitable delivery date and Magento 2 delivery time to customers. Customers can also write delivery comments and view a complete break-up of delivery charges that ensure transparency. You can display non-working days and holidays and even time-slots to customers to avoid any delivery complaints.

We have upgraded Magento 2 Delivery Date extension with more next-gen features in our ongoing efforts to enhance our clients’ experience.

Here are the latest features for you.

Delivery Date Selection based on Shipping Methods

As an admin, you can enable or disable delivery date selection for your customers based on the shipping methods they pick. You can also disable delivery date selection on the products with zero shipping fee.

Set Global or Product-Wise Order Processing Time

With Magento 2 Delivery Date extension, you can configure a store-level order processing time applicable on all the products from your store backend. You can configure the order processing time for individual products depending on your delivery arrangements if you want. Accordingly, you can display the available delivery dates to select for your customers.

Additional Delivery Charges

With Magento 2 Delivery Date extension, you can easily configure the additional delivery charges for certain situations. For example, you can set charges higher than average for same-day delivery or delivery on certain days like Christmas, New Year, etc.

Over to You

The Covid-19 pandemic has forced e-store owners to innovate their delivery strategy. If you haven’t revamped it yet, now is the time! Upgrade your e-store with the latest delivery trends and win the customers’ trust and loyalty.

Want us to help you with that? Integrate our Magento 2 Delivery Date Scheduler extension and make your store future-ready.

To integrate it or know more about it, you can get in touch with us at sales@appjetty.com.

All product and company names are trademarks™, registered® or copyright© trademarks of their respective holders. Use of them does not imply any affiliation with or endorsement by them. ]]> Mon, 08 Mar 2021 09:03:52 +0000https://m2.appjetty.com/blog/delivery-trends-zero-2021-and-ahead https://m2.appjetty.com/blog/delivery-trends-zero-2021-and-ahead sulabh.chauhan@india.biztechconsultancy.com (Sulabh Chauhan) Sulabh Chauhan

E-commerce is going to shape the future of the retail business. Almost all companies - big or small are thinking of taking their business online. Online e-commerce platforms have made it easier for all businesses to develop their e-commerce sites faster.

Magento, BigCommerce, WooCommerce, etc. are a few popular e-commerce platforms that businesses are using to build sites. Of late, Shopify has also emerged as a very popular e-commerce platform and is already powering over 1,000,000 businesses worldwide.

There are a number of reasons behind Shopify’s popularity.

First, it is quick and easy to set up and one doesn’t require any technical expertise to launch a Shopify store. Second, it is secure, reliable and provides enabling SSL certificates to encrypt data and secure it. Third, it provides mobile-ready themes that look appealing across all screen sizes.

There is one more important reason behind the popularity of Shopify.

There is an app for virtually everything!

Be it in-depth analytics, shipments, marketing, or any other aspect you need to manage, Shopify’s got you covered. If you are a Shopify store looking for the best Shopify apps to integrate, you are at the right place.

This post enlists some of the best Shopify apps that you can add to expand your store’s functionalities.

Best Shopify Plugins to Support Your Shopify Store

Below are the best Shopify plugins you can use for your store:

• AppJetty Language Translator for Shopify

• AppJetty GeoIP Redirect for Shopify

• AppJetty Delivery Date Manage for Shopify

• AppJetty Zipcode Validator for Shopify

• AppJetty Auspost Shipping for Shopify

• AppJetty Dropshipping for Shopify

1. AppJetty Language Translator for Shopify

AppJetty Language Translator for Shopify is a feature-rich translation app for your Shopify store. With support for native translation, it makes your Shopify store translation seamless and SEO-friendly. Following are the highlight features of this translator app:

• Simple and Smart Translation

  This app lets you manage all the product objects (variants and options) in a single product resource. Hence, you don’t need to translate product options (size or color) or product variants separately. You can translate them easily with one tap which makes backend translation simple and fast. You can also translate auto-triggered SMS and emails to enhance target customers’ experience.

• Choice between Google API-based Manual and Automated Translation

  It lets you translate your store components both ways. You can either translate them manually or translate them in bulk automatically with Google API. You can also know the translation status of every component in your store during bulk translation.

• 100% Control Over Final Translation

  If you want, you can preview the final translation of your store beforehand. The What You See Is What You Get feature lets you manually edit any piece of content that doesn’t match the intended translation.

• Compatibility with all major SEO apps

  With AppJetty Language Translator, you can create multiple language-specific domains with native Shopify multi-language support. This helps make your translation SEO-friendly and boost your visibility.

2. AppJetty GeoIP Redirect for Shopify

AppJetty GeoIP Redirect for Shopify helps localize your customers’ browsing experience. It redirects visitors to a specific site as per their countries or states. Following are the highlight features of this app:

• Multiple Language Domains, Custom Pop-Ups, and Currency Switcher

  You can add or remove multiple countries to a base language domain to redirect customers from those countries to that. An engaging custom redirect pop-up helps engage your customers better. The built-in currency switcher also lets the customer pick a currency as per their nationality.

• Flexible Redirect Options

  It lets you enable forced GeoIP-based redirection or lets customers decide which language-based store they want to view. If you enable auto-redirect, it will redirect all the customers from a particular country to the domain you have configured for them. Disabling it will give the freedom of choice of the store-view in customers’ hands. They can either keep the default store view or choose multiple language options to switch the store in real-time.

• Protection against Malicious Traffic

  GeoIP Redirect also enables you to secure your store against malicious IPs and frauds. You can easily block unwanted traffic from counterfeit IDs with a high number of fake orders or return rates. You can also choose to restrict visitors from a particular country to visit your store to comply with your trade policies.

• Traffic Redirection/Analysis Reports

  With the traffic redirection and analytics report GeoIP Redirect provides, you can better view and analyze the annual redirects and blocks. You can view the month-wise report to find out which countries contribute to more traffic on your site.

3. AppJetty Delivery Date Manage for Shopify

AppJetty Delivery Date Manager for Shopify lets customers choose delivery date and time as per their choice and enhances their shopping experience. Following are the highlight features of this app:

• Restrict Delivery Period

  You can configure the available date range to select a suitable delivery date for customers with the Delivery Date Manager.

• Cut-Off Time

  Cut-off time is the time beyond which orders placed won’t count as the order on the same date. By configuring cut-off time, you can manage the delivery of daily orders better and more efficiently.

• Customizable Delivery Date Picker and Delivery Comments

  It lets you customize the color and font of the delivery date picker. This helps you make the delivery date picker more appealing. You can let your customers add delivery comments and notes before checkout to personalize their shopping experience.

• No-Contact Delivery

  Covid-19 has made contactless delivery popular. You can also offer customers to choose the “No-Contact Delivery” option on the cart page with the app.

• Enhanced Shipping Configuration

  To manage shipments better, you can also limit the total count of daily orders. You can configure the maximum number of orders in a particular time-interval of a day. Or you can restrict them on a full-day basis by configuring the maximum number of orders in a day.

4. AppJetty Zipcode Validator for Shopify

AppJetty Zipcode Validator for Shopify helps enhance your customers’ shopping experience and store transparency. It lets customers check product availability by entering the zip codes of their regions. Following are the highlight features of this app.

• Custom Delivery/Unavailability Messages

  You can customize delivery availability and unavailability messages and their style to make them attractive.

• Blacklist Zip Codes

  With Zipcode Validator, you can blacklist zip codes where you can’t deliver products. It will disable the addition of products to the cart page by customers from those zip codes.

• Estimated Delivery Date and Time

  Based on the zip code the customers enter, you can display the estimated delivery date and time to customers. This can help increase the chances of more purchases by enhancing transparency.

• Specification of Post Code Rules

  You can specify zip code rules for postal code validation product-wise, category-wise, or for all products. This helps maintain and manage delivery priorities on your Shopify store.

5. AppJetty Auspost Shipping for Shopify

AppJetty Auspost Shipping for Shopify helps auto-calculate live and contract shipping rates directly on the checkout page. Thus, it also helps make the management of shipments a hassle-free experience. Following are the features of this app:

• Multiple Service Options

  You can buy multiple Australia Post shipping services and choose to enable or disable them in real-time. It also lets you update changes in shipping services and reflect them on the front-end via re-sync.

• Custom Product Dimensions

  Auspost Shopify enables you to assign custom dimensions to products individually or in bulk. You can assign dimensions manually or configure standard dimensions to similar items in bulk. You can further configure default dimensions to auto-assign to any product with undefined dimensions.

• Display of Live and Contract Shipping Rates

  Auspost Shopify lets you fetch live shipping rates with your API key during checkout. You can also fetch contract shipping rates via your account no., user no., and password to avail of contract shipping rates for high volume of shipments.

6. AppJetty Dropshipping Manager for Shopify

AppJetty Dropshipping Manager for Shopify helps make your dropshipping management seamless. Here are the following features that it provides:

• Filter Orders by Vendor & Date

  With AppJetty Dropshipping Manager, you can easily filter the orders customers place by vendors, dates, or fulfillment status.

• Export/Import Orders

  If you have many order fulfillment statuses to update, you can add and update them in bulk. You can simply export or import order fulfillment statuses. You can import or export files in formats including CSV, XLSX, and ODS and send them to vendors.

• Email Your Order List

  AppJetty Dropshipping Manager lets you send your order list via an email to your vendor and update them about the pending orders.

Integrate Shopify Apps - Upgrade Your Store Now

Shopify apps can enhance various Shopify store’s aspects and functionalities. If you are a Shopify store owner, our AppJetty has got a collection of our best Shopify plugins, as we explained above.

If you want to know more about these apps and integrate them, you can check our site. We can also provide the assistance you need to add the Shopify app.

All product and company names are trademarks™, registered® or copyright© trademarks of their respective holders. Use of them does not imply any affiliation with or endorsement by them. ]]> Tue, 16 Feb 2021 13:31:07 +0000https://m2.appjetty.com/blog/best-shopify-apps-add-shopify-store https://m2.appjetty.com/blog/best-shopify-apps-add-shopify-store sulabh.chauhan@india.biztechconsultancy.com (Sulabh Chauhan) Sulabh Chauhan

According to Statista’s survey from last year, 42% of software developers surveyed chose ReactJS as their preferable cross-platform mobile framework for app development. The noteworthy point is that this share of respondents stayed the same for 2019 and 2020.

However, even more interesting is the difference in the percentage of developers who chose Flutter. It jumped by 9% to reach 39% in 2020 from 30% in 2019.

If you are new to the app development industry and don’t know about Flutter, you are at the right place. You’ll learn about Flutter, its advantages, and how to create a Magento 2 Flutter App in this post.

What is Flutter?

According to Flutter’s official site, “Flutter is Google’s UI toolkit for building beautiful, natively compiled applications for mobile, web, and desktop from a single codebase.”

In other words, it is a free and open-source mobile user interface framework that Google created and released in May 2017. It helps you create a native mobile application with just a single code.

It refers to two things:

• An SDK (Software Development Kit) is a collection of tools to help you develop applications. You can compile your code natively using these tools to develop apps in both iOS and Android systems.

• A Framework is a library collection of reusable UI elements, including buttons, text inputs, sliders, etc., that you can personalize as per your needs.

Flutter requires you to use Dart - Google’s programming language to develop an app using it.

Benefits of Using Flutter

Over 2 million developers have already used Flutter as of spring last year and still counting. There are several advantages of using Flutter to develop a Magento 2 Flutter App.

Uniform UI and Business Logic across All Platforms

In general, all cross-platform frameworks provide a way to share codebase between platforms. On the other hand, Flutter allows the exchange of both UI code and UI itself between platforms.

Unlike other cross-platform frameworks, Flutter doesn’t require any platform-specific UI components to render the UI. Instead, it needs to show the application UI only a canvas to draw onto. This helps maintain consistency across different platforms without much hassle.

Also, sharing the UI and business logic helps save time and effort for the developer.

Reduced Coding Time - Faster Development

Flutter has the “hot reload” feature. This feature helps you quickly review the changes you apply without losing the current app state. You can easily experiment and build UIs, add features, test them, and fix bugs.

Thus, it helps reduce the overall app development time and enhances the app development process’s speed.

Besides, Flutter provides an extensive range of ready-to-use customizable widgets, making app development faster and simpler.

Native App Performance

Instead of relying on any intermediate code representations or interpretation, you can build a Magento 2 Flutter app directly into the machine code. It helps eliminate the performance bugs of the interpretation process. It enables you to compile your application more efficiently and faster.

Further, Flutter also lets you use existing Java, Objective-C, Swift code to access native features on iOS and Android. This is the reason that the performance of a Flutter app closely resembles that of a native app.

Expressive and Beautiful UIs

To make an app’s look and interface expressive and engaging, widgets should be attractive. They should also be flexible, structural, interactive, and customizable. Flutter has a rich collection of widgets that you can use to create flexible and expressive designs.

Increased speed of time-to-market

Time to market (also called TTM or time-to-market) is the period between the conception of a new idea and its release in the marketplace. You can also call it the time a team takes to develop an idea, build a product, and sell it in the market.

Coming to Flutter development, it is easier and quicker in comparison to other cross-platform frameworks. In fact, the person-hours you need to develop a Magento 2 Flutter app is around half of the person-hours you need for a native app. The reason is that you don’t need to develop the same app separately for Android and iOS. This is because Flutter doesn’t require you to have any platform-specific code to add any desired visuals in your app. You can implement any 2D-based UI without any need to interact with a native app counterpart.

Ideal for MVP

Flutter is an ideal choice for start-ups who want to develop MVPs (Minimum Viable Products) to show to the investors. As a Flutter mobile app looks and behaves natively on Android and iOS, it gives the investors a clear idea about your MVP. It helps expedite the process of attracting investments from potential investors.

Support for Complex Animated UI

Flutter provides the ability to customize virtually everything on the screen irrespective of the complexity involved. Though it is possible to customize UI on native platforms, it is comparatively time-consuming. On the other hand, Flutter makes the process of UI customization highly flexible and versatile. This helps perform shared element transitions, shape/shadow/color customizations, and other processes without straining yourself.

We can help you deploy a Flutter app!

Large Support Community

Flutter Developer Community can help answer all your questions and stay abreast of every new and exciting development in Flutter. You can interact with other developers, take help, and learn more through Stack Overflow, Gitter, Meetup, Flutter Community Slack, r/Flutterdev on Reddit, and other platforms. This helps make your app development learning fun and easy.

Over to You

Flutter can be an ideal pick for newbies and startups to develop an app due to ease of coding and flexibility.

We can help you build a cross-platform Magento 2 Flutter app from scratch. Our app development team has vast hands-on experience who can understand your business requirements and develop your e-commerce app accordingly. You can also avail of continuous support for app development from our team.

All product and company names are trademarks™, registered® or copyright© trademarks of their respective holders. Use of them does not imply any affiliation with or endorsement by them. ]]> Mon, 08 Feb 2021 14:02:02 +0000https://m2.appjetty.com/blog/flutter-app-development-basics-benefits https://m2.appjetty.com/blog/flutter-app-development-basics-benefits sulabh.chauhan@india.biztechconsultancy.com (Sulabh Chauhan) Sulabh Chauhan

Been a few years into your business with everything going good in your domestic market?

The next step you must be thinking of could be something like expanding your scope of products/services. Or it could be acquiring some small competitors in your industry and enhancing your brand outreach further.

Or it could be something even bigger - Stepping into the international market, going global!

While all these steps have their own challenges, going global can be a bit more challenging.
There is a lot more than meets the eye that goes into going global.

In this post, we are going to walk you through the steps to successfully take your business global.

Conduct Research - Test the Waters

Every country has its own trade norms and policies different from the others’. So, never presume that your new target market will have everything the same way your domestic market has.

Dig deeper to analyze the target market, trade rules, tax policies, etc., and proceed accordingly.

For instance, according to the World Bank’s Ease of Doing Business Index 2020, France and Singapore are on top. On the other hand, towards the bottom are countries like Eritrea, Somalia, Lichtenstein, etc.

It means the overall trade environment in France and Singapore is the most conducive. And that in the bottom-lying countries like Somalia is the least conducive.

So, consider this factor of ease of doing business before you target a new international market.

Analyze the Target Market

Every country has different consumer habits and product preferences. Therefore, always consider the market size and opportunity. Analyze the local competitors there and the products they sell.

Also, understand that you may have to keep your product prices higher than local competitors’. So, think of how you can capture your target leads and sales at a higher price. Find out if there is any gap in the market that you can fill with your product(s).

You can make changes in your products to cater to the target consumers’ preferences. You can also hire a local person who knows the market in and out and can help you hit the right chord with customers.

Take due care of the cultural sensitivities of your target market while doing business. Make sure that you don’t hurt the cultural sentiments of the local customers through products or communication.

Consider the example of Parker Pen. When Parker Pen launched a marketing ad in Mexico, they meant to convey - It won’t leak in your pocket and embarrass you.

However, the company mistakenly chose to use the word “embarazara” (to impregnate) to replace the word “embarrass”. The literal meaning of the ad became - It won’t leak in your pocket and impregnate you.

Later, they had to reassure Mexicans that the ad had nothing to do with impregnation. And no pen would “impregnate” them!

This is a good example to show how a lack of knowledge of the language and cultural intricacies can land you in hot water.

Develop a Business Plan - Operational and Financial

Develop a business plan that can help you penetrate your target market well.

Consider your target market’s economic, governmental, and environmental conditions. Accordingly, localize your business plan.

Set your short-term, mid-term, and long-term goals to measure your progress over time.

Employ a senior interim executive with deep domain expertise instead of employing executives from your parent company. It will help you hit the market and drive organizational readiness faster. In the meantime, you can focus on training your executives for the new target market. You can also hire the right senior management team later once the interim team lays the groundwork for you.

Consider the initial investment you’ll need to make and also the recurring expenses to keep the business running. Plan your budget in accordance with that.

Don’t Forget Logistics

Logistics is a factor you can’t overlook at all - especially when going global.

DHL, FedEx, RoyalMail, Australia Post, etc. are some popular international shipping service providers you can consider.

Vet all your options and pick the delivery partner that suits your needs the best.

For instance, Australia Post is a renowned shipping service provider in Australia. If your business is Australia-based and you want to take it global, you can consider Australia Post. It offers reliable and nominal delivery services for individuals, businesses, and enterprises.

Consider an Australia Post Shipping Extension to integrate to your e-store to avail Australia Post shipping services.

Our Magento 2 Australia Post Shipping Extension is a cutting-edge extension that can help you integrate and avail Australia Post shipping services. Using it, you can calculate live shipping rates both for standard and contract-based services. You can also enable or disable multiple shipping services and configure a default weight for shipping rate calculation.

Localize Your Marketing Campaign

The more you localize your marketing campaign, the higher your chances of success are. Localization begins with the product first. Localize it to make it ideal to market to your target market. Next comes the localization of your e-store.

If you have a site, you should localize that for your target market. Understand that localization of your e-retail site doesn’t mean only translation. Consider localizing your site to rank in search engines other than Google also.

For example, Yandex is a popular search engine in Russia. If you want to target Russia, your branding should match that. Your site language and keywords should be fit to rank in Yandex for the Russian market. Similarly, Baidu is the right search engine to penetrate the Chinese market.

To get help building a fail-safe SEO strategy with the right keywords, consider hiring a local SEO service provider. They can be your best guide to help plan your online and offline marketing strategy and bring you good results in a short span.

Final Thoughts

Expanding your business beyond boundaries can pose challenges. However, with the right strategy and approach, you can overcome them and drive success.

If you are also an e-store owner looking for a shipping extension, our Magento 2 Australia Post Shipping Extension can be the right fit for you.

 
All product and company names are trademarks™, registered® or copyright© trademarks of their respective holders. Use of them does not imply any affiliation with or endorsement by them. ]]> Wed, 03 Feb 2021 09:20:34 +0000https://m2.appjetty.com/blog/your-guide-to-taking-your-business-global https://m2.appjetty.com/blog/your-guide-to-taking-your-business-global sulabh.chauhan@india.biztechconsultancy.com (Sulabh Chauhan) Sulabh Chauhan

The number of emails sent and received across the globe is forecast to reach 361.6 bn by 2024.

It indicates that emails are an important means of communication. When it comes to businesses, they are even more valuable.

Among all types of emails for commercial or business purposes, survey emails are crucial. They are more personal and engaging and help collect high-quality responses and leads. However, crafting an email survey may not be an easy task - even for marketing veterans at times. Email survey templates can be of great help in situations where you are not sure of what or what not to include.

This post is going to walk you through all you need to learn about email survey templates.

What are Email Survey Templates?

Before understanding email survey templates, you should first understand the meaning of an email template. An email template is basically a reusable HTML file that you can use to create email campaigns.

Similarly, email survey templates are pre-built customizable files that have ready-to-use survey questionnaires. They let you add items like images or links to an email. You can also personalize the email design with CSS they provide to reflect your brand theme in a better way.

The best part is that these email survey templates are reusable and fully customizable. You can use them across multiple marketing campaigns and customize them as per your requirements.

You can pick the email survey templates that fit your purpose and launch your email survey campaigns. This helps you save the hassle of having to think of questions every time to include in your email surveys.

Benefits of Email Survey Templates

• Save Time

  Deciding on the content and design of every email can be tedious and time-consuming. In complex campaigns where you need to contact multiple sources, it can become overwhelming. If you have pre-built ready-to-use email survey templates, you can reuse them in your email survey campaigns.

  Templates help in two ways. First, they save you the time to create emails from scratch. Second, they help you spare more time to focus on the actual content (questions) than just design. You can also add or remove some questions of your email survey template to make it fit for the next email campaign.

• Help Maintain Branding Consistency

  Consistency is a must in your branding. It not only helps enhance the overall experience of recipients but also engages them more for participation. Email survey templates enable you to maintain consistency in your branding throughout.

  You can customize colors, logo, and design your survey emails to appeal to recipients and attract more responses. Using survey templates also helps avoid code errors that can result in broken survey links and poor customer experience.

• Help Personalize Experience

  Reusable email survey templates can help personalize customers’ experience. You can personalize your survey emails by addressing your subscriber by their first name. You can also personalize surveys based on your customers’ locations and preferences and drive high response rates and completion rates.

  You can easily add or remove one or more survey questions in email survey templates based on your customers. This way, you can get a perfect email survey in no time for every type of customer.

• Increase Efficiency

  With email survey templates, you can create email campaigns faster and better. You no longer need to create the code from scratch for every new email campaign. You can thus add and copy images or links faster, change the questions you want, and get your emails ready for the next campaign.

  This way, the overall efficiency of your email survey camping goes higher.

It is easy to explore how Survey Rocket works best for your use-cases with a little hands-on experience. We recommend you start with a trial today.

What Should You Include in Email Survey Templates?

• Email Subject - Attractive and Action-Driven

  Ensure that the subject line is attractive and attention-grabbing. It should be relevant, comprehensive, and concise. The subject line should be able to drive recipients’ curiosity and encourage them to open the email.

• To-the-Point and Engaging Content

  Your email content should be straightforward and engaging. Don’t beat around the bush and keep your content crisp and relevant to the purpose. Let your respondents know about the survey in a creative manner.

  Also tell them how you will use the information they provide through surveys. For instance, in customer satisfaction survey templates, you can say, “Your feedback will help us improve our product(s)/service(s).

  When you empower customers to think that their responses can bring a change, they are more likely to participate in surveys.

• Time to Take the Survey

  Respect your respondents’ time. Include the time it would take them to fill the survey in your customer satisfaction survey templates or other survey templates. It would give them a better idea of the length of the survey and help plan the time to take the survey accordingly.

• Visually Appealing Email Surveys

  Create aesthetically appealing email surveys to grab your respondents’ attention and motivate them to fill the survey. Use an elegant design and include a simple yet elegant button that contains the survey link.

• Unsubscribe Button

  If you think using an “Unsubscribe” button may backfire, you should think again. Providing the option to unsubscribe helps convey that you respect subscribers and their preferences. Respondents love that and don’t feel “forced”.

• Thank Respondents

  In the end, don’t forget to thank your respondents for their time and efforts they give to complete the survey.

Types of Email Survey Templates

There are a number of email survey templates available depending on the types of surveys and industries.

Here are a few common survey templates you can use.

• Product Market Research Template

  This template helps create a survey to know customers’ current preferences before a new product launch. It helps customize your product to make it the ideal fit for your customers.

• Customer Satisfaction Survey Templates

  Using this template, you can create customer satisfaction surveys to know their viewpoints better and improve your products/services according to their feedback.

• Healthcare-Stress Survey Template

  This template can help create a survey to learn about the patients’ basic health issues and decide on the treatments accordingly.

• Patient Feedback Survey

  This template helps you evaluate your medical services through patients’ feedback. You can learn what is good and what needs to improve in your system easily.

• Sales-Product Testing Survey Template

  This template helps get insights into your products and services and know the scope of improvements. You can also rethink marketing strategies for better sales.

• Event Feedback Template

  With this survey template, you can collect the experience of attendees of an event. You can measure attendee satisfaction levels and improve your future events.

• Business-Onboarding Survey Template

  This template helps enhance your onboarding new clients’ onboarding experience. You can find out if the project fulfills their requirements or not.

• Post-Purchase Survey

  This template helps find out how customers find your product after purchase. You can send this survey after a fortnight or month to engage them and collect feedback.

How Can AppJetty Help

We, at AppJetty can help you create the best email survey campaigns for your organization. Our Survey Rocket is a next-gen survey module that provides industry-standard email survey templates to suit different industries. You can further customize them and add or remove questions to fit your purpose and goal.

It also has got data piping, skip logic, survey automation, survey rocket, and several other cutting-edge features that make it an ideal fit for a survey module.

We highly recommend that you opt for a trial and find out more. It should only take about another 5 mins while you sip that cup of coffee.

All product and company names are trademarks™, registered® or copyright© trademarks of their respective holders. Use of them does not imply any affiliation with or endorsement by them. ]]> Mon, 01 Feb 2021 12:31:50 +0000https://m2.appjetty.com/blog/guide-email-survey-templates-basics-benefits-types https://m2.appjetty.com/blog/guide-email-survey-templates-basics-benefits-types sulabh.chauhan@india.biztechconsultancy.com (Sulabh Chauhan) Sulabh Chauhan

Have you ever decided to not buy anything from a brand due to a poor delivery experience? Or have you ever opted out of an online purchase due to high delivery charges? If you never have, it’s exceptional. And if you have, you aren’t alone.

Long delivery periods, late deliveries, high delivery charges, and lack of choice of ecommerce delivery options, top the list of online shoppers’ pain points.

If you are also an online store owner looking to eliminate the bottlenecks in deliveries, you are at the right place. This post is about the ecommerce delivery solutions or tips that can help create an infallible delivery strategy.

Importance of a Strong Delivery Strategy

A strong delivery strategy holds importance in numerous ways.

• Brand Loyalty - Customers are spoiled for choice. If you can’t stay ahead of your competitors and ensure fast deliveries, your customers may drift away. Also, if you charge higher shipping costs, they won’t stay for long. Fast and nominal ecommerce delivery options will help boost your brand loyalty and repeat business.

• Lower Cart Abandonment - If customers have to pay higher shipping charges or wait longer for deliveries, they may abandon the cart. Instead, using efficient ecommerce delivery solutions can help ensure fast and low-cost deliveries. This will eventually help take conversion rates high.

• Enhanced Upselling - Flexible and efficient ecommerce delivery options to give customers more freedom to control delivery dates or timings can help. You can win their trust and pitch for sale of products other than what they are looking for.

• Helps Stand Out - Offering faster and nominal ecommerce delivery options can help you stand out from your competitors. Over time, it can help expand your customer base and rule the market.

• Enhanced Delivery Experience - More control over deliveries means a better delivery experience. Ecommerce delivery options like package rerouting, shipping address validation and correction, etc. can help enhance customers’ delivery experience.

A Peep into Fast-Changing Customers’ Expectations from Deliveries

E-commerce has been there for around two decades. Earlier, the business owner could be the decision-maker and pick the ecommerce delivery solutions that suited them more than the customers. Well, things are no longer the same.

The global e-retail giants like Amazon, eBay, Walmart have pushed the envelope of ecommerce. They have introduced customer-centric approaches and made ecommerce delivery options better and flexible.

There is one more big reason you can’t afford to ignore. The Covid-19 pandemic. Situations have started improving now with people going out for in-store shopping. But yes, the shopping habits of people won’t ever be the same as in the pre-Covid era. More people than earlier have embraced online shopping and will continue to do so.

In fact, eMarketer forecasted an increase by 32.4% in ecommerce sales in 2020 and a fall by 3.2% in brick-and-mortar sales.

National Retail Federation, the world’s largest retail trade organization, recently conducted a survey on customers’ shopping preferences.

Here are the insights into surveyed customers’ preferences.

• 97% opted out of the final purchase as shopping wasn’t convenient to them.

• 83% state that convenience matters more to them now than 5 years ago.

• 52% say that convenience while shopping influences half or more of their purchases.

• 38% of online shoppers want shopping experience to be convenient at the very beginning in the research phase, 20% right before check-out, 18% at check-out, and the rest 23% post-purchase.

In yet another survey by NRF two years ago, (one of those years was when the pandemic affected everything) 65% online shoppers surveyed said that they search for free-shipping thresholds before even adding items to their carts. 39% want the two-day shipping to be free of cost, and 29% have opted out of a purchase because two-day shipping wasn’t free.

As evident from the stats, customer-centric solutions are the need of the hour.

If you analyze the stats more carefully, you can see that the delivery aspect has been crucial even before Covid. And with Covid-19, it has become even more crucial with 18% who want convenience at check-out.

This “convenience” spans every single aspect of delivery. Be it ecommerce delivery options, delivery charges, payment methods, or anything else; everything should be convenient. From a small online store owner to a big enterprise, nobody can survive without “customer-first” ecommerce delivery solutions.

Thus, a strong delivery strategy is a potential game-changer for the e-commerce industry today.

Ecommerce Delivery Solutions and Ideas to Boost Deliveries

1. Multiple Ecommerce Delivery Options

Offer your customers multiple shipping options including same-day, next-day, two-day, or standard shipping. This will give them a better control over their delivery charge and speed of the delivery.

2. Offer Free Shipping

If your budget allows, offer free shipping for a purchase exceeding a certain amount. For non-urgent purchases that your customers can wait longer, this tactic can help engage them. If you want, you can compensate your delivery charges by adjusting them somewhere in your selling prices.

3. Avail of Delivery Incentives

Utilize time and price delivery incentives to attract sales - especially during festivals. For instance, a time-sensitive incentive like “Order by New Year Eve to win a freebie” or a price-sensitive incentive like “Free shipping for purchases above $200” can drive conversions.

4. Display Delivery Dates

To ensure customers’ convenience, always display delivery timelines and prices on the checkout page. It will help them pick the most suitable shipping option according to the delivery period and price.

5. Share Tracking Info

Enabling your customers to track their packages is a sure-fire way to win their trust. There are a number of ecommerce delivery solutions or services that you can pick from to auto-send tracking info of packages. Real-time tracking of packages will enhance transparency and brand loyalty.

6. Adopt BOPIS - The Popular Hybrid

Over 90% of customers surveyed by NRF rated BOPIS as convenient. Buy-Online-Pick-In-Store blends the experience of online shopping and in-store shopping. If you have N number of physical stores, you can integrate in-store pickup using one of ecommerce delivery solutions for that.

Our AppJetty Magento 2 Store Locator Extension is also one such next-gen ecommerce delivery solution. It enables customers to pick up their products from a nearby store easily. It lets the admin configure N number of stores, provide curbside pickup option, display available stores on the product page, and allows selection of a preferred date and time slot.

7. Offer Zip Code Validation

Let your customers check for the product deliverability to their address before checkout by entering their zip codes. It will help prevent unwanted order cancellations later and maintain complete transparency.

Our Magento 2 Zip Code Validator is one of the next-gen ecommerce delivery solutions that enable customers to check for the deliverability of products to their addresses through zip codes. It lets you whitelist or blacklist zip codes to allow or restrict deliveries respectively to them. You can also customize the zip code check label and button, availability/unavailability messages to engage customers better.

8. Let the Customers Be in the Driver’s Seat

Allow your customers to take the reins of the delivery process. Give them the freedom to choose delivery date and time slot. This will make them feel more connected with more flexibility in scheduling their deliveries. As a result, they will look forward to returning to your store for repeat purchases. You can also display cut-off time to customers - the time beyond which any order won’t qualify as the order on a particular day. Besides, you can specify non-working days and time-slots for your customers to view and decide when to order.

Our Magento 2 Delivery Date extension is one of the feature-rich ecommerce delivery solutions that help customers choose a preferable delivery date and time slot. It helps configure same-day delivery and custom delivery options for special customers. You can also choose to display the scheduler on Product Page or Checkout Page.

9. Communicate More and Better

No matter how advanced ecommerce delivery solutions become, you still can’t ignore the importance of effective communication. If a delivery goes amiss despite all measures, be ready to accept and handle your customers’ complaints. Convey the reason for the delivery issue and the effort you are making to resolve the issue, politely. Let them know that you value them and that you are ready to take every step possible to not let the issue repeat.

Ready to Have a Strong Delivery Strategy in Place?

A strong delivery strategy is indispensable for an online business. With the right ecommerce delivery solutions and strategies, you can make your delivery strategy highly productive.

With 14 years of experience in tech integrations, we offer the most suitable ecommerce delivery solutions to suit your business requirements. You can also get the best advice from our industry experts on how to formulate a strong delivery strategy. Looking forward to hearing from you.

 
All product and company names are trademarks™, registered® or copyright© trademarks of their respective holders. Use of them does not imply any affiliation with or endorsement by them. ]]> Thu, 28 Jan 2021 13:52:22 +0000https://m2.appjetty.com/blog/ecommerce-delivery-solutions-and-tips-enhance-delivery-strategy https://m2.appjetty.com/blog/ecommerce-delivery-solutions-and-tips-enhance-delivery-strategy sulabh.chauhan@india.biztechconsultancy.com (Sulabh Chauhan) Sulabh Chauhan

An interactive interface, scalability, and ease of customization make Dynamics 365 a popular CRM. However, managing your activities, tasks, or appointments in a separate calendar can be cumbersome.

Going back and forth between CRM and a separate calendar may consume both your time and effort. It may also lead to more errors like forgetting an account-related activity, double assignment of the same activity to different resources, etc.

Due to all these errors and issues, the overall productivity of your organization may go down.
However, you can avoid it all with a feasible solution - a Dynamics 365 Calendar plugin.

In this post, you are going to learn how to manage all your activities, tasks, and appointments seamlessly with a plugin.

How to Make the Best Use of a Dynamics CRM Calendar Plugin

A calendar plugin can help you if you know how to make the most of it. Here are the ways for that:

> Segregate Assigned Activities Well

It often happens that in case of multiple users, you may face difficulty in viewing an individual’s assigned activities. Sometimes, you mistake the owner of an activity with the other and this leads to further issues.

To avoid that, segregate your activities well. You can add notes, use different colors, etc. to mark each individual user’s activity. It will help you not only save time in viewing activities but also manage them well and prevent errors.

> Declutter the View

Instead of having to view every business unit’s work every time, filter all the activities of your department and make it a source. With only the data you need in front of you, you won’t need to wade through entire CRM data to view every time. It will save your time and give you easy and fast access to what you need in your business unit. It will help enhance the overall management of your unit.

> Set Working Hours Once and for All

Specifying start-time and end-time manually every day may be time-consuming. Instead, you can configure a time-slot for a day, week, month, or N number of days. It will save you the hassle of setting the working hours every day when you log in to start your working day. Also set all-day events separately to avoid the need to adjust them daily in activities.

> Change/Replace Resources in Real Time

At times, the resource you assign a task to may be indulged in some other activity or task. Enable that resource to create or update that activity and transfer it to a spare resource. It will help eliminate the need for you to transfer every activity yourself as you are the admin.

> Share Calendar View

If you want, you can share your calendar with your complete team. Further, your resources will also have full visibility of all the activities as individuals as well as a team.

Final Words

A Dynamics 365 Calendar Plugin can help you streamline your activity management. If you are looking to integrate a calendar plugin, our next-gen Dynamics 365 calendar plugin can be an ideal fit for you.

To know more about it and integrate it, get in touch with us.

All product and company names are trademarks™, registered® or copyright© trademarks of their respective holders. Use of them does not imply any affiliation with or endorsement by them. ]]> Thu, 28 Jan 2021 05:52:56 +0000https://m2.appjetty.com/blog/stay-top-tasks-activities-in-dynamics-365 https://m2.appjetty.com/blog/stay-top-tasks-activities-in-dynamics-365 sulabh.chauhan@india.biztechconsultancy.com (Sulabh Chauhan) Sulabh Chauhan

Michael Aldrich is the pioneer of present-day e-commerce which he invented in 1979. He designed and manufactured a number of online shopping systems that employed Videotex technology during the ’80s. The year 1989 came and the world became witness to another path-breaking invention - World Wide Web.

In 1991, the first WWW server opened for commercial use. The first secure retail transaction on the web was by Netmarket in 1991. The year 1995 saw the launch of Amazon and eBay - two of the biggest global e-retail giants so far. These global e-retail brands made a multi-language website indispensable for e-commerce business owners.

In the e-commerce industry, your e-commerce site is the first point of contact for most of your audience. Therefore, it is important to make sure that the first point of contact doesn’t fail to drive customers’ engagement. Besides several factors like user-friendly design, high loading speed, etc.; personalization also plays a crucial role in engaging customers. And the language on your site contributes a lot to your site personalization.

A multi-language website is one of the most important requirements that you can’t do without - especially when going global.

In this post, we’ll walk you through the benefits of a multi-language website. We’ll also guide you on how to turn your business site into a multi-language website.

Benefits of a Multi-Language Website

A multilingual website has a number of benefits for your e-commerce business.

Helps Target a Larger Audience, Go Global

A multi-language website helps you expand your business and target a larger audience. As per Statista’s stat published in June last year, the total percentage of worldwide internet users speaking English is only 25.9% as of Jan. 2020. It means that if you don’t switch to a multi-language website, you’ll miss out on engaging around 75% non-native English speaking internet users.

With a multilingual website, you can open up your business to international customers and boost your customer base and sales. In fact, you can even tap into your own country’s non-native English speaking internet users better with multiple language options.

For example, English is the most widely spoken language in the US with 254 mn native English speakers. However, Spanish is the second most widely spoken language after English with around 43 mn native Spanish speakers. Chinese follows next with around 2.9 native Chinese speakers.

So, it is evident that a multi-language website not only helps enhance international customers’ but also domestic non-native English speaking customers’ experience.

Helps Reduce Bounce Rates and Boost Conversion Rates

According to CSA’s latest research on 8079 consumers across 29 countries, 76% of online shoppers prefer purchasing products with information in their native language. Also, 40% won’t buy anything from a website not in their own language.

The stats clearly highlight the importance of a multi-language website for your e-commerce business. If you have a multilingual website, your foreign customers are more likely to stay on your website for longer and browse your products.

It will help increase your site’s bounce rate. Also, providing a localized experience will help drive them to make purchases and increase conversions.

Helps Give a Competitive Edge

Covid-19 has changed the e-commerce landscape a lot with customers demanding more convenience while shopping. Having a multi-language website will add to the convenience of the international customers and boost cross-border e-commerce revenue.

It will also help you get a competitive edge over those competitors who haven’t switched to a multi-language website yet. This way, you can survive and fare well in tough times by offering multiple language options.

Helps Increase Brand Visibility Globally (By Boosting International SEO)

A multi-language website not only helps engage international customers but also enhances your brand visibility. By translating your site’s content and optimizing it for different languages, you can rank your site higher in SERPs in foreign countries too. There are some multilingual SEO practices you can follow to rank in top SERPs in your target international market.

With more countries’ audiences finding your site in top SERPs while searching for something in their native language, your site visibility will increase. As a result, more customers from the international market will know your brand and buy from you. They will also spread the word-of-mouth for your brand if they like your products/services.

Helps Build Trust and Faith

The personalization of a business is no longer a luxury but rather a necessity. If you use a customer-centric approach and provide your customers with language personalization, you can stay ahead ahead of the competition.

Browsing your site in their native language will develop a sense of trust and faith in them. They will also feel valued and acknowledged. It will help increase your brand loyalty and attract more customers with a multilingual website.

Cost-Effective Marketing

A website is the crucial part of your business - and your marketing strategy as well. So, if you optimize your website for different language-speaking customers, you can benefit from it. The highly engaging content on your site in the language of your target audience will help increase your outreach. That too at a nominal price unlike several other marketing strategies.

In fact, content marketing is 60% cheaper than other marketing techniques on an average.

So, a multilingual site can help you market your business effectively and nominally.

How to Turn Your Site into a Multi-Language Website?

There are often some challenges when it comes to making a website multilingual. However, with the right approach and right tips, you can translate your website seamlessly.

There are a few points you should consider when translating a website.

The first is the language intricacies you need to consider. The second is your site SEO that again depends on language intricacies. The third is your branding that should remain consistent across all languages. You can tweak your content but shouldn’t lose your brand personality for the sake of translation. Besides, you should ensure that translation doesn’t impact or distort your site appearance.

Related: 5 Points to Consider before Translating a Website

If you are also a store owner looking to translate your website, AppJetty can help you out.

If you have a Magento store, our Magento 2 Language Translator extension can be the right fit for you. Our Magento-certified developers have equipped it with all the next-gen features you seek in a translator extension. It has multi-language store translation, instant translations, database search and translate, WYSIWYG editor, and several more features to enhance your Google API translation capabilities. You can also translate content beyond web pages like Product, Category, and Review Pages as well.

If you have a Shopify store, our AppJetty Language Translator can be the right fit for you. Our development team has ensured to equip it with all the advanced features you seek in a Shopify translator plugin. It supports native translation, mass translation, manual and automated translation, etc. Its compatibility with all the major SEO apps and support for translation of emails and SMS, etc. ensures to make your translation smart and error-free.

Want to learn in detail how these features can help your store translation?

To know more about our products or integrate them into your store, get in touch with us. Time to go multi-lingual!

All product and company names are trademarks™, registered® or copyright© trademarks of their respective holders. Use of them does not imply any affiliation with or endorsement by them. ]]> Wed, 27 Jan 2021 12:54:30 +0000https://m2.appjetty.com/blog/how-multi-language-website-can-help-ecommerce-business https://m2.appjetty.com/blog/how-multi-language-website-can-help-ecommerce-business sulabh.chauhan@india.biztechconsultancy.com (Sulabh Chauhan) Sulabh Chauhan

For any organization with on-field sales services, sales territory management is a crucial aspect. In this post, we are going to explain the full concept of sales territory management.

Sales territory management is the process of defining and assigning territories to sales reps. Well-managed sales territories help attract more potential clients and sales. If you are a sales manager, you must understand that defining and assigning sales territories isn’t enough. It is important to track the progress there, manage existing client relationships, and achieve the sales goals.

A mapping tool like Dynamics 365 Field Service Management Software for Dynamics 365 can help you with territory management. You can manage your on-field workforce more efficiently with a mapping tool and boost your productivity.

Effective sales territory management has several benefits as follows.

• Enhances current client relationships

• Saves travel time, effort, and costs

• Enhanced coverage of prospects

• Enhanced brand loyalty and high customer satisfaction

• Increase in sales reps’ productivity

• Increase in sales figures

Before knowing how Dynamics 365 Field Service Management Software can help with sales territory management, you should learn how to create and assign territories.

How to Create and Assign Sales Territories?

Earlier, most companies would consider sales territories strictly as geographical areas. Well, it isn’t the same now. The criteria to define sales territories have expanded beyond geography. Before defining territories today, you should consider other factors as well.

Consider the past record of the territory and the strategy that worked there. Figure out if there is a scope for improvement and how much it is. Besides, you can consider performance, client count, resources you need, and potential to manage a territory before defining or redefining it. For instance, if you find that a territory doesn’t have much potential alone; you can merge it with another well-performing territory, and re-create a new joint territory.

Once you define territories, the next step is assigning them to your reps.

Here are the criteria you can consider to assign territories:

> Geographical Proximity: Imagine assigning Texas to a sales rep from Connecticut. It doesn’t make a lot of sense. The reason is the distance. So, geographical proximity still counts as one of the important criteria to consider before assigning a territory.

The head of a territory should be able to reach the territory easily and fast. It helps you save accommodation and transport costs. Further, the more a sales rep is familiar with a region, the better the local connections they have. This knowledge can pave way to getting more leads and sales as locals will relate to a local rep more.

> Language Fluency: The regional language is an important consideration. Besides having English as a common language, each region has languages and dialects different from the standard English. There is a difference in cultural aspects too.

For example, New York. It’s a melting pot of cultures and ethnicities and a home to Indians, Italians, Irish, Chinese, Koreans, Dominicans, Latin Americans, Russians, and more. To succeed in these regions, your sales rep must be well-acquainted with multiple languages and cultures.

> Individual Performance: KPIs like individual sales by client, new leads, opportunity to win ratio, event rates, average deal size, etc. also help determine a sales rep’s potential. Accordingly, you can decide which territory will suit which rep.

How Dynamics 365 Field Service Management Software Can Help?

To manage sales territories better, you can take help of Dynamics 365 field service management software like our Mappyfield 365.

Consider a hypothetical scenario for better understanding.

ABC is a company with Alan as a Sales Manager. Alan has 5 sales reps in his team - say Gerard, Mary, Steven, Philip, and Susie. Let’s say, he has a total of 350 clients in 5 sales territories namely A, B, C, D, and E. A has 100 clients, B has 50, C has 75, D has 80, and E has 45.

Let’s understand how Alan can use a Dynamics 365 field management software to manage his team and clients better.

> Plot all 250 customers on the map - With Dynamics 365 Field Service Management Software, Alan can plot all 250 existing clients. With everything on the map, he and his reps can visualize all the clients and view their records easily. They won’t need to fetch the details from CRM and then locate them through their addresses on the map every time. They can also filter the data by the region, proximity, or drawing to view only the data they want.

It won’t only help them save time and effort but also make decisions faster.

> Optimized Route Sharing

If Gerard has to cover 25 clients in sporadic locations on a given working day, it may be a bit tough. Nevertheless, Alan can help him cover them most efficiently with optimized route sharing.

Let’s say, there are four clusters of clients close to each other. 5 clients make one cluster that is closest to the office. The second cluster has 10 clients a little farther, say 5 miles from the office. The third cluster with 7 clients is at 10 miles. The fourth cluster of 8 clients is the farthest at 15 miles.

By analyzing weather conditions, transport facility, clusters’ potential, Alan can create and share an optimized route with Gerard. For example, if weather conditions are not favorable, he can advise Gerard to cover the clients in the range of 5 km only. Even if Gerard can’t cover all clients, he will be able to cover 15 clients, i.e. 60% despite bad weather.

On normal days, Alan can create a route from farthest to nearest or vice-versa. Or he can also create a route starting with the largest cluster first and the nearest and smallest cluster towards the end.

This way, Dynamics 365 Field Service Management Software can help Alan optimize routes to waste minimum and earn maximum.

> Live Tracking - With Dynamics 365 Field Service Management Software, Alan can live-track all his five resources and get a minute-to-minute update of their whereabouts.

For instance, Allen allots 15 clients to Susie at the start of a working day. If he finds Susie stuck in a traffic jam, he can direct Susie to cover the nearby 8 clients instead of the other 7 far-off clients first. This way, he can save both his and the sales rep’s time, effort, and boost productivity as well with Dynamics 365 Field Service Management Software.

> Easy Check-in/Check-Out

With Dynamics 365 Field Management Software, Alan doesn’t need to call or text every sales rep on and off to track their progress. All he needs to do is instruct his reps to check in and check out of their tasks throughout the day.

This will help both Alan and sales reps. While Alan doesn’t have to wait for the daily progress update at the end of day, the sales reps also can focus more on the real work than communication.

Be the Next Alan - Get Dynamics 365 Field Service Management Software

If you also want to be the Alan of your organization and are looking for a Dynamics 365 mapping tool, your search ends here. Our Mappyfield - our next-gen feature-rich Dynamics 365 Field Service Management Software can be the right fit for you.

To know more about our Dynamics 365 Field Service Management Software and integrate it, get in touch with us.

All product and company names are trademarks™, registered® or copyright© trademarks of their respective holders. Use of them does not imply any affiliation with or endorsement by them. ]]> Wed, 27 Jan 2021 11:00:04 +0000https://m2.appjetty.com/blog/dynamics-365-mapping-software-simplify-territory-management https://m2.appjetty.com/blog/dynamics-365-mapping-software-simplify-territory-management sulabh.chauhan@india.biztechconsultancy.com (Sulabh Chauhan) Sulabh Chauhan

Walking into a physical store and browsing an online retail site for shopping products online are different experiences. Again, both in-store shopping and online shopping have their own pros and cons.

However, the future of businesses today is a hybrid model of both online shopping and in-store shopping. Hence the term BOPIS (Buy Online, Pick-Up In-Store) model.

If you are a store owner with multiple physical stores, you can benefit from a multi-store locator extension like our Magento 2 Store Locator.

You can configure multiple stores in the store locator and display them on your retail site. Customers can locate and select a store of their choice for product pick-up.

Highlight Features of Magento 2 Store Pickup Extension

Our Store Locator and Pickup Extension enables your customers to locate stores easily and pick up products with ease. Following are a few highlight features of this store locator extension.

> Easy Product Assignment to Stores

Integrating the store locator with your website enables you to create multiple stores. You can also easily assign multiple products to these stores. Moreover, it also lets you display all your stores on the checkout page for customers to pick from.

> Configure Business Hours and Non-Business Hours

The admin can configure off-days in the backend to enhance transparency for customers during checkout. You can mark holidays, week-off, special occasions or festivals, etc. You can also specify your working hours and non-working hours to communicate your availability better.

> Curbside Pickup

With curbside pickup, you can make shopping easier for customers. You can enable them to select the date and time for delivery of products to their truck/car on the checkout page. This option eliminates the hassle of parking in crowded places and makes their shopping experience more engaging and convenient.

Want to understand all its features in more detail?

How Magento 2 Store Locator Can Help Your E-Commerce Business?

There are a number of benefits that both you and your customers can get by using a store locator extension.

A. For Your Customers

> Zero Shipping Fee

Sometimes, high shipping costs can be a big turnoff for several customers. But with BOPIS, you can help customers save money. They can simply surf products online, order them, and pick them up from your nearby store. Also, it helps customers escape the hassle of going to a physical store, picking products, and waiting in queues for billing. Overall, customers save both time and money while still getting the convenience of easy online shopping.

> Faster Service

At times, customers can’t afford to wait for even 2 days and want a product immediately. In that case, in-store pickup can help you tap into their urgent requirements. You can have the order they place ready and serve them in a matter of hours.

B. For You

> Instant Additional Purchases

When customers reach your store for their order pick-up, they may start looking around for more products. They may also realize a product that they forgot to add to their cart. In both cases, you can avail of a great opportunity to sell your products with unplanned purchases.

> Reduced Shipping Costs

Offering free deliveries may sound good but isn’t always feasible. By providing in-store pick-up, you can lower your overall shipping budget and invest it in some other productive business areas.

> Better Brand Outreach

When customers walk into your store for order pickup, they are likely to notice your other products also. They may like some and plan to buy them later or suggest your store to others too. This word-of-mouth publicity can contribute a lot to your omnichannel presence and help boost sales with enhanced outreach.

Over to You

Despite the fact that shopping is turning digital, in-store purchase isn’t obsolete. It has rather evolved into a hybrid model. Walmart, Amazon, and all big retailers have already risen to the occasion and adopted store locator and pickup.

Now is the time for you to follow suit and upgrade your online retail store with a store locator and pickup facility.

Our Magento 2 Store Locator and Pickup Extension can help you with that. It is a one-stop solution for your business with map clustering, map customization, n-store configuration, nearby store search, and all the cutting-edge features that you seek in a store locator extension. Our team is a pool of certified Magento developers that have ensured to make it match the industry standards in all aspects.

Moreover, you can also get in touch with us to know more about how to boost your store productivity and the solutions you can integrate for that. Our experts can help analyze your business, pain points, and suggest the best strategies to scale your business.

To know more about our Magento 2 Store Locator and integrate it, you can contact us. You can also take a live demo to get an in-depth understanding of it.

All product and company names are trademarks™, registered® or copyright© trademarks of their respective holders. Use of them does not imply any affiliation with or endorsement by them. ]]> Thu, 21 Jan 2021 12:48:23 +0000https://m2.appjetty.com/blog/store-locator-help-multi-store-online-business https://m2.appjetty.com/blog/store-locator-help-multi-store-online-business sulabh.chauhan@india.biztechconsultancy.com (Sulabh Chauhan) Sulabh Chauhan

AppJetty MappyField 365 provides a map visualization of the Dynamics CRM records. You can manage the sales activities, define the routes, and perform different actions for the team.

You can plot the records on the map by selecting the required entities. When you plot the records on the map, the records will be plotted using the different pins for different entity records.

You can change the push pin appearance for the specific records to recognize it on the map easily. You can also add a custom icon to personalize the entity records on the map.

Let’s see how you can plot records using a customized pin of your choice.

Step 1: Navigate to MappyField 365

After logging into Dynamics 365, click on MappyField 365 from the Dynamics 365 apps dashboard.

Step 2: Plot records on MappyField 365 map

Now, plot the records on the map by selecting the CRM entities that are configured from Entity mappings. Under the Plot tab, select the Entity and its Records view.

When you click on the ‘Plot’, you will see the pin by default. By clicking on the +Add Legend, you can add more entities and the pins will be selected automatically for the new entity. The pins that are selected here will be plotted on the map.

Here, the ‘Accounts’ & ‘Contacts’ entities are selected. Now clicking on the Search button, the entity records will be plotted on the map where the pins will differentiate the entity records.

So from the pin color, you can visualize the entity records and perform the actions accordingly on the map.

Step 3: Pin selection and customization

Step 3A: Change the pin shape and color

Now, if you want to change the pin for the specific entity, MappyField 365 enables you to change, not just a pin color but you can select the pin’s shape as well to differentiate the plotted entity records.

Under the ‘Plot’ tab, by clicking on the pin icon of the ‘Contacts’ entity, the pin selection tool will open. You can select the options of shape and color as per given combinations.

By selecting any of them (pin shape & color), the pin of the entity records will be changed and it will be replaced on the map.

Step 3B: Add customize Pin icon

You can also add your push pin icon by browsing the image icon from your local drive to define and visualize the pins of the specific entity record on the map.

You can add the icon for the specific pin by clicking on the add + icon.

By clicking on the add + icon, select Custom Pin popup will appear from where you can add an icon to define the pin for the specific entity records.

Here you must insert the SVG file with a height of 30px and a width of 20px. You can download an SVG file for a sample or you can add a new SVG file.

Once you have uploaded the SVG file, click on the Save Icon button that will add the selected icon to the pin selection.

Now, by clicking on the newly added customize pin, the pins will be replaced with the new icon on the map.

You can see the new customized pin for the Contact records on the map.

In this way, the users of MappyFIeld 365 can customize and change the pin icon to differentiate the plotted records on the map. It can help you get a visual overview of different records.

All product and company names are trademarks™, registered® or copyright© trademarks of their respective holders. Use of them does not imply any affiliation with or endorsement by them. ]]> Thu, 21 Jan 2021 06:39:38 +0000https://m2.appjetty.com/blog/how-to-customize-the-push-pins-for-entity-records-to-visualize-on-the-map https://m2.appjetty.com/blog/how-to-customize-the-push-pins-for-entity-records-to-visualize-on-the-map amit.shah@biztechconsultancy.com (Amit Shah) Amit Shah

AppJetty MappyFIeld 365, a plugin for Dynamics365, lets you plot the CRM records on the map to help the sales team perform different tasks and activities. Along with the Route optimization, schedule the activities and search the routes. Find nearby locations on the MappyField 365 map using the default Bing map integration.

In this blog, we explain how to search for any POI (Point of Interest) location like Restuarant, Cafe, Gas Station, Hospital, Pharma nearby on the map.

Suppose, your sales representative (or service executive) is working in the field for visiting clients for appointments or meetings. The sales rep got a call that the client is not available for an hour, at that time where and what should they do? Either go there and wait for the final call or find the place somewhere else to take some rest and plan the next meetings.

So the AppJetty MappyField 365 helps the users to search any nearby locations on the map itself. You can do this based on inserting the address manually and based on the nearby location of the specific entity records from the map.

Because MappyField 365 is integrated with Bing Maps, users will get the mapped nearby location.

Follow the below steps to find the POI location from the MappyField 365:

- Navigate to the MappyField 365 -> ‘Map’

- Find the POI in three different ways:

> “POI” tab header menu

> Nearby location of the selected entity record

> Context Menu - By right-clicking on the map

- Search “Other POI” locations from the list

Step 1: Navigate to MappyField 365

After logging into Dynamics 365, click on MappyField 365 from the Dynamics 365 apps dashboard.

Step 2: Search the POI on MappyField 365 map

To search and plot the specific Point Of Interest locations on the map in 3 different way:

- From POI tab

- Nearby specific entity record

- From Context Menu

Step 2.1: Open POI tab

You can search the POI records under the POI tab from the header. By clicking on ‘POI’, the menu will appear from where you can search any Point of Interest location by inserting the specific address.

Location: Enter the address of the specific location for which you want to find POI.

Here the Seattle location is selected. Now, select the POI which you want to find for the location. Here ‘Restaurant’ and ‘Coffe shops’ are selected as POI.

Now, click on the Go button, it will plot the selected POI on the map nearby the selected ‘location’ and you will get all the plotted POI details in the right panel.

Here you can check the Restaurants & Coffee shops records on the map and check the address &contact details from the right side slider.

Step 2.2: Search POI nearby any record’s location

Now, plot the records on the map by selecting the CRM entities that are configured from Entity mapping. Under the Plot tab, select the Entity and its Records view. Here the account records are plotted on the map.

Now, by clicking on any record, you will get the record’s detailed slider from the right side. Search in the ‘Point of Interest’ option.

Select the POI and click on Go.

You can see the selected POI locations on the map with address details and contact details.

Step 2.3: From the Context menu:

By right-clicking on the map it opens the context menu, from here you will get the ‘Set As POI Location’ option.

Now, by clicking on the ‘Set As POI Location’, the POI option will open under the ‘Plot’ tab. You will get the address details of the location where you right-clicked on the map.

After selecting the POI, click on the Go button to plot the selected POI records on the map.

So based on the requirement, the sales reps can search the nearby POI location using three different ways.

Step 3: Search Other POI on MappyField 365 map

By clicking on “Other”, you will get the list of the POI locations. By selecting any POI from the list, the locations are plotted on the map nearby the selected or added location.

From the list, ATM & Pharma options are selected. Now, after selecting the POI locations, click on the GO button to search the POI on the map.

In this way, any sales reps/service executives find the POI locations and manage their activities.

All product and company names are trademarks™, registered® or copyright© trademarks of their respective holders. Use of them does not imply any affiliation with or endorsement by them. ]]> Wed, 20 Jan 2021 07:20:13 +0000https://m2.appjetty.com/blog/how-to-search-point-of-interest-near-any-location-on-mappyfield-365 https://m2.appjetty.com/blog/how-to-search-point-of-interest-near-any-location-on-mappyfield-365 amit.shah@biztechconsultancy.com (Amit Shah) Amit Shah

Your team can get more organized and more reliable by adding a calendar to Microsoft Teams. By connecting AppJetty Calendar 365, a Dynamics 365 app, with Microsoft Teams, your scheduling tasks will be easier.

By connecting with Microsoft Teams, the calendar records will sync on both sides and keep updating all your meetings and events of Calendar365.

The calendar on Microsoft Teams will help the team members who are using Microsoft Teams. They can easily manage the activities and upcoming tasks, events, appointments, etc. of the Calendar 365 app from Microsoft Teams.

Now, you can follow the below steps to add a calendar to Microsoft Teams:

> Enable Microsoft Teams integration feature (Dynamics 365 side)

> Install Dynamics 365 in Microsoft Teams

> Add Calendar 365 using the Sitemap editor form the Dynamics 365

> Directly select the Calendar 365 app (as a model-driven app) from the Microsoft Teams

Step 1: Enable Microsoft Teams integration feature

First, you must enable the integration feature from the Dynamics 365 settings. For that, follow the steps:

- Sign in as a system administrator to your customer engagement app in Dynamics 365.

- Go to Settings > Administration > System Settings > General tab.

- To enable a basic collaboration experience, select Yes for “Enable Basic Microsoft Teams Integration”.

- Once you enable it, it may take 5 - 10 mins to process further.

Step 2: Install the Dynamics 365 app to Microsoft Teams

Now, Install the Dynamics 365 app and set up the Microsoft Teams collaboration channel tab, and follow the below steps:

- Click on Apps and add Dynamics 365 (or just D365) in search.

- From the result, click on the “Dynamics 365” app to add to Teams.

- Open the D365 App and click on settings to select the “Environment”(Org) and model-driven app (D365 app) that you want to view in Microsoft teams.

- Now, to view the selected Model-Driven Apps Data in Microsoft Teams, click on Dashboard where you can view the selected app in Microsoft Teams with D365 data.

Step 3: Add a calendar to Microsoft Teams

There are 2 ways to add Calendar 365 in Microsoft Teams:

- Using Sitemap editor

- Directly adding Calendar 365 as a model-driven app

Step 3.1: Add Calendar 365 pages in Dynamics 365 app to Microsoft Teams

You can add the pages of Calendar 365 which you have selected in Microsoft Teams.

- Go to Apps Sitemap editor (Ex.: “CRM Hub”).

- Edit Site Map and select the group in which you want to add calendar 365 page and then click on + Add and select SubArea.

- Under the SUB AREA setting select the below properties:

> Type = Web Resource

> URL = finalCalendar

> Title = Calendar (you can add your custom title here)

- Save the modification and click on the Publish button.

After publishing from Dynamics 365, make sure the same application is selected in Microsoft teams as a Dynamics 365 app.

Now, by clicking on My Dashboard, you can see the calendar of the Calendar 365 in Microsoft teams.

From the activity calendars of Calendar 365, you can perform the activities for your teams from Microsoft Teams.

Step 3.2: Directly add Dynamics 365 app in Microsoft Teams

You can directly select “Calendar 365” under the Dynamics 365 app that you want to access as a model-driven app.

- Calendar 365 is available as a Model-Driven app so you can also directly select Calendar 365 in Microsoft Teams application selection.

- Now, you will get the activity calendars of Calendar 365 under the My Dashboard. You can check the scheduled activities and manage accordingly from here.

- What the action performs from here will sync into Calendar 365 on the Dynamics365 side.

In this way, you can connect Calendar 365 with Microsoft Teams and your team can also access the Calendar 365 records and activities from Microsoft Teams.

All product and company names are trademarks™, registered® or copyright© trademarks of their respective holders. Use of them does not imply any affiliation with or endorsement by them. ]]> Tue, 19 Jan 2021 07:14:14 +0000https://m2.appjetty.com/blog/how-to-connect-the-dynamics-365-calendar-app-with-the-microsoft-teams-app https://m2.appjetty.com/blog/how-to-connect-the-dynamics-365-calendar-app-with-the-microsoft-teams-app amit.shah@biztechconsultancy.com (Amit Shah) Amit Shah

Effective inventory management is valuable for an online business. Proper inventory management gives you an idea of how much inventory you need at a given time. It helps prevent both stock overflow and shortages.

It helps keep your warehouse organized and ensures the easy access of highest-selling products. With easy and fast access, the order fulfilment process becomes faster and helps keep customers happy. With reduction in issues like late shipping or order cancellations, the profitability of your business also goes high. Seamless inventory calculation and optimization helps bring down the overall business operation costs also.

If you are a Magento store owner and are looking to streamline your inventory management, this post is for you.

In this post, we explain the procedure of Magento 2 Inventory management.

Note: Magento versions 2.3 and above, feature Magento 2 Multi-Warehouse Inventory Management.

Step-by-Step Guide to Magento 2 Multi-Warehouse Inventory Management

Here are the steps you need to follow for seamless Magento 2 Inventory Management:

1. Manage Multiple Sources (MSI Sources)

In Magento Inventory Management terminology, source and stock have different meanings. A source is a physical location where you keep your products. You can also refer to a stock as a warehouse. You can create as many sources as you want.

Once you create all the sources, assign the number of sources for every product in the Magento 2 Admin Product Edit page. You can also specify different quantities of a product for different sources.

2. Manage Multiple Stocks (MSI Stocks)

A stock is basically a group of multiple sources sharing a specific website for them. You can assign a specific website to either a single stock or multiple stocks as well. In other words, a stock is basically a website. It is a virtual representation of multiple sources (warehouses) attached to it and is like a sales channel.

3. Magento 2 Bulk Inventory Management

Our Magento 2 Inventory Management extension is a next-gen inventory management extension that can help you with inventory management.

Magemob Inventory offers bulk Magento 2 Inventory Management functionality, “Manage Stocks” for products. It helps you with Magento 2 Mutli-Warehouse Inventory Management.

On top, you can find the “Select Sources” drop-down menu. Here, you can pick a source of your choice.

After you select the source you want to perform bulk inventory product update, there will be a product list visible on the “Manage Stocks” page.

Here are the fields that you will see on the page.

- ID

- Image

- Name

- SKU

- Attrib. Set Name

- Price

- Salable Qty (Qty per Stock)

- Source Qty (Qty per Source)

- Total Qty

- Inc/Dec Qty

- Comment

- Status

Read further to know the details about these fields.

> ID: This field is for the id of a particular product. You can filter and sort this field as well.

> Image: This field is for the image of a particular product. You can filter and sort this field as well.

> Name: This field is for the name of a particular product and you can apply filters and sort this field.

> SKU: This field contains the SKU of a particular product. You can also filter and sort this field.

> Attrib. Set Name: This field contains the attribute set name of the product. It is also a filterable and sortable field to help arrange attribute set names in a particular order or view some particular attribute name sets.

> Price: This field is for the price of the product. filterable and sortable field. You can sort the prices or filter them to view a range of products in a particular price range.

> Salable Qty: This field is to specify the salable quantity of the given product. It defines the stock level quantity same as in Magento default admin catalog>product page.

> Source Qty: This field is to specify the source quantity of the given product. It also defines the source level quantity same as that in Magento default admin catalog > product page.

> Total Qty: This field enables you to enter the quantity for a product you need to perform inventory update operation. The quantity you enter in this field will get auto-updated for the products you selected.

> Inc/Dec Qty: This field lets you select the operation type like “Increase Quantity” or “Decrease Quantity”. This helps you select any of the types as per your business requirements at a given time. Based on the operation type you select for your Magento 2 Inventory Management, the “Total Qty” field value will increase or decrease for the products you specified.

> Comment: This field enables the admin to add comments for the bulk Magento 2 Inventory Management operation. The comment you add will be visible on the Inventory Log page of Magemob Inventory.

> Status: This field highlights the status of the specified product.

Over to You

Streamlined inventory tracking and management in place ensures on-time deliveries, lower operational costs, and prevention of inaccuracies.

Magento 2 offers Magento 2 Multi-Warehouse Management for versions 2.3 and above. If you also have multiple stores and websites looking to streamline your Magento 2 Inventory Management, our MageMob Inventory Management Extension can be the right fit for your business. It provides advanced features like multi-store support, purchase order management, supplier management, interactive sales charts, and all the others that you seek in an ideal Magento 2 Inventory Management solution.

To explore its features more and integrate it, you can get in touch with us.

All product and company names are trademarks™, registered® or copyright© trademarks of their respective holders. Use of them does not imply any affiliation with or endorsement by them. ]]> Mon, 18 Jan 2021 06:31:37 +0000https://m2.appjetty.com/blog/how-manage-inventory-magento2-seamlessly https://m2.appjetty.com/blog/how-manage-inventory-magento2-seamlessly sulabh.chauhan@india.biztechconsultancy.com (Sulabh Chauhan) Sulabh Chauhan

Dynamics 365 by Microsoft is a popular CRM due to its engaging features like easy customization, intelligent insights, high productivity, and security. Bing Maps, the mapping service by Microsoft, is also in high demand. Well-detailed maps with multiple layers, modern and easy-to-use interface, freedom to save locations to the personal library, etc. are the features that make it popular.

If you have Dynamics 365, you can integrate Bing Maps to scale up your business. If you also want to learn how to make the best use of Dynamics 365 Bing Maps integration, keep reading further for the steps.

Integrate Bing Maps

The first step you need to follow is creating a Bing Maps account. In addition to that, you will also need to create an API key. To create that, there are a few steps you need to follow.
First, log in to Bing Maps Dev Center using your Microsoft account. Navigate to “My Account” and click on “My Keys”. Fill the form that shows up and click “Create”. You will get your API key details.

After getting the API key, you will need a Bing Maps key to authenticate your application and for Dynamics 365 Bing Maps Integration.

Talking of Bing Maps keys, there are two types - the basic key which comes free of cost, and the enterprise key that you have to pay for. As the name indicates, the basic key is for small businesses while the enterprise key is for big businesses with a large customer base.

The best part is that you can customize the features of Bing Maps to suit your business requirements easily with a Bing Maps key (or licensing key). To get help customizing your Bing Maps as per your business, you can take the help of development services.

Our MS-certified professional developers can help you customize your Bing Maps and make it an ideal fit for your business. To explore more, check out Mappyfield.

Manage Bing Maps for Your Business

On turning Bing Maps on, users can see the map of a customer’s location on viewing entities like contacts, leads, or accounts.

Here are the steps to follow to obtain Dynamics 365 Bing Maps integration for your Dynamics 365 organization.

For On-Premises Organizations

1. Go to Settings and click on Administration.

2. Select System Settings.

3. Go to the General tab,

4. On the General tab, navigate to Enable Bing Maps.

5. Click Please enter the Bing Maps key and enter your license key.

6. Click OK.

For Online Organizations

1. Go to Settings and click on Administration.

2. Select System Settings.

3. On the General tab, navigate to Enable Bing Maps.

4. Click Show Bing Maps on forms, and choose between Yes or No.

5. Click OK.

How to Use Bing Maps in Mappyfield

Mappyfield, our Dynamics CRM mapping plugin allows for easy visualization of CRM data on the map. If you have Dynamics 365 and want to visualize CRM data with Bing Maps, Mappyfield can help you out.

Mappyfield helps establish a seamless connection between your Dynamics 365 and Bing Maps. You can integrate Bing Maps into your CRM with Mappyfield. If you want, you can use Bing Maps as it is. If need be, you can also customize Bing Maps with your licensing key - basic or enterprise. Our developer team can help customize one or more default features of Bing Maps for you to suit your organization.

This way, you can use default Bing Maps features as they are or customize them as you want with Mappyfield.

In other words, Mappyfield facilitates a Microsoft Dynamics CRM Bing Maps integration for your business.

Features You Can Get with Dynamics 365 Bing Maps Integration

There are some features in Mappyfield that are native to default Bing Maps features. Dynamics 365 Bing Maps Integration using Mappyfield enables you to use them seamlessly.

Here are some highlight features of Mappyfield that you can use after Microsoft Dynamics CRM Bing Maps integration.

- Route Optimization and Sharing - With Mappyfield, you can create optimized routes and share them with your on-field resources. By finding nearby customers in their territories, they can also cover more customers in less time, and boost productivity.

- Check-In/Check-Out - With Microsoft Dynamics CRM Bing Maps Integration, you can also track the progress of your on-field resources. You can view the check-ins and check-outs of their appointments, tasks, etc. in real-time. In fact, you can visually trace their daily progress on the go right on the map.

- Proximity/Radius Search - You can search your contacts by proximity (radius), region, or shape. You can then create a category-specific view of multiple plotted entities on Dynamics 365 Bing Maps Integration.

- Live Tracking - With live tracking, you can stay on top of every single movement of your resources throughout the day. Full knowledge of their whereabouts can reduce the redundant communication between you and them. This can help increase the overall productivity of your organization.

By now, you must have understood that Dynamics 365 Bing Maps integration helps extend the functionality of your Dynamics 365. With everything from CRM entities to on-field resources’ live locations right on the map, your management efficiency soars as well.

Ready to Get Microsoft Dynamics CRM Bing Maps Integration?

If you also want to enhance the productivity of your Dynamics 365 with CRM data visualization, it is time you integrated Bing Maps. Our Mappyfield can help streamline your integration of Dynamics 365 with Bing Maps.

With over 14 years of experience in CRM and app extensions for Magento, WooCommerce, Shopify, etc.; we assure you the best-in-class integration services. Our MS-certified professional developers can provide you with all the assistance you need for the integration and customization of Bing Maps. In case you are just beginning and don’t know where to start, we have got you covered. We can guide you on the various aspects and get you the clarity you need before you proceed.

We also provide a 30-days free trial window to give you enough time to get familiar with our product. To check out our Mappyfield plugin and integrate it with your Dynamics 365, click here to book a demo.

All product and company names are trademarks™, registered® or copyright© trademarks of their respective holders. Use of them does not imply any affiliation with or endorsement by them.

Data is the new oil. No matter how big or small your brand is, intensive market research to collect data is crucial. All the leading brands are already well into collecting data to drive their business actions and decisions.

Take Starbucks, for example, in 2008, Starbucks felt the need to go beyond traditional surveys and suggestion boxes to collect customers’ inputs. Thus, they came up with My Starbucks Idea to collect customers’ views on what they want the brand to be like. Since then, Starubucks has been tracking all the inputs and ideas and using them effectively to hit the right chord with the customers.

Out of a number of modern ways to collect data, a survey is a “traditional” method that still stands its ground. There are survey plugins like a SuiteCRM/SugarCRM survey plugin or others that have simplified survey creation and data collection for businesses.

There is one more thing to consider here. Your unique ideas of data collection may work wonders but raw data isn’t enough by itself. Unless you understand the data, analyze it, and use it effectively; it is of no avail.

If you talk of survey data, how accurately you analyze the data matters. This is where survey reporting comes into the picture. Be it a SugarCRM survey, SuiteCRM survey, survey for Salesforce CRM, or any other; survey reports help visualize data better to enhance decision-making.

Here is a list of benefits survey reporting can provide:

- Helps understand customers better

- Helps market research before a launch

- Helps reinforce branding with content

- Helps gauge customer satisfaction

Thus, survey reports get you full visibility of your customers’ expectations and the gaps you should fill to be their first choice.

Helps Understand Your Customers Better

When creating the buyer’s persona, you may need to know the current demands and expectations of your target audience. Without a buyer’s persona, you may fail to gather small details like your target audience’s daily habits, pain points, lifestyle choices, beliefs, and decision-making criteria.

If you are able to collect all this info via surveys and compile a detailed report on it; it can help create a big difference to your brand. With demographic data of your target audience at your disposal via accurate survey reports, you can use it for various business aspects.

You can improve your current product(s)/service(s), enhance your content, tweak your sales funnel, etc. This way, you can use survey reports to upgrade your overall business processes and increase profitability.

Helps Enhance Pre-Launch Market Research

To picture anyone asking for a 3G sim in the era of 5G technology is not going to help. Similarly, every product you develop should meet your target audience’s current needs and expectations. And without stepping into your customers’ shoes, you won’t understand what exactly your customers want.

If you launch anything without getting insights into current trends and demands; it is sure to fall flat. So, it is better to test the waters before you launch something new. By gathering survey reports and analyzing them thoroughly, you can sync your upcoming product with customers’ expectations and make it an ideal fit.

Helps Reinforce Branding via Content

An exhaustive survey results report with data about your target audience’s preferences, perceptions, traits, etc. is like the goose that lays golden eggs. Survey reporting is thus indispensable for marketing purposes.

Through collected survey data, understanding the possible hurdles in the market and customers’ perception about your industry, becomes easy. You can use this data to create content that can be more targeted by refining the language and tapping into your target audience’s priorities.

Further, you can use this data to optimize your landing pages for lead conversion. You can also enhance the content of your product FAQ pages and run targeted email campaigns to drive more engagement and conversions.

Helps Gauge Customer Satisfaction

Survey reports also give you an idea of how satisfied your customers are. Despite being a very common use of surveys, it is one of the most important as well.

Survey reports like status reports, question-wise reports, cross-tab reports, etc. can give insights into customers’ current likings.

For instance, if you send two customer surveys in a month; you can compare their responses. This comparison will help you understand whether your response rate has gone up or down. Also, it may help understand whether the customers are happier than before or not. Accordingly, you can collect insights into technical faults, checkout issues, support issues, etc. and make your products and services better.

Once you are on top of customers’ satisfaction levels, it will automatically bring you more customers and sales.

Over to You

Understanding your customers better is the key to success. A simple SugarCRM survey with a few on-point questions can give you valuable data. All you need is to collect that data and analyze it through proper survey reports. There are various SugarCRM survey plugins that you can use to generate surveys and detailed reports.

Our SurveyRocket is a perfect fit for all the SugarCRM users looking for a next-gen survey plugin. Besides featuring survey reporting, it has got a number of advanced features including skip logic, data piping, NPS score, survey templates, and more.

On top of that, our company prides itself on experience of over 14 years in a variety of tech integrations for CRM, Shopify, Magento, and other leading technologies. So, you can stay assured of your success with our SugarCRM survey plugin. To know how it works, you can avail of a free-trial period we provide.

All product and company names are trademarks™, registered® or copyright© trademarks of their respective holders. Use of them does not imply any affiliation with or endorsement by them.

Activity management is a big part of managing a team. The better managed this is, the more efficient your team will be. It helps everyone stay on top of their tasks based. There are several factors that come into play while managing a team’s activities.

To manage and schedule the activities of Dynamics CRM, AppJetty Calendar 365 provides many functionalities & features to manage all the CRM activities including custom activities from the activity calendar of Calendar 365. Calendar 365 provides two types of calendars.

In Calendar 365, the sales managers with Dynamics CRM administrator rights can configure and decide what the fields and the title will show for the activity on the Calendar. You can select the attributes (fields) for the Tooltip, Detail & Title for all the activities individually.

- Title of the activity

- Details on the tooltip by hovering the mouse cursor on the activity, and

- “Detail view” (popup) by clicking on the activity.

Once the attributes are configured, it will display in both of the activity calendars of Calendar 365.

Tooltip attributes help to display details in a small box by moving the mouse cursor on the activity. From the tooltip, any user can easily visualize the activities and take an overview of all the activities.

From this blog, you will get an overview of how to configure the ‘activity appearance’ to show on the calendar.

You need to follow the below steps:

- Navigate to the Calendar 365 configuration

- Select the attributes (fields) for the activity

- View the activity appearance - Title, Tooltip & Detail view in the activity calendars

Step-1: Navigate to the ‘Calendar 365’

From the Dynamics CRM Dashboard, find the “Calendar 365” app and click on it.

OR

By clicking on Calendar 365, you will navigate to the Activity calendar of the Calendar365.

Step-2: Open the ‘Calendar 365 Configuration

From the page of the Calendar 365 Configuration, scroll down to the ‘Activities’ section where you can configure all the activities individually to show in the calendar.

Step-3: Set the attributes for the ‘Appointments’ activity

Let’s see how to set the attributes for the ‘Tooltip’, ‘Details’ & ‘Title’ of the appointment activity.

- Tooltip Attribute: Select the tooltip attributes to be included in the ‘activity tooltip’ that appears when hovering the mouse cursor on the activity in the calendar.

- Details Attribute: Select the details attributes to be included in the ‘activity detail popup’ that appears on clicking the activity in the calendar.

By default, the 5 attributes (Subject, Start Time, End Time, Owner, Regarding) for ‘Tooltip Attributes’ & ‘Detail Attributes’ will already be selected. You can select a minimum of 1 and a maximum of 10 attributes for both attributes.

- Title Attribute: Select the title attribute to be displayed as the ‘title of activity’ in the calendar. The ‘Title Attribute’ comes with the default selection of the ‘Subject’ attribute. You can select only one attribute from the list.

Note: Admin users can select these attributes for all the activities individually and it will display in both of the calendars of Calendar 365.

After selecting the attributes for activity appearance in the calendar, click on the ‘Save’ button, and refresh the Calendar once.

Step-4: Visualize activity in Calendar

Let’s see how the activity appears in the activity calendars of ‘Calendar 365’.

Activity Title:

- Once you or the users navigate to the activity calendar page, you will get multiple activities displaying the ‘title’.

Generally, the subject will appear as the ‘title’ of the activity, but you can change & select the ‘Title attribute’ under that specific activity from the Calendar 365 configuration.

Tooltip:

- By hovering the mouse cursor on any activity, the details of the activity will be displayed on the ‘tooltip’.

- Here you can see the tooltip details of the ‘appointment’ activity. You can also see the tooltip details of the activity when there are multiple activities on a single date.

Activity details (popup details):

- By clicking on any activity, the details of the activity will be displayed in the popup with various actions for the activity.

Being a sales manager or Dynamics user with admin rights, you can manage the attributes of all the activities individually and it will be visualized in the calendar.

Happy organizing with the Dynamics 365 marketing calendar.

All product and company names are trademarks™, registered® or copyright© trademarks of their respective holders. Use of them does not imply any affiliation with or endorsement by them.

According to an analysis by Deloitte Access Economics, Australia Post’s delivery services contributed to an additional $2.4 bn during the COVID-19 crisis in comparison to last year. Australia Post continued to serve as a lifeline for around ⅔ businesses that reported revenue declines globally.

If you are a Shopify store owner looking to offer one of the best global shipping services, i.e. AusPost shipping services to your customers, you are at the right place. Our AppJetty Auspost Shipping is a feature-rich Auspost Shopify app that can be an ideal fit for your Shopify store.

By letting you manage Australia Post shipping rates right from your store, our Shopify Australia Post app helps streamline your shipping management. You can also calculate shipping rates easily without referring to the official Australia Post site every now and then.

Below are the salient features of our Australia Post Shopify app that make it worth your consideration for your store.

1. Multiple Options for Assignment of Product Dimensions

With our AusPost Shopify app, you can choose any of the three ways given below to assign dimensions to products in your store.

- Manual Assignment - With manual assignment, you can assign dimensions individually to all the products in your store.

- Bulk Assignment - As the name suggests, you can set common dimensions to all the products in bulk in your store. This can help you cut down on the time that you would otherwise use in manual assigning dimensions. Bulk assignment is more ideal for a big store with a large collection of categories of similar items.

- Default Assignment - Default assignment is for those products for which product dimensions don’t fit the pre-defined parcel sizes. The store admin can configure default dimensions for such products for the purpose of shipping rate calculation.

2. Auto-Update of Shipping Services

In case there are any changes in AusPost services you avail, our AusPost Shopify app provides the re-sync feature. This feature enables you to accommodate all those changes in your store and have them reflect on the frontend for your customers.

This eliminates the need to go back and forth between your store and the AusPost official site to refer to services.

3. Live Shipping Rates

Our AusPost Shopify app allows small businesses with low volume of shipments to fetch live shipping rates during checkout for customers. All that the business owner needs to do is to enter the API key registered with Australia Post to use live shipping rates to calculate applicable delivery charges.

4. Contract Shipping Rates

There are some businesses with a high volume of shipments. For those businesses, merchants can enter account no., user no., and password to fetch contract shipping rates during checkout. This helps them avail concessional rates that Auspost offers for large volumes of shipments.

5. Choice of Shipping Services

With our Shopify Australia Post app, you can also manage multiple Australia Post shipping services. In case of multiple shipping services, you can enable or disable one or more of them in real time as and when you need to.

Only those shipping services that you enable will be visible to customers leaving out the rest.

How to Set Up Shopify Australia Post?

If you want to install Shopify Australia Post, there are a few steps you need to follow:

1. Log in to your Shopify account as Admin.

2. Search for the AppJetty Australia Post and select it.

3. After you select AppJetty Australia Post, click on the “Add App” button below it.

4. When you click on the “Add App” button, a “Log in to your Shopify store” pop-up will appear on the screen.

5. Insert your Shopify store link there and click on the “Log in” button. When you click on “Log In”, you will get redirected to the “Install” page.

6. In the final step, install the Shopify Australia Post app by clicking on the “Install App” button.

There are a few benefits that you can get by using our Shopify Australia Post app. You can integrate it with your Shopify store easily and start managing shipments in no time. The app is ready-to-integrate and requires no advanced knowledge of programming. Thus, Shopify Australia Post is a go-to app for those with budget restrictions and want to start the business at minimal costs.

The easy and speedy calculation of shipping rates saves your time assures your customers of more transparency. They also find it easy to take the decision of placing an order or opt out with shipping rates displayed.

As the store admin, you also don’t need to refer to the Australia Post official site every time to calculate shipping rates. This saves your time and effort which you can utilize in other important tasks. For example, you can focus more on improving your buyer’s journey with some innovative ideas. You can analyze your customers’ behavioral patterns to utilize them for your business.

With the flexibility in shipping services Australia Post Shopify app provides, management of shipping rates becomes even better. At any time, you can enable or disable shipping services available for you as per your contract.

For example, if you can’t afford to offer a high-cost shipping service due to a temporary recession; you can disable it. Afterwards, you can enable it again at the right time. This functionality not only provides flexibility but also upkeep profitability.

Over to You

Australia Post shipping services have undoubtedly been one of the most efficient worldwide. If you also are looking to integrate AusPost shipping services, you can check out our AppJetty AusPost Shipping app.

For additional support and queries, you can always get in touch with us.

All product and company names are trademarks™, registered® or copyright© trademarks of their respective holders. Use of them does not imply any affiliation with or endorsement by them.

Task management is not easy. The task management for a company or a team is even more complicated. One has to make sure there are no conflicting schedules and all the work is done on time. There are plenty of tools that can help you with that, but let’s face it, adding one more tool to work with is not going to help with productivity at all. Rather it will only increase the work of creating calendar entries, asking for everyone’s availability etc.

This is where we bring in AppJetty Calendar 365.

Integrating AppJetty Calendar 365 with DynamicsCRM will help you to manage CRM activities from the activity calendar of Calendar 365. AppJetty Calendar 365 for DynamicsCRM provides two types of activity calendars: “Resource Calendar” and “Customer Calendar”.

Admin users can manage activities like appointments, calls, meetings, tasks, etc. along with multiple filters for Users, Teams, Activities, Facility-equipment, Contacts, etc. from the activity calendar. Other users (team members) can plan marketing/sales activities from the activity calendar.

Admin users and the team members who have rights to add/edit the activities can add the activities or any events on the calendar and schedule the work accordingly.

When adding and managing the activities on the calendar, sometimes the users need to manage multiple activities on a single day and their schedule may be in conflict. To get alerts for conflicting activities based on the time, the “Conflict Management” functionality is provided in Calendar 365 to avoid any conflict while adding activities to the calendar. The users with Dynamics CRM admin rights can enable “Conflict Management” from the Calendar 365 configuration.

Once the ‘Conflict Management’ option is enabled, you and the other team members will get an alert when conflicts occur at the time of scheduling of activities/appointments. The scheduling alerts will popup for all the activities except for custom activities.

This is how to do it:

Step 1: Navigate to the Calendar 365

You can find the Calendar 365 App on the Dynamics 365 screen. Click on it to navigate to its activity calendar.

OR

By clicking on Calendar 365, you will navigate to the Activity calendar of the Calendar365.

Step 2: Go to the ‘Calendar 365 Configuration

By clicking on the ‘Settings’ icon from the top-right corner, the Calendar 365 configuration page will redirect to a new tab.

Scroll down to the “Conflict Management” option to enable the Scheduling alert message.

After checking the checkbox click on the “Save” button to save the configuration. So now the user will be notified when any activity conflicts with other activity.

Step 3: Let’s see how activity conflict occurs on the activity Calendar

If you have configured any options or any activities, refresh the calendar once to get the latest changes as per the configuration.

Here one task activity is already added that is scheduled at 3 pm.

So now, when you or other team members try to “Create” any activity, a newly created activity is conflicted with any already scheduled activity and will display the “Scheduling Alerts” popup message.

Note: You will not get the “Scheduling Alerts” popup for any Custom activities.

In the Scheduling Alerts, you will get two buttons to perform the action for the conflicting activities.

By clicking on the IGNORE AND SAVE button, it will create an activity with a conflict icon on the calendar. But, if you do not want to add the activities at the same time, click on the CANCEL button to avoid the activity and It will not create an activity.

If the “IGNORE AND SAVE” button is clicked, the users can see the conflict icon (!) on both of the activities that indicate the activities are in conflict.

By moving the mouse cursor on the activity, the user will get the hover message of the activity conflicts.

So, by enabling “Conflict Management” in dynamics 365 service calendar, the user can identify conflict activities on the calendar and set up the events accordingly.

A better visibility during planning and scheduling activities makes for much smoother execution.

You can take a look at the product right here.

All product and company names are trademarks™, registered® or copyright© trademarks of their respective holders. Use of them does not imply any affiliation with or endorsement by them.

Out of a number of factors that enhance customers’ delivery experience, zip code validation is an important factor. You may have visited several e-commerce sites and checked for the product deliverability by entering your zip code. Amazon, eBay, and all other major e-retail sites offer zipcode-based validation to their customers.

Its biggest advantage is that customers know whether a product is deliverable or not to their address. This helps avoid any further back and forth to inform customers about non-deliverability.

So, if you are also a Shopify store owner looking to offer Shopify zip code validation, our AppJetty Zipcode Validator can be an ideal fit. It helps customers check for product availability at their location by entering zip codes and enhances their shopping experience.

It has got a number of engaging features that help increase customers’ retention and boost sales.

Keep reading to find out the remarkable features that can fit all your requirements from an ideal zip code validator app.

Zip Code-Based Availability Check

AppJetty Zipcode Validator enables customers to check for the availability of a product for delivery to their address via zip codes. This feature eliminates the possibility of any confusion or miscommunication later.

It also enhances transparency of a business as there is no need for any enquiries or customer support later. Customers don’t place the orders for non-deliverable products and there are no issues like manual enquiries or order cancellations later.

Shipping Rates as Per Zip Codes

Delivery rates may differ depending on various factors like distance, region, dimensional weight, etc. If a customer knows the delivery charge for a product delivery, they can decide to check out or opt out accordingly.

Our Zip Code Validator for Shopify enables the store admin to configure and display different delivery rates for different locations to customers. Further, customers can also see the delivery charges based on the shipping method they pick.

This way, they get full clarity of all the shipping costs and can take the right decision accordingly.
It also helps increase transparency and customers’ trust.

Whitelist/Blacklist Zip Codes

The store admin can whitelist or blacklist zip codes based on deliverability of individual products to those zip codes. While a particular product is deliverable in whitelisted zip codes, it may not be deliverable in blacklisted zip codes.

By segregating zip codes, they can manage deliveries better and restrict customers from blacklisted zones from placing orders via Zipcode Validator for Shopify.

Shopify Zip Code Validation Widget Customization

The store admin can also choose to customize the Shopify zip code validation widget to engage customers better. They can also preview it before making it live to change it if need be.

They can change the color and text of both Shopify zip code validation labels and buttons to enhance their look and feel and match them with the store theme.

Custom Delivery/Unavailability Messages

The store owner can also customize and preview the delivery availability/unavailability message preview before displaying it to customers. This helps simplify Shopify zip code validation for customers through a simple message for them to read.

Restriction of Product Addition to Cart Page

Enabling this option can help restrict the addition of products that are not deliverable to specific zip codes to the cart page. This helps avoid any further issues like cancellations after checkout.

Specification of Zip Code Rules

The store owner can add the list of zip codes for Shopify zip code validation in more than one way.

They can add only one zip code at a time if they have a small store but sporadic deliverable areas. They can also add a full range of zip codes if the deliverable area is large. They can import a CSV file with all the pin codes as well.

In addition, they can also edit and delete post code rules for any product in real-time as per requirements.

Defining Zip Code Restriction Rule

The store owner can define zip code restriction rules for Shopify Zip Code Validation. With this, they can manage deliveries of essential and non-essential items to different regions. It proves to be more useful especially in situations during the Covid prevailing these days. They can apply the rules on a particular product, a particular category/collection of products, or all the products in the store.

Further, they can also set four priority levels (Low, Medium, High, Very High) for zip codes that lie in both blacklisted and whitelisted zip codes.

Following is an example to help you understand it better:

Suppose a customer from a blacklisted zip code area orders an essential product. And the other customer from the same area orders a non-essential product. The store admin can set the priority “high” for the essential product.

Display of Estimated Delivery Time

Giving a clear estimate of the delivery time or day to a customer helps make their choice easier. Zipcode Validator for Shopify enables the store owners to display the estimated delivery date and time to customers for better transparency and sales.

Compatibility with AppJetty Delivery Date Manager

Our Shopify Zip Code Validator is fully compatible with our other product - AppJetty Delivery Date Manage. It can thus allow the store owner to let customers pick a delivery date and time slot of their preference and boost their chances of conversion.

Final Words

So, you have already seen that zip code validation is an essential feature for better engagement and sales. This is the reason why you should offer it to your customers. If you want to give your customers the freedom to check for the product availability, you can check out our feature-rich AppJetty Zip Code Validator for Shopify.

All product and company names are trademarks™, registered® or copyright© trademarks of their respective holders. Use of them does not imply any affiliation with or endorsement by them.

Many times it is difficult for your on field sales team to run from one place to another in search of prospective customers. They are continuously running here and there, wasting too much fuel, looking up locations and even getting lost, etc.

We understand these issues and to help your on field sales team we have come up with a one stop solution for your employees: Dynamics 365 field mapping.

What is a Dynamics CRM map integration?

Our Dynamics CRM 365 mapping extension is a plugin which integrates with Dynamics CRM and allows users to visualize the data of CRM on the map. It is easy for sales managers to integrate and use so that they can effectively manage their teams and work.

Let’s see three major advantages of using Dynamics 365 field mapping in your business:

Saves time:

AppJetty’s Mappyfield provides essential tools to everyone in the team i.e. sales manager, reps, etc. which helps them to work effectively, reach at location-based meetings timely, etc. With all the information right on the map, the sales agent never has to go looking for details of a lead in the CRM. And with a feature like check in-check out, they can simply mark their meetings on the map. This reduces time spent on administrative work and frees up time to focus on the client.

Sync CRM data easily:

They can easily sync all the CRM data and get it on the map to know the location of their next potential client. Mappyfield is based on Bing Maps and supports Google Maps, Apple Maps, and Waze for navigation so your team members can use that for navigation. They can click on the location and get the directions for the same.

Multiple language support:

Going global or being local it is important to have support for multiple languages. Having your tools in multiple languages helps your employees to understand their tasks much better. If your employees understand their task, and the information you have, they will be able to perform their tasks better.

These are some basic things. Now let’s see the ways Mappyfield can help your business flourish with its over the top functionalities:

Know your team members’ whereabouts:

For years sales managers have had to call their on field sales team members and ask their whereabouts and get detailed reports of their tasks. This increases unwanted communication between team members every time.

But, not anymore. With Mappyfield you can know your team members’ location, check their tasks lists, each predefined activity, and also if there is any custom activity. This decreases all unwanted communication and helps both on field and in the office team to work efficiently.

Share optimized routes:

Often sales team members complain about getting lost while looking for the location or face traffic and this results in not reaching the meeting on time. All these things somewhere affect your company’s reputation negatively.

But, here we have a solution for you. With the help of Dynamics 365 map, your sales manager can share optimized routes with the on field sales team. This will help them reach a location on time, attend meetings, and turn them into customers. Additionally, they can even search for the potential customers in the specified territory and meet them.

Referral leads:

Referral leads work better than any other marketing strategies. Because, we all believe in our neighbors or family members trying the product and their feedback rather than the salesman directly. Your sales team can mark prospective customers on the map depending on your current customers’ location. Further, they can go and meet them and refer to the existing user or competitors using it and can talk about your product. This can help you in your sales and get the right customers too.

Create territories:

Create and assign territories for your on-field team members. You can do it right on the map and assign it as a task with all detail to each team member. Further, your sales team members get more data about where they can conduct meetings, divide the team on the basis of these territories, know their performance, lead conversion rate, etc. On the basis of this data you can make decisions regarding the territory that needs more focus or details about how each territory responds to your agents. This will help your team to work efficiently, faster, and get more customers.

Secure templates:

When it comes to working with CRM, security of users’ data becomes a crucial thing. And when it comes to sending this data across the team is a risk which anyone would avoid. Now, securely share confidential data between your team members via secure templates.

Supports mobile device:

Our extension supports mobile so that not only do you have less admin work manually, you also don’t have to carry a laptop around. Having the CRM and mapping benefits on the mobile can make accessing information easier. This will let your sales team have everything they need on the go and can access it at any time.

Easy configuration:

Your on field sales team can make all the necessary changes according to their need. To get the personalized feel for the app they can configure the app at the minutest of the level like auto zoom, set the default location and more. This helps them use the app the way they are comfortable and in a way that helps them get their work done smoothly. It also has easy controls to look up restaurants and hotels nearby based on a defined radius.

Conclusion:

There are a lot of things that go into making sure that your sales team is productive and on the go. Help them work efficiently with the right set of tools and get you promising clients.

All product and company names are trademarks™, registered® or copyright© trademarks of their respective holders. Use of them does not imply any affiliation with or endorsement by them.

Medical representatives are the backbone of a pharmaceutical company just like our sales team is for us. Herein, I’ll walk you through the relation of pharmaceuticals, MRs, and doctors; their working pattern and how technology can make tasks of the medical representative easier. There are millions of doctors in any country along with thousands of pharmaceutical companies and medical representatives. Pharma companies develop medicines, MRs sell them to various doctors and chemists.

But, searching for these potential doctors is not an easy task for MRs. They have to work really hard day in, day out, travel from one place to another, meet various doctors and close deals. The meetings alone don’t guarantee that doctors will sign up with them.

Let’s see some of the problems that pharmaceutical companies and medical representatives face in their day to day life:

Return of Investment:

Travelling from one place to another can cost a lot to companies. This expense includes transportation as well as accommodation and other miscellaneous expenses. These costs are difficult to justify if the return on this investment is low. It would make more sense to target local leads in this case rather than invest in reaching a wider area.

Not reaching on time:

A major issue is travelling to a different city or state and not knowing the region geographically. This results in not reaching the meeting place on time. Missing a meeting leads to never having the possibility of signing up with that lead again. A missed meeting is worse especially when dealing with doctors who anyway have a packed schedule. The reasons a medical representative might be late are they weren’t aware of their specialty, they were not able to find a proper route or faced a navigation problem.

Lacks idea about doctors in particular area:

Another major issue is that MRs never have doctor’s details in an organized manner which makes it difficult to work. To sell the medicines they need to have their professional data handy and on that basis they can sell products. Not having all needed information takes time to know the doctor, their professional expertise, and sell medicines.

Another problem is not having detailed information about how many doctors are in one particular area. This leads to an unmanageable schedule of your MRs and not working to their full potential.

Not having clear sales forecasting data:

Having unclear data about how many potential chemists or doctors you have increases confusion. Looking at these unending problems and data of pharmaceutical companies, MRs, doctors, and chemists we have come up with a one stop solution: Dynamics CRM Mapping.

Let’s see how our extension can work as your one stop solution and help your medical representatives work efficiently.

Easy integration with CRM:

Our Microsoft Dynamics CRM Mapping extension easily integrates with Dynamics CRM and helps to access and plot data on the map. Fetch the data of doctors and pharmacists from the CRM, plot them on the map with all details like addresses, contact info, specialty, etc. This makes it easy for them to find potential clients, reach the destination faster, and have all data in the proper manner.

Mark territories on the map:

Your MR head can mark specific territories on the map with all the essential information of doctors and chemists and share it with your on field MR. This helps them to schedule their meetings, find the shortest route easily. Territories help them cluster information that can help the company analyze data patterns. With this you can have a more focused and streamlined approach.

Analytical dashboard:

Let your MR check the open or closed leads directly on the dashboard. This will help them to know which doctor they need to follow up with or if anyone has already been onboarded. Depending on the monthly or weekly analytical reports they can plan their next steps to build relationships, nurture a lead and know how to proceed.

Easy check in/check out:

This feature helps your MR sales head to take care of the on field sales team. It is easy to assign, monitor tasks of your on field team. Now, you can see their check in and check out time, number of tasks finished, assign them tasks, or can even create customized tasks lists and assign. All these things in real time in sync with your CRM data. This helps in reducing unwanted communication between you and your team and instead they can focus more on the upcoming meeting and close deals for you. Since they can also check in, check out of meetings, as well as add notes about them, they have that much less to do when they come back to the office.

Multi language support:

Having a pharma company results in having people from all over the country. This means you need to provide multiple language support in your app. Your sales team can customize the app language in their preferred language and use it easily.

Mobile friendly:

Mobile first is the boosting concept today. With the help of Dynamics CRM Mapping your team can access it on the go anywhere at any time. They can get all the data on the app and have the necessary information at their fingertips.

Conclusion:

Give your medical representatives the right tool to close deals for your pharma company. It helps your medical reps and your company to get potential doctors and chemists and help them get the best products for their patients. It’s a win win situation for you and your sales team.

All product and company names are trademarks™, registered® or copyright© trademarks of their respective holders. Use of them does not imply any affiliation with or endorsement by them.

Having your own business means being on your toes the whole day. From taking decisions, serving customers, to taking care of your employees. It all takes up a lot of time, effort, and energy.

One of the biggest issues that we have seen in ecommerce is delivery issues. Customers often complain about this, and if the delivery service is not to their expectations or bad then you are very likely to lose them. Over the years, many businesses have worked on their customer service and delivery issues to retain customers and provide timely deliveries.

Looking at all these issues of ecommerce companies, we came up with your one stop solution i.e. Magento 2 Delivery Date Extension. There are a lot of ecommerce businesses that use our extension and lessen their burden of delivery. It has given customers an ease to select their preferred delivery date. Additionally, it helps businesses to send their delivery agents on the specified date and save up time and unnecessary back and forth.

Let’s see a quick brief of the remarkable existing features of Magento 2 Delivery Date Extension:

1. Same day delivery:

From the backend, admin can configure and set same day delivery option. If enabled, customers can ask for the same day delivery and you can set pricing for that as well as limit per day delivery. It allows businesses to define their additional cost for same day delivery and limit per day delivery intakes. Thus depending on the count they can decide the delivery date and move forward.

2. Track orders:

Using Magento 2 order delivery date, the backed admin gets all detailed reports about deliveries, to-be delivered products, return orders, and more. Additionally, admin can keep track of orders that are out for deliveries. They can know the exact location of the product so if customers enquire about their orders you can let them know details.

3. Display extension on product page and checkout:

To make your customer select the particular date for delivery it is important to make sure that customers can see this feature. Considering this situation, we made sure that Magento 2 Delivery date extension displays on the product page as well as on the checkout page. This makes it easier for customers to select their preferred date for delivery.

4. Manage delivery date, time, delivery quota, and more:

From the backend, admin can configure delivery time, set limit for same day delivery, show working days, specify range of dates when you are not working, and more. Once all these things are configured, your customer can see them and place orders accordingly. This helps both you and your customers in placing orders and delivering it.

Looking at all the ways our extension is helping businesses be more transparent and serve their customers better, our research team came up with more ways we can help. This led to us adding more features to Magento 2 Delivery date extension. Let’s see them in detail and understand how it will help businesses serve more:

1. Select particular time slot:

Customers were already providing specific dates for their delivery. Now, along with selecting the date customers can select a particular time for the delivery. This gives them more transparency over when they need their parcel delivered.

Just imagine, your customer is expecting delivery tomorrow but doesn’t know the specific time it will arrive. They have further appointments to attend or go somewhere. This makes it difficult for them to leave the place until the order arrives or they have to keep calling the delivery person and know where their order has reached and when it will arrive.

To avoid all this chaos, with a time slot, now your customers can select the particular time they want delivery along with day and date. This decreases all the back and forth, saves time of customers and your delivery personnel as well.

2. Send email reminders to customer about delivery:

Create email templates, configure it from the backend, and send your customers email reminders about their deliveries. This will ensure that the customer is available at the delivery location, in case they have forgotten, or they even have the liberty to change the delivery date if required.

Email reminders are also for the delivery staff so they are always updated regarding upcoming deliveries, changes in the time of delivery and more. This ensures that they are able to work effectively and there are no missed deliveries or miscommunication.

3. Customer configurations:

Just imagine, your customers need to go somewhere last minute and they can’t receive the delivery. How will they reach out to you? This can become difficult. Now your customers can easily edit or update the delivery date and time according to their need.

This will help your customers to get deliveries according to their need and even enhances your company’s reputation of great customer service.

4. Admin level configurations:

If there are certain products that need to be restocked and customers have given in order for it then, admin can make the necessary changes in the delivery date and time from the backend. This will help them to get the best out for your customers and you as well.

Wrapping it up:

Our Magento 2 Delivery Date Extension has helped many companies serve their customers in the right way. Ecommerce stores are highly popular and competitive. There are not many things that you can do to stand out from the crowd. Therefore you can get ahead of the curve by making sure you have something extra which makes your customers come back to your store.

All product and company names are trademarks™, registered® or copyright© trademarks of their respective holders. Use of them does not imply any affiliation with or endorsement by them. ]]> Mon, 04 Jan 2021 08:27:28 +0000https://m2.appjetty.com/blog/product-delivery-gets-easier-with-delivery-date-scheduler https://m2.appjetty.com/blog/product-delivery-gets-easier-with-delivery-date-scheduler hiral.thaker@india.biztechconsultancy.com (Hiral Thaker) Hiral Thaker

It's again that time of the year when businesses would be flooded with sales, customers standing in long queues to buy their favorite products at low costs, and lots of Christmas vibes going around the city.

But, this time it will be different from every year, from sending gifts to each other online to wishing each other over video calls. This year it will all be different. But that should not stop your business.

Holidays are still happening and with no one being able to visit each other or shop for gifts in person, the online shopping experience needs to fill the void. Store owners have to make it inviting for their customers and be able to handle the shipping. Handling shipping is not as simple as packaging and sending. The process needs to be simple, and well done so that there are less chances of missed deliveries, accurate shipping details, and more.

Australia Post is one of the few shipping companies that can handle this. Some of their most difficult days in terms of number of parcels delivered are during the christmas break and they always handle it well.

Being an online store owner there are plenty of things you can try and do to make sure your business is running smoothly and earning revenue. Over the holiday period, there will be thousands of customers who will be ordering multiple things from your eStore, and there is no chance of making any kind of mistake.

The essence of holidays adds up when gifts arrive on time, and customers know where their parcel has reached. To let them arrive on time there needs to be a dedicated feature that allows users to select a particular date and time.

Oftentimes customers complain about late delivery or wrong delivery issues. But, not anymore! With Magento 2 Australia Post extension you have a one-stop solution to all delivery, packaging, issues. So, if you are a company located in Australia or run a global eStore business there, then here's your solution.

Let me walk you through ways Magento 2 Australia Post shipping module brings ease to your business operations:

1. Live Shipping Rates:

   Give your customers a better option to check the live rates on your website directly. With our extension, your customers do not need to go back and forth to see the shipping rates of Australia Post. They can check the rates, select their preferred shipping medium, and place an order easily. From the extension, you can fetch the cost and select either standard or contract rates of shipping.

2. Australia Post Configuration:

   Configure the entire payment handling module from your website’s backend. Your admin can configure COD, transaction handling fees; enable postcode and satchel services for your customers. Enable, disable, or configure all these services from the backend according to your convenience and provide better services to your customers.

3. Configure Shipments:

   Do more with our extension by configuring your entire shipment services from the backend. From the backend, your admin can enable/disable things like “Signature on Delivery,” pack each parcel individually, insurance shipments, etc.

   Once you configure, show these services on your website, and let your customers select accordingly. Remember; always serve better than what your customers expect.

4. Configure Service Rates:

   In the Magento 2 Australia post extension, you get all your contract rates in one place. Admin from the backend can display them on the basis of the requirements. Going further, customers can choose their preferred choice of rates from it.

5. Show Multiple Shipping Options:

   Go global with just some simple tweaks. Configure multiple shipping options in the backend and display them on the site. On the letters and parcel services, you can configure and set domestic and international cost on your eStore. Upon configuring this, your customers can see it on the website and select their services. This feature provides them ease to select where they want to send their parcels.

6. Label Printing:

   It allows merchants to print out labels of Australia Post shipping with just a few clicks. Merchants just need to print the predefined layout of the label. Print them and stick them on the parcel. All set to go!

7. Track Shipments:

   Many times customers are curious to know where their shipment has reached. And this makes them call the delivery person or the store/company time and again. To decrease this and to keep everyone on the same page, let your customers track their shipments.

   Yes, you heard it right. With the help of the Australia Post shipping module, you can let your customers track their shipments and know the exact location of it. Customers can track it either from their account or you can send them an email with all the information.

8. Satchel Services:

   Many times costing can be a problem for some customers while sending parcels internationally. Now with satchel services, you can define the weight, height, and other dimensions of the box and on the basis of these, you can apply charges. Predefine the size and cost of these boxes and display them on your website.

Conclusion:

Over a decade now many customers have complained about the shipping services eStore businesses provide. But, now with Magento 2 Australia post shipping extension, you can provide world class services to your customers. Easily configure everything in the backend and show it on the frontend. Provide ease to customers to select services which they want and show the cost of each of them.

Hence, this year go one step further and provide the best of the best to your customers. Everything at their fingertips with just a few clicks.

All product and company names are trademarks™, registered® or copyright© trademarks of their respective holders. Use of them does not imply any affiliation with or endorsement by them.

Doing deep market research is a must. It gives you insight into latest or future trends, things your customers expect, where your products stand in the market, what new features you can introduce in your products, and more.

There are multiple ways companies carry out research using different automated survey software. Amongst which, two of them are more preferred i.e. agile research and concept testing. These two methodologies have served many companies in the right way and helped them understand what their customers require. The better clarity during the research stage helps them to make the product better.

What is agile research?

Agile market research is the way agile software is developed. Following are the four things followed in it:

- Think

- Develop sprints

- Experiment

- Interaction

This can help companies test different ideas, products, or campaigns, before they launch it and know their customers’ requirements. They can make changes on the basis of their customers’ needs.

This helps businesses save some money as they won’t have to invest large sums of money in year based heavy research. Companies that use agile research methods are more likely to deliver fast, focused projects, and new updates will be on time.

Apart from this, agile research is more data centric which makes companies more customers centric. They are more data driven, information rich, and provide in-depth insights.

What is concept testing?

It is a process in which you define the concept of the products and how your users will interact with it. With this data, you can tweak your products and get an upper hand at going ahead with it.

You can use concept testing for any products, ads, logo, packaging, etc. It gives you a deeper insight and helps you to make decisions and track the success over time.

Let’s see major benefits of using agile research and concept testing:

Automation:

Usually creating surveys takes at least two to three hours as questions need to be well researched and framed in a way that you get detailed answers from customers. Most of the time it becomes complicated to carry out concept testing. This is when you can use automated survey software.

Survey designing:

You can create a custom theme on the basis of your brand’s reputation, customize Welcome and Thank You pages, create dynamic survey backgrounds, templates, etc. There are also some pre-built questionnaires which are ready to use.

Analytics & Reporting:

The Survey Rocket dashboard provides you with five different types of reports to measure the success. You get details like response rate, survey status, send status, etc. Various reports like trend reports, detailed statistical data, etc. are available. Each of them will provide you with in depth details about your data.

Survey Sharing:

Using Survey Rocket you can easily share surveys via WhatsApp, SMS, create email links, and share with a wide audience. Automated email reminders are sent to your customers if they forget to fill the survey, add open shareable emails to surveys, and more.

Built-in market research:

On the basis of this data you can do some tweaks in your products and serve better. Go one step further and use a net promoter survey to know exactly how your customers are feeling about your products/services. This will be very helpful to know who are likely to be your promoters and who are not. Additionally, you can even ask for suggestions from users and know their needs or demands from your product.

Custom surveys:

Customizing surveys can work as a boon in many scenarios. You can add images, pie charts, and use colors according to your brands’ reputation. Add, delete, or edit questions you want, decide which questions your customers can see and hide others if needed. All such things will provide control over the way you create surveys, share them around, and use the feedback in a constructive way.

Skip Logic:

With the help of survey skip logic make your survey short, crisp, and engaging. They are also known as branching logic or conditional survey logic. Depending on the answers they provide you can take them further. You can easily define the rule of survey and create custom skip logic. Major benefit of using skip logic is better customer experience, increased response rate, and accurate analysis.

Conclusion:

Surveys play a major role in shaping the company and understanding your customers desires and requirements. This is when surveys are conducted using different methods. With the help of a survey rocket take your surveys to a new level. Make the best out of surveys, increase your customers’ interaction and provide better customer feedback.

About Us:

At AppJetty we have tried to solve major problems of businesses using our products. Survey Rocket aims to help you do something necessary in a truly efficient way. It makes conducting surveys less of a task and more of a tool to get the feedback you need.

All product and company names are trademarks™, registered® or copyright© trademarks of their respective holders. Use of them does not imply any affiliation with or endorsement by them.

We live in a digital era where everything is bought, managed, and sold online. Just think how many things you have bought online in the last one year. And as a business owner think about the number you have sold online. Today almost anything and everything is bought and sold online. The Internet is not only making us a global village but also changing the way we shop or sell things.

According to Statista, it is predicted that eCommerce is estimated to reach US$2,437,768m in 2020. This is a huge number and due to pandemic and I am sure this number might have exceeded.

In the current times in addition to pandemic there are millions of businesses that have come online to survive and earn some money. But running an eStore is not easy in any way. There are a lot of things that go into bringing businesses online.

Let’s see some of the issues that store owners face while growing their business:

Constant Competition:

Running a business is not an easy job. It comes with a constant urge to innovate and solve real world problems, and make an impact in the market. There is a constant cut throat competition in the market to serve customers better, and innovate in the field.

Continuous Changing Trends:

There is a constant change in the trends in the market and everyday there are new requirements of customers. This makes it much harder for businesses to satisfy their customers’ needs. To match up with the changing trends, they end up making employees work round the clock.

Matching up with customers’ needs and having to serve them right adds up a lot of pressure on businesses.

Managing Store and Warehouses:

Being an eStore owner it is very common to have multiple warehouses. But managing is very challenging. Store owners often complain about how they cannot manage their inventory, products which are in stock, which product is where, and more. It becomes chaotic to visit multiple stores or warehouses to know your stock, manage staff members, or know particular product details.

Managing Sales Record:

Knowing which product is selling more and why, is very important. Additionally, having a proper sales report every quarter is crucial as it gives you a better insight into understanding your customers’ needs. But, the major issue is doing the paperwork of multiple stores and warehouses with all the back and forth.

Disorganized Inventory:

Searching something from a disorganized inventory is equal to finding nothing. Your employees will need to search for one thing from thousands of products in the warehouse and this requires having a lot of manpower and consumes a lot of time. This list of problems can go on and on.

Considering these issues, it becomes difficult for eStore owners, admin, or managers to carry out operations easily. Additionally, many times it can even create chaos amongst businesses and customers. This eventually leads to having unsatisfied customers who might abandon your company and services.

But, looking at all these issues and to support eStore owners, at AppJetty we have come up with a solution i.e. Magento 2 Admin app.

Magemob Admin for Magento 2 allows you to manage your eStore effectively and on the go. Let’s see some of the ways Magento 2 Admin mobile app helps you in managing your eStore effectively:

Interactive Dashboard:

Our Magemob admin allows your admin to use an interactive dashboard, manage multiple stores or warehouses from the backend easily. The interactive dashboard lets your users get details about the sales trends, new orders, total sales, and more.

Admin or you can also generate sales reports with specified number of date and time right from the dashboard. Lastly, the admin app supports multiple stores so you can see data of multiple stores, currencies they support and more.

Barcode Scanner:

As I said above, it is difficult to search for a particular item in the inventory and needs lots of manpower and wastes time. But not anymore! Magento 2 Admin app comes with a barcode scanner. This makes it easy for you to search from thousands of items easily. Just scan the particular barcode of the product and you get the exact location of the particular item in a few seconds.

Sales data report:

Time to say goodbye to paperwork and check all your sales reports right from the app. Using Magento 2 Admin mobile app you can see the sales reports based on geography, for particular product categories and more. This gives you details of users, number of items they purchased, and more.

Many times while checking you might have an issue of finding the right sales data from but not anymore. With the help of a filter module you can apply various filters on the sales report and see the exact data on the screen.

24/7 Support:

Using our Magento 2 Admin app you can easily get access to the backend of your eStore anytime at anyplace. The mobile compatibility lets you see all the information of your store at your fingertips with just a few clicks. Now, be there to support your employees 24/7.

Manage Customer Data:

Manage all your customers’ data with just a few clicks. With the Admin app you can access all your customers’ data, add, edit, or delete from the backend. With all the control at your fingertips, you can take timely decisions.

Manage Products Effectively:

Manage and view each of your products effectively. With the help of product listing you can view, edit, add, and delete all your products. This allows you to see all of them in detail, assign or unassign warehouses to them, see sales, and more.

Handle Customer Reviews and Reports:

You can approve or reject the reviews given by your customers. Additionally, you can even know which are your best selling products, why, and how you can promote them more.

Wrapping it up:

Integrate our Magento 2 Admin App extension with your eStore and get everything at your fingertips. Take your store with you no matter where you go.

All product and company names are trademarks™, registered® or copyright© trademarks of their respective holders. Use of them does not imply any affiliation with or endorsement by them.

Working all day round the clock without a productivity tool can be a very difficult task. Looking at the need for people to work more efficiently businesses launched various types of products. These products have helped companies make their employees’ tasks easier and helped them be more efficient.

Each productivity tool brings its own features to the table and helps us work more efficiently. One such tool is calendar. Having a calendar that is interactive, makes your adding editing, deleting tasks easy, sends you timely reminders, etc. is a must.

But, to manage your calendar efficiently you need to have the right one which helps you instead of adding more burden to your packed schedule.

Let me show you some of the challenges employees face when not using a calendar in the right way:

Everything is a priority:

Not knowing which tasks you should set as priority results in having everything a priority for them. This leaves your team more confused and indecisive in selecting which tasks should be done first, which project needs more of their attention, when do they have meetings with whom, and more.

This all becomes chaotic for your employees and results in inefficiency. In turn this can result in your business not flourishing and losing potential clients.

Not using right tool:

Not using the right calendar can be the biggest mistake you can ever make. If the calendar does not add value to your employees’ schedule then they are very likely to get frustrated and not work properly.

Hence, choosing the right calendar which has needed functionalities is an important thing for you as well as your employees.

Lack of communication:

If the team members can’t share their calendars with each other then lack of communication is an outcome. To overcome this, it is important to have a calendar that your employees can easily sync with each other.

These are some of the major reasons why as a company it is essential to have a proper calendar tool.

Let's share some of the core features of Calendar 365 exclusive for Dynamics CRM that can help you and your employees.

Manage Activity:

Creating and managing tasks is one of the most crucial things of the day. With a huge pile of work on your table, it becomes difficult for them to define their priorities and work accordingly. With the help of Dynamics 365 Calendar your employees can easily manage, create, and edit their tasks. And you can also assign and manage tasks for them.

Share Calendar with Team:

Not knowing schedules of team members can be a management nightmare. For example: if some of your employees are providing on field support then every hour managers have to call and ask about their next appointment. In some cases every day, employees have to report to managers their schedule or meetings. After a certain point this can become a hindrance for employees as well as managers.

Considering these issues, with Calendar 365, your employees can share their entire calendar either individually with team members or with the entire team. This decreases the unnecessary interaction between the team members and managers. Once the calendar is shared, managers and team members can know the entire schedule of each other and carry out further activities accordingly.

Multi Language Support:

Language is one of the most crucial things when dealing with anyone. Providing products in multiple languages can be a huge help for your employees. Calendar 365 for Dynamics CRM supports multiple languages. This can help your employees to understand the product and use it efficiently as well as effectively.

Timely Notifications:

Just imagine, one of your employees has an important meeting coming up and they have added it to their schedule with a hope that they might get a reminder 30 mins or 60 mins before the meeting. But, it does not happen. And you know reaching late in a meeting or not attending is the worst case scenario for any employee.

But, now with Microsoft Dynamics CRM calendar you can get rid of this issue and help your employees attend meetings. Apart from meetings, your employees can add any activity in the calendar and get timely reminders.

Resource Scheduling and Calendar Views:

For managers, keeping an eye on each and every team members’ working hours is not feasible. To overcome this you can now see work hours, break time, etc. of your team members in the Dynamics calendar itself. You can get all details of their daily tasks and appointments so no need of unnecessary back and forth or hourly conversations with your employees.

Further, you can view the calendar in multiple views like gantt charts, lists, graphs, etc. Multiple views of Microsoft Dynamics CRM help you to have a better view of you and your employees’ tasks. This in turn helps you to work efficiently with your team members and bring the best for your company.

Manage Multiple Activities:

Managing multiple activities does not need multiple calendars. Now do everything in one go with Dynamics Calendar 365. You can easily create, edit, and create custom activities, assign, share, etc. everything with Calendar 365 for Dynamics CRM.

Supports Mobile Devices:

One cannot always be at their desk to manage all of their work or handle a team. Mobile first is the concept which the majority of companies are trying to implement. And looking at this need for mobile first, Calendar 365 is compatible with mobile devices.

Now, you can access your calendar on the go anytime anywhere using your mobile phone.

Wrapping it up:

Dynamics 365 Calendar is a productive tool and is the right type of calendar. With Dynamics Calendar 365 you can help to get the best out of your team members. Shrug off the tools which are not adding value and give them what they need to get their job done.

All product and company names are trademarks™, registered® or copyright© trademarks of their respective holders. Use of them does not imply any affiliation with or endorsement by them.

Any company that interacts with a customer, needs to dive deeper into how to do it better. You need to know how they react to your marketing campaigns, what is selling where the buyers’ age group, and whatnot. All of this data already comes to you in your Dynamics CRM.

Going through this data and analyzing it can get cumbersome. So a heat map of all this data overlaid on a map makes it a whole lot easier.

Dynamics 365 map Integration provides the facility to visualize and analyze the CRM records on a Heat map by selecting the data sources of the DynamicsCRM.

MappyField 365 heatmap provides a graphical representation of the CRM data where values are depicted by color. Heatmap makes it easy to visualize and measure complex data on the map based on the specific region.

An administrator can set the color for the records under Heatmap settings and get the records on the heatmap as per the color selection.

Please follow the below steps to analyze the specific data sources using MappyFiled 365 heatmap:
- Navigate to the MappyField 365 → Heat Map

Step-1: Heat Map Settings

Configure Color for Heatmap from the MappyField 365 Configuration.

You can select Color for High, Medium, and Low values data for the heat map.

You can differentiate the records as per the selected region/area by selecting the color as per the High/Medium/Low.

Step-2: Navigate to the MappyField 365 → Heat Map

Navigate to the MappyField 365 app from the Dynamics dashboard or from the app list.

From MappyField 365, click on the Heat Map.

Once the Heat Map is loaded you can select the required options to visualize the values of the records on the map.

Step-3: Visualize the CRM Records on the Heat Map

To visualize and analyze the CRM Records on the Heatmap, you need to select the below fields:

Select Datasource:
- Select the Entity and its View for which you want to visualize data as a heat map. You will only be able to use those entities which
are configured from the “Entity Mappings”.

Select Measure:
- The measure will determine how you want to filter the records and create a heat map. Select the aggregation method (CRM data) to be
used to color-code the region.
- By default, the color code would be based on the number of records (ex. Annual Revenue, Market Capitalization, etc)

Select Filter:
- Select the category in which you want to differentiate the measured data. (ex. Account Name, Business Type, etc). Select a category to
filter the data results.

Select Display:
- Select the ‘Display’ to visualize the selected Datasource and measures on Heatmap.
- Here, you can select the type of display from the available options to create a Heatmap using Boundary, No Boundary, Pie Chart, Column
Chart.

Select Region Type:
- Select any ‘Region Type’ to display the Heatmap for the Boundary, Pie Chart, or Column Chart. Define the geographical variant in Region
Type: City, State, Country, or Postal Code.

After selecting all the details, click on the Search button to create a Heatmap

Step 3A: Heatmap by State wise Boundary:

- If you have selected the Boundary as “Display” and State as “Region Type”, the heatmap will display
the selected Datasource as State-
wise with Boundary and color visualization as per High/Medium/Low level.

Step 3B: Heat Map by State with No Boundary:

- If you have selected the “No Boundary” as Display and “State” as Region Type, it will create a heat map based on the density of the
measure without geographical boundaries.

- By clicking on the “Summary Card”, all the account details will be listed in the detail card with the selected data sources.

Step 3C: Heatmap by State wise Pie Chart

- If you have selected the “Pie Chart” as Display and “State” as Region Type, it will display the Heatmap in the form of pie charts of
the selected data sources.

- By moving a mouse cursor over any Pie Chart, you will see the tooltip detail, and by clicking on any PieChart, the records will be
displayed in the summary card.

Step 3D: Heatmap by State wise Column Chart

- If you have selected the “Column Chart” as Display and “State” as Region Type, it will display the Heatmap in the form of a column
chart of the selected data sources.

- By moving a mouse cursor over any Column Chart, you will see the tooltip detail, and by clicking on any Column Chart, the records will
be displayed in the summary card.

Here only the Statewise Heat maps are shown. But a salesperson or an administrator can visualize the heatmap as per other regions by inserting the County, City, or Postal Code and selecting the different data sources with a relevant measure & category.

Being a sales manager with DynamcisCRM administrator rights, visualize any records like Sales Revenue, Travel Expenses, Service-based activities, etc. as heatmaps and geographical displays and numerics will tell you what further planning should be done for your sales team.

All product and company names are trademarks™, registered® or copyright© trademarks of their respective holders. Use of them does not imply any affiliation with or endorsement by them.

When a salesperson is on the field they need their software to support them and give them all the details quickly. That’s why having a collection of information about each record right in the app is a great way to do it. These tooltips are set up to appear only when you look for them.

The sales manager or DynamicsCRM user with administrator rights can configure the entity details in MappyField 365 to be displayed in the Entity Records (pushpin) details.

Once the DynamicsCRM records are plotted on the map, your team member will get the record details as you have configured in ‘Entity Mappings’.

MappyField 365 users will get the highlight of the records by hovering the mouse over the plotted record (pushpin) and by clicking on the record, you will get the details of the record in the detailed slider.

Tooltip shows quick information about the record when hovering the mouse cursor over the pushpin and Detail attributes appear in the detailed slider by clicking on the specific record.

Follow the below steps to configure the tooltip and detail attributes:

- Navigate to Entity Mappings
- Configure the details of the tooltip attributes and detail attributes
- Plot the entity records on the map
- Get the tooltip (popup) by moving the cursor on the pushpin
- Get the details of the records by clicking on the pushpin

Step-1: Navigate to “Entity Mappings”

Go to Entity Mappings to configure and setup the entity to be displayed on the map. Here the ‘Account’ entity is selected.

By clicking on the entity, you will navigate to the entity detail page. Here from the header, you will get different action buttons.

By clicking on the Edit button it will open the new tab which contains the entity map configuration for the selected entity.

Step-2: Entity To Map

From here you can configure the ‘Tooltip attributes’ and ‘Detail attributes’ for the slider.

Step-2[A] Click on the ‘Tooltip attributes’ tab to set up tooltip data

Navigate to the ‘Tooltip Attributes’ tab. You can select up to 10 tooltip attributes to display in the tooltip while the mouse cursor moves over the record (any specific pushpin). You can also set up the ‘Display Name’ of the selected attributes that will display on the tooltip.

Select the Attributes and edit the Display Name.

Click on the Add button to add the attribute to the list. You can remove, by clicking on the remove x icon from the Action column.

Once you configure the ‘Tooltip Attributes’, click on the Update button of the Entity To Map.

Step-2[B] Click on the ‘Attributes’ tab to set up for slider details

Navigate to the ‘Attributes tab’. Here you can select up to 10 Detail attributes to display while clicking on the record (any specific pushpin).

Select the Detail Attributes from the dropdown list.

Category Attributes are the ones that appear in the dropdown for the ‘category’ selection. You can select as many attributes as you want for category selection.

Once you configure the ‘Detail Attributes’, click on the Update button of the Entity To Map.

Similarly, you can configure the ‘Tooltip Attribute’ and ‘Detail Attribute’ for another entity.

Step-3: Plot the Entity Records

Navigate to the Map section. From the ‘Plot’ tab, select the ‘Entity’ and its ‘View’ to plot the records on the map.

By clicking on the Search button, the entity records will be plotted on the map.

All the pushpins are the records of the entity.

Step-4: Visualize Tooltip and Detail attributes on the map

Visualize the Tooltip and Details attributes on the map.

Step-4[A]: Tooltip Attributes

Once the entity records are plotted on the map. you will get the ‘tooltip’ by hovering on any pushpin. You can see the information in the tooltip as per the ‘Entity Mapping → Tooltip Attributes’ configuration.

By moving the mouse cursor on the pushpin, you will get just a highlight of the records as a tooltip.

Step-4[B]: Detail Attributes

By clicking on any pushpin, the detailed slider will appear from the right side where you will get details related to that record as per the ‘Entity Mapping → Attributes’ configuration.

From the detailed slider, you can perform different actions for the selected record.

Being a sales manager with DynamcisCRM administrator rights, you can configure the Tooltip and Detail Attributes for any entity from the Entity Mappings and as per the configuration, you and your team will get information in the tooltip and the detailed slider.

Dynamics CRM Mapping tool helps to plot your CRM data on the map and manage your sales activities.

To take a closer look at how useful the tooltips are on the map, feel free to reach out to us at sales@appjetty.com or you can also tweet at us at @appjetty.

All product and company names are trademarks™, registered® or copyright© trademarks of their respective holders. Use of them does not imply any affiliation with or endorsement by them.

With the usage of Microsoft Dynamics 365 increasing in popularity for businesses across the world, there is a higher demand for standard functionality and improved user experience.

Calendar view provides time-centric activity in a more meaningful and user-friendly way. Setting the calendar view in the dashboard allows you and users to check the current activities from the Dynamics System dashboard.

In this blog, we talk about how to embed the calendar activities of Calendar 365 into the Dynamics Dashboard.

Please follow the below steps:

Step 1: Add ‘Calendar 365’ pages in the Dynamics 365 app

From the Dynamics 365 app dashboard, go to Apps Sitemap editor and open IN APP DESIGNER.

Click on ‘Edit Site Map’.

Step 2: Select Group & Subarea

Select the group in which you want to add the Calendar 365 page and then click on + and select Subarea.

Under the ‘Subarea’ setting, select the below properties:

- Type = Web resource
- URL = final calendar (For Resource Calendar) and CustomerCalendar.html (for Customer Calendar)
- Title = Calendar (you can add your custom title here)

Click On Save and Publish. You need to add the following web resources

Step-3: To create a Dashboard, move to the Settings → Customization

From ‘Customization’, click on the Customize the System option.

Click on ‘Dashboard’ to create a new dashboard.

Step-3[A]: Create a Dashboard

Choose the layout for your required dashboard and click on the Create button.

Give the appropriate name to the dashboard and click on WEB RESOURCE.

You can add a dashboard for both the calendar views of Calendar 365: Resource Calendar & Customer Calendar.

You need to add the Web Resources for Calendar365. For the Resource Calendar, click one frame and select web resource

Web resource: aoc_finalCalendar
Name: WebResource_Activity
Label: Activity of User

It will add a ‘Resource Calendar’ as a Dashboard.

Now, similarly, if you want to add the calendar for Customer Calendar, click one another frame and select web resource, and fill in the information.

Web Resource for Customer Calendar: aoc_CustomerCalendar.html

Step-4: Navigate to the Dynamics dashboard

Once the group subarea is configured and the dashboard is created by adding the specific Web Resources, you will get the embedded calendar of Calendar 365 in the Dashboard list.

By clicking on the “Calendar Dashboards” from the ‘System Dashboards’, you will get the dashboard of the calendar with current activities.

In this way, you can create calendar dashboards of Calendar 365 to check the current activities from Dynamics System Dashboards.

Using Dynamics 365 service Calendar, you can see CRM activities on a single screen.

To take a closer look at the activity calendar of Calendar 365, and feel free to reach out to us at sales@appjetty.com or you can also tweet at us at @appjetty.

All product and company names are trademarks™, registered® or copyright© trademarks of their respective holders. Use of them does not imply any affiliation with or endorsement by them.

Upselling and cross-selling are two of the most useful sales strategies. The best part about it is that your customer has already made a purchase from you. All you have to do is show them how their purchase has more value if they buy a new item that is related.

While it is easier said than done, certain products make for great upsells, like covers and cases for gadgets, handbags, and shoes for clothes, etc. Sometimes these items are quite dependent on the original item.

This method of selling piggybacks on sales already made. This also means that it is often the second time a customer is making a purchase from your store, so they can skip the initial steps like creating an account or typing their address. This makes for a much smoother checkout process with fewer chances of cart abandonment.

If you are selling an item like a storage card for a camera, then it is a product that makes their original purchase more useful, and so automatically becomes an item you will successfully upsell.

You can cross-sell or upsell after purchases or even after surveys you send and that's how you increase sales with the survey. In order to do that, you will have to configure it in your surveys. Here’s how to go about it:

After configuring and inserting the details in the survey detail page, welcome page, and survey question page, you can add a Thank you page at the end of the survey.

You can customize the Thank you page as per your requirements using the inbuilt Tiny MCE Editor.

You can add the custom source code to design the Thank you page and insert the custom links.
Once your customers place the order or fill the survey, you can navigate them again on your shopping site by offering some other products related to the placed orders from the Thank you page.

You can insert the links to other products on this page. This way the customer will see other relevant products. This way you can increase sales of items that can pair well with the item they have already purchased.

With an online store, there is no one way to sell. There are multiple options and ways to get your products in the hands of the customers. And it is all about placing them in the right place at the right time. The ‘Thank You’ page after checkout or after a product survey are only some of those places. They also happen to be some of the influential ones since the customer is already thinking about their purchase.

All product and company names are trademarks™, registered® or copyright© trademarks of their respective holders. Use of them does not imply any affiliation with or endorsement by them.

“Your most unhappy customers are your greatest source of learning - Bill Gates.”

This is one of the unspoken truths for any business. Knowing what your customers want, their understanding of products, and feedback are essential.

And to know your happy and unhappy customers is crucial. However, the question is; how to know them, bifurcate, understand their feedback, and try to get insights from it?

This is when taking product/service surveys come in. But, the job is not to only take surveys but understand and rework on your product based on it. And to carry out effective surveys, there are various CRM survey tools like Survey Rocket.

One of the plethora of tasks for your employees is the endless scrolling in the spreadsheet to understand feedback and get the needed information out of it.

Here, we will see the three major things you can do using SugarCRM survey module for your customer experience survey. And understand your happy and unhappy customers.

Categorizing the survey feedback:

You might be providing multiple services or products to your customers, and this brings lots of surveys your way. So, categorizing and dividing them makes the work easy for your team members.

Are you thinking: How to categorize them?

Here it is:

You can use the following three techniques to do so:

Programming:Using different coding strategies and defining algorithms, you can filter qualitative content out of quantitative. You define it based on price, service, products, quality, etc. Alternatively, you may also define it based on positive, negative, or neutral values. More simplistically, use the numbering scale and represent them on a scale of 1 to 10.

AI: It is magic! Leverage the power of artificial intelligence and interpret whether the feedback is positive, negative, or neutral. You can also make tweaks in the AI algorithm based on different languages and contexts.

Sentiment AI: This is a new and emerging field. You can use it to read the feedback of customers, tag the phrases, define positive or negative feedback, and more. It will provide you with quantitative data and will help you define and know your customers’ feedback.

You can use any of the three ways to categorize your data or a combination of any two. The method you use solely depends on your company.
Once you are done deciding the method and categorizing your customers’ feedback, you can analyze it in detail.

Now, analyzing data becomes easier for your team members. It will provide them with in-depth knowledge about your customers’ point of view of your product.

Analyzing Feedback:

Get the segregated data in a spreadsheet or other visual format. Using it, your team can start the analysis. With analysis, you understand:

Once you get the data and perceive your customer expectations, reasons behind using or not using your product, etc., you can make changes. Additionally, based on this data, you can also define your marketing campaigns, define product strategies, and more. All of these together will help you provide your customers with a better experience.

Know the root causes:

After analyzing your data, you can go much deeper into facts and know what issues your customers are facing. It will help you get more clarity on ways you can improve your customer experience.

For example: if your customers are complaining about particular features or they don’t have any idea about ways to use your product. Then you can straightway contact them and help them via calls, video calls, etc.
This will show that you care for your customers and are on your toes to provide better service.
Check out this Twitter thread:

Hey @WebCreators can we expect integration with @Medium plugin if any?

Also, if I'm using @teammakestories for creating a web stories, can you allow to add images, gifs, or videos from my computer?

— Thaker Hiral #WomenInTech #Blogger #DevFestIndia (@hiralthaker12) October 7, 2020

I got an immediate response, and we had a call about using their tool appropriately. This shows that they understand their customers’ issues and are available to solve them. This whole thing leaves a lasting impression of the company on me, and I am very likely to be their customer in the future.

Surveys and customer feedback are vital. You can use it to its full potential and know how your products are doing. It will even help you in decision making when and where needed.

Creating the right products to make your customers’ life easy and serve them better is the aim of any business. And various CRM survey software helps to complete this task easily. There are various tools available in the market, which makes your task easy to carry out surveys.

But, have you ever thought about using a survey that integrates with your CRM easily?

Oh yes! You heard it right. Our SugarCRM Survey Rocket integrates with your CRM and helps you make your business more customer-centric. It will help you create interactive surveys using different survey templates, automation features, net promoter scores and more.

Using all the above mentioned tools you can create detailed, creative, impactful surveys for your customers. This type of detailed surveys help to understand your customers' feedback better, their expectations from your product, and your team can improve your product with this insight.

Get different types of survey templates, survey automation features, net promoter scores, and more. The only and perfect solution for your business.

All product and company names are trademarks™, registered® or copyright© trademarks of their respective holders. Use of them does not imply any affiliation with or endorsement by them.

Being a Sales Manager / Head of the team, you need to understand and survey the current sales activities, planning for upcoming leads/opportunities, and any pending inquiries. So you will require specific records for the sales to boost the sales activities and keep all the work in line.

Dynamics 365 map integration provides to search the category wise records for the selected entities from the map. From an individual ‘Category’ option, you can easily choose the category to the entity records.

Follow the below steps to search the category wise entity records:

• ▼ Select the Entity and plot the records
• ▼ Select the category for the entity (Records will plot as per the Category selection)
• ▼ Navigate to the selected entities from the right-side panel (Category Slider)

Step 1: Navigate to MappyField 365

Select “MappyField 365” from the Dynamics 365 dashboard or app list from the header.

Step 2: Plot the records on the map

Plot the records on the map by selecting the ‘Entity’ and its ‘View.’ Here, three entities are selected: Accounts, Contacts, and Leads to plot the records.

The records are plotted on the map. The advance options are provided from the left to perform the actions and manage the planned records.

Step 3: Click on the Category option

The records of three different entities are plotted on the map.
By clicking on the ‘Category’ option, you can select the field for the entity for which you want to categorize the data on the map.

For Account:

The sales manager wants to know the annual revenue of the Accounts. He can select Annual Revenue in the category search to plot data according to the annual revenue and check the revenue achieved yet.

You can also set the Range of the annual revenue and search the records as per the inserted numeric values. Click on the “Define Range” checkbox, you will get the “From” and “To” option where you can insert the Range.

For Contact:
The sales manager can search the client's location based on the field selection of the specific address or the city.
The City is selected as a field to see the location of the customers.

For Lead:
Based on the Leads' type or ratings, the sales manager can plan the sales activities and fix the appointment or demo if required.

Click on the Search button; the categorized records are plotted on the map. On the right side, the “Category Card” slider will appear to see the results as per the entities and the categories selected.

For Accounts, the records will plot as per the selection of the Category "Annual Revenue.”

If you have added the “Range” for the Accounts to search the records between the added amount in the range, the records will plot as per the range.

From the “Category Slider,” by scrolling down, you can see the record details for the “Contact” & “Lead” as well.

For Contact, it will plot the records as per the selection of the category: "Address 1: City".

For Lead, it will plot the records as per the selection of the Category: "Ratings.”

Step 4: Entity and labels from Layer Card

Once the categorized records are plotted, you can enable/disable the entities and show/hide the entity records labels on the map from the “Layer Card.”

By disabling any entity (left-button), the entity will not appear on the map until you enable it. By clicking on the show/hide icon (eye icon), the labels of the entity records will show.

So from the “Layer Card,” you can disable other entities that are not needed right now for a while, and you can show the labels of the entity records to search for a specific record.

In this way, you can plot the multiple records of the different entities by selecting relevant categories and analyze the records from the Category Card slider.

If you are facing any issues with any feature, feel free to reach out to us at sales@appjetty.com, or you can also tweet at us at @appjetty.

All product and company names are trademarks™, registered® or copyright© trademarks of their respective holders. Use of them does not imply any affiliation with or endorsement by them.

Being the head of the team, you need to manage leads, upcoming appointments, or marketing campaigns for your team members.

If you have plotted the records of the lead entity on the map and among them, you want to manage one individual lead record, you can perform many actions by using its “Tooltip Card” (quick action card).

To enable the ‘Tooltip card’ in MappyField 365, you must configure the Tooltip attribute from the Entity Mappings of MappyField 365. After configuration, the quick action button or the ‘Tooltip card’ is just a click away!

This tooltip will help to perform many actions and also help in saving your or the sales rep's timing while managing the records.

Follow the below steps to perform quick action from the tooltip card:

- Plot the records on the map

- Enable the entity records’ label to find a required record

- Open tooltip by clicking on a specific record

- Perform different actions

Step 1: Navigate to MappyField 365

Select “MappyField 365” from the Dynamics 365 dashboard or app list from the header.

Step 2: Plot the records on the map

By selecting the ‘Entity’ and its ‘View’, plot the records on the map. Here, three entities are selected: Accounts, Contacts, and Leads to plot the records.

After selecting the entity (entities), click on the Search button to plot all the records of the selected entities on the map.

From the left side of the map, you will find the ‘Advanced Options’ to manage the records on the map.

Step 3: Search the record by enabling the labels

By clicking on the first option- “Layer Card”, you will get the details of the entities which are plotted on the map.

You can enable/disable the records of any entity on the map and you can show/hide the records’ label (name) of any entity.

By enabling the record’s label of any specific entity, you can search your required records. Here the labels of the ‘Lead’ entity records are shown.

Step 4: Click on one pushpin (record) on which you want to perform the action

Once you find your record on the map, by clicking on any specific record (pin), you will get a slider of the tooltip from the right side. You will get the details in the tooltip related to that record which was configured from the backend (Entity Mappings → Tooltip attribute).

From the ‘tooltip’, you can perform many actions for the selected record.

Step 5: Perform different actions

From this tooltip card, you can manage and perform different actions for that selected record.

Note: You will get the quick actions in the tooltip card of the selected records based on the tooltip attribution in the Entity mappings. The different entities could have different quick actions.

> Record’s Title: By clicking on the Title, it will open the record from the CRM.

> Directions: You can set that record’s address as ‘origin’ or ‘destination’.

• Add to Origin: By clicking this option, the selected record will add to ‘Origin’.
• Add to Destination: By clicking this option the selected record will add to ‘Destination’.

When you click on ‘Add to Origin’, you will navigate to the ‘Routes’ tab where you can see the record’s address added into the Origin (If you have selected the ‘Destination’, the address would be added to the Destination).

On the map, the ‘Starting Point’ will be assigned as “A” with the address of that record displayed.

- Share & Assign: You can send the Email, Assign the Owner, and Add to Marketing List.

• Send Email: You can send an email directly to the selected record. Select the Email Template from the list and send the email.



• Assign Owner: You can assign the selected record to a specific user or team by clicking on the “Assign Owner” option. You need to select the user from the CRM user list to whom you want to assign this record.



• Add to Marketing List: You can add any record to a specific Marketing List by clicking on “Add to Marketing List” by selecting ‘Add to an existing list’ or ‘Add to a new list’.

You can perform other actions as follows:

- Proximity Search: You can search the record which is covered within the defined proximity of that record.

- Related record: Find the related records for that particular record.

- Point of Interest: You can explore the nearby places (Hospital/Pharmacy/Hotel/Restaurant etc;)

- Knowledge Article: You can refer to the available knowledge article in CRM.

- Delete Record: You can delete that particular record.

- Add Task: You can add a task for that particular record

- Add Appointment: Add an appointment for the record from the map.

- If the records belong to the lead entity, you can select the lead records as Qualify or Disqualify.

So, using quick actions (Tooltip card), you will not require to navigate the menu for a specific action/change from the CRM manually every time, you just need to configure the tooltip attribute and display the action in the tooltip card to manage the current activities for a specific record on the map.

If you are facing any issues with any feature, feel free to reach out to us at sales@appjetty.com or you can also tweet at us at @appjetty.

All product and company names are trademarks™, registered® or copyright© trademarks of their respective holders. Use of them does not imply any affiliation with or endorsement by them.

For over a decade now, this problem exists, and to solve it today, we have more than thousands of third party solutions. But things don’t stop here. All these tools gave rise to one more problem, i.e., continuous confusion about which third party tool is better than the other and why.

But, we bet you to grab your hands on our Magento 2 Admin Mobile App to help your store managers work effectively and efficiently. Let’s see the top seven benefits of using the Magento 2 admin app:

1. Manage Store:

Managing a store can often become a difficult task and requires a lot of manual labor, which in turn increases investment. But, with the admin app, you can know at your fingertips the latest orders placed, restocking of any particular items, products which are selling more, track the sales of your products, etc.

All these things happening with just a few clicks will help you get the best out of your employees and give more room to expand your business.

2. Personalized Dashboard:

Your manager gets the personalized dashboard where they can quickly check average products sold, number of orders placed, total sales of your products, recent orders placed, list of previous orders, etc. If you have more than one store, you can configure it in the dashboard and select which store’s data you want to check. Lastly, you can even dig down the reports of the last seven days, months, or even years.

3. Sales Activities:

The sales activity feature provides a sales order listing in which you can check orders using customers’ names, order status, item count, etc. Going one step further, you can filter the order depending on time and the current status. One can also search them based on the keywords you use. Not only this, but your admin can even generate invoices from the app, see billing addresses, check sales orders, print them, etc. everything from the Magento 2 admin mobile app.

4. Customer Relationship Management:

Integrate the mobile admin app with your CRM. It provides you with customer listing options so your users can search for customers with their respective names. This makes it easy to search them and send emails for communication if needed. They can even manage and edit their customers’ details or even remove their data.

5. Manage Product(s):

Product listing management is one of the many routine operations for the store admins. Magento 2 store manager enables the store admins to add, edit, and delete products using their tablets or smartphones. The feature brings convenience and on-the-go access to manage Products more efficiently.

You can also edit the product descriptions, assign categories, sub-categories, and more. Additionally, you can also manage or view different product functionalities or even enable or disable them.

6. Barcode Scanner:

With the help of a barcode scanner, you can easily search through the products quickly and easily. This will help your team run through all the racks in the store to find that one item while your customers are waiting. It leaves a good impression of your company and saves time for your customers as well as yours.

7. Access Anytime Anywhere:

You can have access to your Magento store anytime, anywhere with AppJetty's Magento 2 admin mobile app. On-the-go access gives you a wide range of options that were not available to you using the desktop Magento backend. Especially with lock-down and related challenges, this allows you to manage your store 24x7, from anywhere you are.

Conclusion:

Let us help you serve your customers better. It’s a win-win situation for both parties. Apart from customer service, provide this tool to your employees and help them increase their efficiency.

All product and company names are trademarks™, registered® or copyright© trademarks of their respective holders. Use of them does not imply any affiliation with or endorsement by them.

Have your sales representatives ever come back to the office and complained about the chaotic way of carrying out their work? How are they confused while going to customers and talking about company products, often knocking the wrong customers’ door? Or complained about never reaching on time? All these things frustrate them at the end of the day. Oftentimes these things become so frustrating that you lose your best sales employee. This can become the most expensive loss for you and to overcome this you might need to leverage technology.

What you need is an application that helps your sales team streamline their operations and work more efficiently. This is when Dynamics Mapping Tool will come to your help.

Wondering why and how?

Let’s see 8 major reasons behind using  Dynamics CRM Mapping Tool and how it will help your sales team:

• ✅Manage appointments:

In the timeframe of eight to nine working hours your sales representatives have to meet multiple clients in different locations at different times. Oftentimes it becomes very difficult to manage multiple meetings efficiently and effectively enough.

This is when Dynamics 365 field mapping will help you with appointment management. With its help, your employees can get an overview of their daily activities along with the priorities of each task marked. Further they can even navigate themselves to the clients’ place easily and on time. Additionally it reduces unwanted back and forth of paperwork to manage appointments or know client details like name, address, purpose of meeting, etc.

• ✅Show your Records on Map:

Map your CRM records on the map and you can filter them on the basis of the region, drawing territory, proximity, etc. This will help you get a visual understanding of territories, regions etc. This helps in making a more informed and local approach. 

• ✅Location based target:

With sales planning comes the best feature i.e. location based target. Do proper research on the basis of location and give this data to your sales and marketing team. Further, your team will understand these potential clients and be able to define a more local approach for them.

• ✅Heat map visualization:

No one likes to see a boring plethora of data in their Excel sheet and scrolling to get to the right information. Looking at this pain of the sales team, now you can see the data in multiple options like pie charts, column charts, heat maps, and also further filter them according to your need. Heat maps are particularly effective to get a bird’s eye view of your records and activities. 

This will not only enhance the work effectively but also provide the needful data for your sales team and management for decision making.

• ✅Route optimization:

Reaching at any place in time is always the goal. And when it comes to your sales reps this becomes even more important. With the help of the Dynamics mapping tool it is possible. Your in-office staff or even on field employees can find optimized routes to reach clients fast and on time. With this, they will not miss any client meeting due to a wrong route! 

• ✅Live on field tracking:

It becomes difficult for the on field sales team to report their whereabouts to their managers. It is frustrating as well as time consuming to call and send updates. With live field tracking, managers can easily live track their on-field team members and know their location, upcoming meeting details, and can even share with them the shortest path to reach it if need arises. No need for extra calls and back and forth anymore.

• ✅Secure sharing:

Data security is the main aim of any company. Using a security template you can share confidential information across your team members without the fear of data leaks and wrongly addressed emails. No more need to use different applications to share the data. 

• ✅Manage territories:

Each sales rep. is allocated territories but visual representation of this is almost impossible. We understand this pain point and decided to provide Dynamics 365 map integration with this feature. Using this you can visually draw and define territories using region and assign it to your team members from the app itself.

Having a Dynamics Mapping tool is essential for any company and their sales team. 

Why MappyField 365?

Our MappyField 365 integration is a one stop solution for your sales team. It provides you with all the above discussed points and is mobile compatible. Now, you can provide your sales and marketing team access any data from anywhere and bring the best business for your company.

What are you waiting for? Get in touch with our experts today and bring the best sales solution for your team.

All product and company names are trademarks™, registered® or copyright© trademarks of their respective holders. Use of them does not imply any affiliation with or endorsement by them.

A bookable resource is usually useful when the Sales/Team manager wants to schedule the field activities for any Field operations or Field services. This most commonly includes people, equipment, and physical spaces (facilities).

In this blog, we will explain how to create and manage a bookable resource in Calendar 365.

In Calendar 365, you can view bookings of any bookable resources, and you can also create and manage the bookable resource bookings.

You need to follow the below steps to enable & create the bookable resource.

- Enable the ‘Bookable Resource Booking’ from the Calendar 365 Configuration

- Select the Bookable Resources in the Resource Calendar

- View the existing Bookable Resource and Create a new bookable resource activity

- Complete the Bookable Resource activity

Navigate to the Calendar 365

Navigate to ‘Calendar 365’ from the Dynamics 365 App page or App list.

Navigate to the Calendar 365 Configuration

To enable the ‘Bookable Resources’ for Calendar 365, navigate to the Calendar 365 Configuration. By clicking on the ‘Settings’ icon, the Calendar 365 configuration page will popup.

Under ‘Activities’, you will find the Bookable Resource Booking option. Enable the option and select the required attributes and other options.

Once you have selected the required options for the Bookable Resource, Save the Calendar 365 configuration. You will get the Bookable Resources in Calendar 365.

View Bookable Resource in the Calendar 365

To visualize bookable resource booking in the calendar navigate to Resource Calendar and select Bookable Resources as a ‘Resource Type’.

You can check the bookable resource records as per the view: day/week/month as well.

The Bookable Resource details will be displayed in a tooltip when you hover on any bookable resource.

By clicking on that bookable resource it will display the details and you can edit the bookable resource data.

Create a Bookable Resources in the Calendar 365

You can also create bookable resource bookings by selecting a specific date & time from the timeline in the calendar.

By clicking on the timeline, you will get a popup to create an activity of the Bookable Resource.

By clicking on the Create button, a resource will be booked and saved as a Bookable Resource activity.

You can edit the Bookable Resource details if there are any changes in it.

When the activity of Bookable Resource is done

Once the activity of the bookable resources is done, you can deactivate it from the Calendar. For that, you must have enabled the Button configuration from the ‘Calendar configuration’ under the Bookable Resource Booking activity.

Click on any bookable resource booking activity which is completed. By clicking on it, the popup of that Bookable Resource will appear. From the popup, you will find the Deactivate button.

By clicking on it, the Resource Booking activity will be completed (deactivated).

The sales/team manager can create and manage the bookable resource booking and schedule the activities as per the availability.

If you are facing any issues with any feature, feel free to reach out to us at sales@appjetty.com or you can also tweet at us at @appjetty.

All product and company names are trademarks™, registered® or copyright© trademarks of their respective holders. Use of them does not imply any affiliation with or endorsement by them.

According to Statista’s latest finding, the app economy is forecast to reach $6.3 trillion in 2021.

Mobile apps are the future of businesses. As the technology is getting advanced and customers’ demands are changing, the mobile app development industry is also evolving. The more futuristic a business app is, the more likely it is to help attract the audience.

If you are also an online business owner looking to develop a mobile app for your business, this post is for you. This post will walk you through the mobile app development ideas 2021 that you must adopt for your business apps.

Top Mobile App Development Trends You Must Adopt in 2021

Out of a number of mobile app development trends 2021 has brought along, below are a few important trends.

1. Voice-Enabled Search and Barcode Search

a. Voice-Search Support

According to Voicebot’s latest survey, over 45% of consumers surveyed supported voice assistant features. Big brands like Domino’s and Nestle are already providing voice support. The benefits of voice-search support are as follows:

• Simplicity

  Voice commands are simple. With voice search, your customers no longer need to browse through different product categories. They can search for items fast without typing long words. Besides, it also helps them search through items in the store faster, add them to wish lists, and perform other functions. This, in turn, helps increase your customers’ ease of shopping.

• Improved Customer Satisfaction

  Your customers can also use voice search to retrieve the information they want easily. Voice search also helps avoid modality errors and helps provide proper interaction with your mobile app. If you want to enhance the customer experience, the voice search is a must to include. It helps navigation of the required items easier and faster for the app users and drives engagement.

b. Barcode Search Support

Among other mobile app development trends in 2021, barcode search support is also important. A barcode generally has two components - Universal Product Code (UPC) and a Global Trade Item Number (or GTIN). These two components together make a product easy to track and find details of a product.

Barcode search opens up the details of the exact product you want to view. This helps avoid conflicts and confusion in the case of two or more similar products. Barcode search enables your customer to search for the desired products without much effort. It helps your customer reorder a product in case they already have a similar product. This way, your customer doesn’t have to search for the same product they have in the app again. They need not type the full name of the product, browse through categories, or speak it out.

Barcode searches are more useful for businesses where the names of products are tough. For example, in auto parts, automobile accessories, electronics, or pharmaceuticals, names may be very similar or confusing. Even variants may differ from each other, resulting in the placement of the wrong order. However, barcode search helps eliminate this issue for your customers.

All that customers need is to scan the barcode on the product to open its details. Your app uses the customer’s device’s camera to scan the barcode. Thus, it doesn’t require any additional device for barcode scanning. Hence, barcode search support is among those mobile app development ideas 2021 that helps save your customer’s time.

Last but not least, it enhances customers’ experience with your app. The reason is that they can find the desired product easily and faster.

If you are also a business owner looking to integrate voice-search and barcode-search, we can help you out. Our MageMob App Builder for Magento 2 is a feature-rich app extension that can provide support for both barcode search and voice search. We can also help you customize your business app’s functionalities as per your business requirements.

2. Responsiveness Across All Screens

According to Bruno Delfino, Brand Marketing Manager (Google), UX will be a bigger priority than ever before. He predicts that customers won’t entertain broken links, confusing CTAs, slow pages, or desktop-only views any longer.

It implies that the mobile apps are here to stay. That is why your app’s responsiveness across all screen sizes is crucial for mobile app development trends. The user experience across all screen sizes should be seamless and engaging. Among other mobile app development ideas 2021, progressive web apps(hybrids of website and mobile apps) are also trending. Pinterest, Twitter Lite, Instagram, etc., offer PWAs in addition to native apps.

If you also want a responsive app for your business, AppJetty can help launch one for you in less than 48 hours. Using the MageMob App Builder extension, you can look forward to a new level of mobile-responsive experience for your end customers. It is a scalable solution built to beta test and launches your app faster.

3. App Localization

App localization comes third in the list of mobile app development trends 2021. Localization refers to translating and optimizing an app to make it work well with foreign languages. It can also include variants and dialects of one language spoken in different countries. For example, English is the first language of both the USA and the UK. However, American English is different from British English.

Further, app localization also includes making your app’s look-and-feel to match your target audience. This means it also includes optimizing the store view and currency on your store as per your target country.

Benefits of mobile app localization

• Increased Conversion Potential

  As you localize your mobile app content in different languages, the conversion potential goes up. People from other countries than yours connect to your app more and contribute to high downloads and revenue.

• Helps Increase Visibility

  Localizing your app content in a particular language helps boost App Search Optimization. It helps your app appear high in search results and increase brand visibility in non-native target markets.

• Greater Brand Resonance

  When you localize your app, your target audience feels that you respect them and their cultural diversity. It builds a sense of trust and understanding, resulting in good brand resonance.

If you are a business owner looking to localize your app or create a localized app, we’ve got you covered. Our MageMob App Builder provides you with the functionality of app localization. You can configure multiple store views, multiple currencies, etc., for multiple target international markets. Our developer team can also help you test the localized app before publishing it.

4. Enhanced Personalization and Shopping Experience

As per the latest finding by Statista, mobiles alone constitute over half of the global traffic in Sep. 2020. This stat underscores the high importance of the personalization of an app.

Some of the other times, you must have seen a push notification suggesting you a product or informing you of a sale. That’s one aspect of personalization!

The personalized experience is also crucial among all the mobile app development ideas 2021. There are different ways to personalize your customers’ experience.

With the application of machine learning, the cloud-based app can be personalized to a whole new level. Based on the user's purchase history, surfing patterns on the sites, times spent on pages, and searches on the site - the entire app display can be personalized. The dark and the normal modes of the iOS framework has given numerous creative ideas to marketers and app developers.

While it was limited to fancy ideas by the sellers, the carnival was still at thought-level. However, the Mobile App Development Trends 2021 suggests that there is user expectation, too, in terms of the personalization of their favorite apps. The app user wants to customize the menu of the app and adjust the widgets on the menu. And if that seems too complicated for your app developer to deliver - you have just come to the right place.

Our mobile app development team has successfully built the extension to manage routine needs. While we are already working on advanced features to bridge this gap, we would be more than happy to share what we can do for your idea. We suggest you begin with a simple demo, and we move forward from there?

All Set to Adopt Mobile App Development Trends 2021 and Beyond?

Mobile app development is an ever-evolving industry. With the latest mobile app development trends 2021 coming in, you must get ready to embrace them. And we can help you embrace them!

If you own an online business and want a next-gen feature-rich business app, our MageMob App Builder can be the right solution for you. Our App Builder solution is a pre-built framework that is a fully scalable and customizable app solution. You can use a variety of components and put them together to build an app and launch it within a week! If you want, we can help you make the launch smooth and successful.

Our development team can also provide assistance in customizing your existing mobile app to make it future-ready. We can even build a custom app from scratch catering to your specific business requirements.

So, wait no more and get your business app ready in line with the latest mobile app development trends 2021 with us.

All product and company names are trademarks™, registered® or copyright© trademarks of their respective holders. Use of them does not imply any affiliation with or endorsement by them. ]]> Fri, 20 Nov 2020 14:55:08 +0000https://m2.appjetty.com/blog/mobile-application-development-trends-to-rule-in-2020-2021 https://m2.appjetty.com/blog/mobile-application-development-trends-to-rule-in-2020-2021 sulabh.chauhan@india.biztechconsultancy.com (Sulabh Chauhan) Sulabh Chauhan

Shopify has emerged as a popular choice among e-commerce businesses due to features like security, user-friendliness, mobile responsiveness, and more. If you are an e-commerce retailer, you must be well aware of the importance of the ‘delivery’ process. If you focus on all other aspects right from quality to inventory management to customer service, but miss out on delivery management; you are likely to suffer a ‘big’ loss.

So, if you are also a Shopify e-store owner and looking to streamline your Shopify delivery date management and other delivery operations; our latest Delivery Date Manager can come in handy.

Let’s walk you through all the cutting-edge features AppJetty’s Delivery Date Manager provides that make it a go-to app for order management:

Freedom to Select Date and Time

By integrating this Shopify delivery date app with your e-store; you can enable your customers to choose a delivery date and time slot of their choice from the delivery date picker on your cart page or product pages. This way, when they get to decide on their delivery date and time slot themselves, it would help enhance their shopping experience.

Easy Delivery Configurations

You can also specify order processing time (the minimum time or number of days it takes to process an order) to display to customers from your store backend. Further, you can also specify the maximum number of orders to be taken in two ways -

• ▼ For a full business day
  
• ▼ For predefined time slots on each business day

Display Working and Non-Working (Blackout) Days and Time-Slots

You can add all the blackout days (non-business days or public holidays) and non-operative time-slots for each day to show to customers from your store backend. When customers have an exact idea about your working and non-working days and time-slots; it would enhance transparency and order delivery issues like late deliveries would lessen.

Restriction of Delivery Period

With AppJetty Delivery Date Manager, you can specify a range of delivery dates available to choose a suitable delivery date for customers. This implies that customers cannot choose a delivery date beyond the range you have specified.

Specification of Cut-Off Time

Defining cut-off time is important to restrict the number of orders pouring in on a given day.
You can define cut-off time for a particular day beyond which all orders placed will be considered as orders placed on the next day. This will help you prevent overflow of orders and you can manage them more efficiently.

Customization of Delivery Date Picker

By enabling you to customize the color and font of the delivery date picker, AppJetty Delivery Date Manager helps you make it appealing and engaging to customers. You can also preview the delivery date picker once you have customized it to confirm if it looks fine.

Delivery Comments

Personalization of shopping experience crucial to winning customers’ engagement. Through our delivery date app, you can let your customers add delivery comments (like ‘Deliver before 12, Give a call first at doorstep, etc.) or notes before they check out and personalize their shopping experience.

No-Contact Delivery/Zero-Contact Delivery

All big e-commerce giants like Amazon have started offering Zero-Contact delivery to customers to ensure their safety. You can also offer the freedom to choose the ‘No-Contact’ delivery option on the cart page to your customers following the current norms and regulations of safety.

Delivery Calendar View

You can view order listings for the full month in a comprehensible calendar view that AppJetty Delivery Date Manager provides. You can also change the status to ‘Delivered’ for all the orders fulfilled right from within the calendar. Further, you can add delivery date and time alongside statuses as tags to the order list.

Compatibility with Shopify Point of Sale

Even if you don’t have your storefront; you can assign the delivery date of your preference to each order from within our Shopify delivery date app owing to its compatibility with the POS app by Shopify.

Update Delivery Dates

As an admin, you can update delivery dates your customers select (if need be) right from your store backend and inform about the update to customers to ensure hassle-free order management.

Ready to Streamline Your Shopify Delivery Operations?

Ensuring a smooth delivery management process is a must to win customers’ trust and loyalty. If you too are a Shopify store owner looking for an app that can take proper care of your delivery operations; our AppJetty Delivery Date Manager is a perfect fit for you.

To know pricing details and more or integrate it with your Shopify store, drop us a line at sales@appetty.com and our sales team will revert to you within 24 hours.

All product and company names are trademarks™, registered® or copyright© trademarks of their respective holders. Use of them does not imply any affiliation with or endorsement by them. ]]> Wed, 18 Nov 2020 10:01:14 +0000https://m2.appjetty.com/blog/appjetty-delivery-date-manage-for-shopify-streamline-delivery-operations https://m2.appjetty.com/blog/appjetty-delivery-date-manage-for-shopify-streamline-delivery-operations sulabh.chauhan@india.biztechconsultancy.com (Sulabh Chauhan) Sulabh Chauhan

When it comes to fulfillment of orders, be it a B2B business or a B2C business; it is important to take due care of that aspect. Sometimes, for both online wholesalers and retailers, managing a large number of shipments manually can pose challenges. Especially for those vendors (or wholesalers or suppliers) or retailers who provide dropshipping services; it can become even more challenging.However, a number of dropshipping solutions available can help tackle the issues well.

If you are an online Shopify wholesaler or retailer looking for a Shopify dropshipping app, our AppJetty Dropshipping Manager can help you out.

Read on to know its productive features that can help you iron out your dropshipping issues and streamline your shipment processes.

Order Filter by Vendor Names

As a Shopify retailer, you can filter the orders your customers place by your vendors (or suppliers) to get a clear understanding of which vendors are supposed to take care of which orders. This way, you can easily stay on top of vendor-wise shipments.

Export/Import of Orders

Adding order fulfillment statuses individually every time may be very tedious. Our AppJetty Dropshipping Manager can help you get rid of this tedious task and simplify it for you.

For example, if you are a Shopify retailer and want to update your vendors about your pending orders; you can simply export (download) the list of those orders and send it to your vendors for them to add fulfillment (tracking id, URL, etc.) in the form of a sheet for the orders placed by customers till then.

This will save you unnecessary efforts in contacting your supplier(s) time and again for individual order status updates, and enhance the overall communication between you and your vendors.

Choice between Manual Order Fulfillment and Mass Order Fulfillment

With AppJetty Dropshipping Manager integrated, you can upload mass order fulfillment sheets your vendors have sent into your store backend easily. Rather than manually uploading (updating) bulk order fulfillments, you can just upload a CSV file (with details of order fulfillment) your vendors have sent into your store backend and consider your order fulfillment update complete. This is especially important if you have a large number of daily orders to handle.

On the other hand, if you have only a few orders to take care of; you can also choose to manage orders manually by configuring settings accordingly.

Order Filter by Date

You can also filter the orders placed by dates to understand which order needs to be completed on which date and manage daily orders better.

Support for Multiple File Formats

Our Shopify dropshipping solution provides support for multiple file formats including .CSV, .XLsx, and .Ods. Hence, you can upload your order fulfillment sheet in your preferred format and send it to your vendors.

Emailing of Order List

Besides uploading order lists into your store, you can also send them straight to your vendor(s) via an email and update them about the fulfilled and pending orders.

Ready to Get Your Shipping Streamlined?

AppJetty Delivery Date Manager is a dropshipping app that can make your shipment process smooth and hassle-free. If you want to integrate it and enhance your shipment management, you can contact us at sales@appjetty.com and our sales team will revert to you within 24 hours.

All product and company names are trademarks™, registered® or copyright© trademarks of their respective holders. Use of them does not imply any affiliation with or endorsement by them.

For any e-store to be successful, inventory management is a crucial part. Several errors may creep into your inventory management without you knowing about them. And if you fail to detect those errors and believe that your inventory is smooth and error-free, it could result in a ‘huge’ loss.Let’s understand several common inventory management mistakes that you should avoid, preventing major inventory management issues later.

Failure to Forecast Demand

While managing inventory, you must understand that if you aren’t able to forecast the demand of products accurately; it may result in ‘too many’ or ‘fewer’ effects than required. If a bug attacks your inventory management software, your forecast may go wrong and lead to errors in inventory calculation. It may also lead to ‘overproduction’ of less demanded products and vice-versa. This would not only result in financial loss but also in customers’ dissatisfaction.

Not Checking Inventory Frequently Enough

As the inventory grows in size with growth in business, inventory management might be difficult at times. The result is less frequent inventory checks and several issues left unseen. If you aren’t running inventory checks more frequently, shrinkage and poor forecasting may go unnoticed.

This may result in a messy and unmanaged situation where restoring to normalcy can become quite challenging.

Too Many Product Variations

Having quite a large number of SKUs may not sound like an issue but if not handled properly, it can be. If you purchase the same type of product but with numerous SKUs; it may cause inadvertent counting errors and confusion later.

For instance, if two products look alike in terms of appearance and features; they all may be counted as one. This mistake can impact the accuracy of your counts in case those two products are of different sizes, come in boxes different in size, or are of different prices.

To avoid this issue, you should be more careful while counting products with similar appearance and features.

Using Just Excel Sheets

When there was nothing like technology, businesses would still maintain inventory in the most convenient method - using pen and paper. Thanks to the advent of Microsoft Office in the late 20th century, businesses switched from the traditional pen and paper to the more modern ‘Excel’ approach to manage inventory. However, ‘Excel’ sheets don’t suffice for very large businesses and their inventories.

If you too use Excel sheets, there may be errors like double-entry of the same product, failure to update any product, etc. As a result, inventory management may go haywire, and resolving the issues risen from confusion or errors may be very tough. In that case, you may need to go through all the changes previously made to find out a single small error that failed your inventory management. Thanks to a plethora of inventory management tools (or modules) that are available now, you can automate your inventory management, and reduce chances of wastage of time and efforts, and most importantly - errors.

Inadequate Training

Even if you have state-of-the-art inventory management tools and technologies, they won’t be of much avail unless your employees know how to make the best use of them. Here arises the need to properly train your employees - especially the ones in the inventory management department, about how to manage inventory properly. Without proper demos and workshops to teach them how to use the latest technology to update and manage inventory efficiently and productively, you can’t expect them to perform or be proactive.

How Magento 2 Inventory Management App Can Help

Our Magento 2 Inventory Management can help you as it has productive features that include:

Supplier Management

You can add and manage suppliers and their details easily, from within the inventory manager app. Your suppliers can get a dedicated area to view purchase orders, create products, edit details, etc. This helps in bridging the communication gap between you and your suppliers.

Multi-Store Support

Through our Magento 2 Inventory Management Extension, you can generate reports of various products and currency supported depending on the sales and customer modules’ data for a particular store you select.

Product Stock Management

You can view, edit, and manage your product stocks on the go with Magento 2 Inventory Management extension. It can let you view product quantity, product images, enable/disable products, and update the quantity.

Purchase Order Management

Our Magento 2 Inventory Management app lets you generate POs with all the details required. You can view all POs, apply filters for better insights into customers’ behavior. You can also generate invoices for POs with quantity received, shipping charges, etc.

Configurable Dashboard

Magento 2 Inventory Management app lets you customize your mobile-first dashboard according to your business requirements. You can add all the required dashlets right on your dashboard and get an easy overview of all inventory operations on the fly.

These features combine together to let online retail store owners manage their inventory efficiently and reduce errors to a minimum. Eventually your productivity can increase in a short span of time.

If you also want to integrate it into your store to solve your inventory issues; you can drop us a line at sales@appjetty.com and our sales team will revert to you within 24 hours.

All product and company names are trademarks™, registered® or copyright© trademarks of their respective holders. Use of them does not imply any affiliation with or endorsement by them.

• • 72.1% of customers surveyed spend almost all of their time on websites in their native language.
  • 72.4% of customers said that they are more likely to buy a product if its information is in their own language.
  • 56.2% of customers surveyed said that getting to read information in their native language is more important than price.

  These stats are more than enough to highlight the value of language translation in today’s times.

  So, if you want to expand your e-commerce business beyond your country, language translation is an indispensable requirement. What if you could get something that can add more value to your store translation? Wondering how?

  It is possible by equipping language translation with geolocation-based redirection. When a customer doesn’t need to choose the store language manually but automatically gets redirected to a specific language-based store-view based on their location, it is known as geolocation-based redirection.

  If you have an e-commerce store and are looking to combine the power of geolocation-based redirection and language translation, you are at the right place. We have got our two next-gen extensions for you - Magento 2 Language Translator and Magento 2 GeoIP Store Switcher for you.

  Let’s walk you through their features one by one to help you understand better how you can enhance your customers’ shopping experience with them.

  Language Translation Made Better with Magento 2 Language Translator

  Our Magento 2 Language Translator has got features like:

  Mass Translation

  With the ability to translate multiple store fields within minutes, you can go global speedily and efficiently. You no longer need to depend on manual translation of individual store fields that is both tedious and boring.

  WYSIWYG Editor

  With Google Translate API integrated into your store backend, you can not only translate the content but also check the translation before it goes live. The What You See is What You Get feature lets you go through all the translated content and make manual edits in case it doesn’t match the translation intended.

  Find and Translate

  Magento 2 Language Switcher eliminates the need to go through the entire content to find out which piece of content to translate. You can simply search the string of content you want to translate and translate it right away. It works just like ‘Find and Replace’ in feature rich text editors.

  Translation Status

  Magento 2 Language Switcher lets you get a comprehensive view of all the translations going on in the store backend. This way, it eliminates the need to keep track of all the translations now and then. By simply adding translation tasks in the store, you can sit back and relax as everything will be automatically taken care of.

  Daily Translation Quota

  Our translation module lets you specify a limit for daily translations. Once the daily translation quota is reached, all the other translation tasks get automatically forwarded to the next day. This allows you to not only save money but also get rid of the need to monitor every single translation.

  Translation Beyond Web Pages

  Magento 2 Language Switcher facilitates translating various pieces of content on your site
  besides web pages. It can include Product and Category Pages, Review Pages, Meta Details, etc. that make it a perfect fit for those looking to translate their Magento store language.

  Localization Enhanced with Magento 2 GeoIP Redirect

  GeoIP-Based Redirection

  You can localize your store content for customers from various countries via redirection to language-specific domains through geolocation auto-detect with Magento GeoIP Store Switcher.

  Management of Multiple Domains

  It lets you create a language-specific domain and configure the countries that you want to redirect to specific stores of that country. As a result, your customers’ shopping experience will get enhanced through geolocalization.

  Store Switcher Popup

  By displaying Magento GeoIP Store Switcher popup to customers, you can prompt them to switch to a specific store view based on geolocation. You can also choose between different popup styles to make redirect popup more appealing.

  Block Undesired/Unwanted/Malicious Traffic

  You can enhance your store security by blocking unwanted users and visitors by blacklisting IPs of certain visitors and those from certain banned countries. You can set a default page (or HTTP 403 error page) you wish to show to visitors blocked by their IPs or countries.

  Redirect Restrictions Based On IPs and URLs-

  If you want, you can restrict redirects to only certain pages (like Product Pages, Checkout Pages) while keeping the URLs for the rest of pages (like FAQs) the same.

  In the same way, you can also restrict your site redirection for particular visitors if you want them to see the original store-view by configuring those visitors’ IP addresses. For instance: when you have several employees working remotely across the world, they may need to see your original site irrespective of their geolocations.

  Redirection Analytics

  The redirection analytics lets you keep a tab on the total number of redirects, details of visitors to your store, visitors’ country IPs, block statuses, redirection action with a date stamp, etc. By navigating to redirection analytics, you can check the data with the details of those who visited. You can also find out where the storeviews customers are redirected to and which countries are showing more interest in your store and offerings. This will help you design your marketing strategies and sales campaigns accordingly for better traction from those countries.

  In a Nutshell

  If you want to take your store translation to the next level, you can combine it with geolocation-based redirection.
  If you also want to engage your customers better, you can enhance your store language translation with GeoIP-based location easily and efficiently.
  To save more on localization and language translation, check out our saver pack.

  CLICK HERE

  All product and company names are trademarks™, registered® or copyright© trademarks of their respective holders. Use of them does not imply any affiliation with or endorsement by them.

For any business to grow and be successful there are multiple things that go into it. From market research, designing, creating/developing, testing, marketing, sales, follow up marketing or sales and many more.

All these things happen with only one aim in mind i.e. good customer service. And the key to good customer service is consistency.

Here, I’m highlighting the contributions of the sales team. They play a major role in expanding your business and growing a strong customer base. Catering to each and every client, serving them in the correct manner, taking timely follow ups, and many more things go into it.

In spite of doing all these things, oftentimes the sales team has a lot of issues to face and many times lose their productivity. This can become a problem for most of the companies as it affects their sales and income.

But, don’t worry. We have got you covered with the seven ways to step up your sales game and increase productivity.

Let’s get started:

Timely training:

The sales market is ever changing. Every day there is some new trend in the market, customers’ requirements keep on changing, and meeting their needs might become difficult. This is when you need to provide your team with timely training.

In these training sessions try to include current market trends, based on your customers’ data, teach them different ways to pitch your products, provide insights into the mindset of your customers (try to do this on a location basis), teach them new sales techniques, and more.

All these things will keep your team up to date with current needs of your customers as well as the market. Apart from this, training sessions can boost the team spirit and help them work better.

Provide CRM Support:

Making the best out of technology in this current time is the key. Give your sales team the comfort of using CRM on the go. With the help of Dynamics CRM mobile app they can easily know the customers’ data when they are on field and on the basis of this they can provide better service.

You can provide your sales representatives with CRM’s mobile application they can use this before having a meeting with your customers.

Wondering why?

Because it will provide them with detailed information about your customer, their area of interest, products or services they have purchased, and more. Your sales representative can prepare questions beforehand if needed which helps in smooth meetings for both parties. Additionally, it will even help you to build better relations and business brands with your customers.

Add plugin in CRM:

To make the CRM work more effectively you can introduce various plugins like MappyField 365. It will help your sales representatives and managers streamline business operations.

You can integrate it with Dynamics CRM and it provides features like:

• ▼ Targeted location marketing
  
• ▼ Scheduling appointments with clients/customers
• ▼ Route optimization and sharing it with the team
• ▼ Multi language support
• ▼ Managers can live track their team members which avoids unwanted communication and back and forth between team members
• ▼ Integration with Google Maps, Apple Maps, and Waze
  

Regular Product Training:

Providing product training to your sales team is a must. Provide new products, new feature updates, or even security updates to them. It will help them to provide better reasons to your customers to buy your product. Once they understand the products it becomes easy for them to sell your products as they can easily go through the features and show off the benefits of using it.

Create a sales process for them:

Create a sales process for your team. Walk them through one by one step on where to start from i.e. cold calling to where and when to close the deal with customers. Help them understand customers’ mindset, pain points and define potential questions on the basis of this. It will help them to create good selling points. This will help them convert cold leads into clients.

Focus on lead quality:

Having an immense amount of leads is not going to help you or your businesses at all. Rather than focusing on the quantity of leads it is important to focus on the quality of the leads. The qualitative leads are very likely to turn into potential customers.

Closing Pitch:

Closing pitch is one of the most crucial things. It’s very important to have a strong closing speech with a strong reason on why they need to buy your product and ways it will bring ease to their business operations. The right closing pitch acts as the cherry on top of the cake that the entire sales pitch is to convert the client who was already at the consideration stage.

Help them understand the importance of it and ways it can affect your sales.

Conclusion:

With the advancement of technology, there are multiple tools available in the market today that can help you increase productivity of your sales team. Use tools like MappyField 365 which helps your sales reps, and managers to streamline your business operation, has the best sales route optimization software, and most importantly brings ease to your business.

All product and company names are trademarks™, registered® or copyright© trademarks of their respective holders. Use of them does not imply any affiliation with or endorsement by them.

As a sales or technical manager, you need to manage tasks and allot them to the executive/reps for fieldwork. (i.e. Sales Demo or Technical support/maintenance). 

When plenty of sales inquiries/technical maintenance is required, it is not possible to meet each of them in just one day. So the manager is required to create and manage the schedule of the sales demo activity or appointments for technical maintenance for the team.

With AppJetty’s MappyField 365, you have the Auto Scheduling functionality to schedule your meetings and appointments area wise. It provides auto route schedule optimization using the SPF algorithm. (Shortest Path First).

For auto-scheduling the route for f visits in MappyField 365, follow the below steps:

• ▼ Navigate to MappyField 365
• ▼ Plot the records on the map
• ▼ Open Data Grid
• ▼ Select the Records and Auto-Schedule
• ▼ Insert the visit timings and other related details.
• ▼ Schedule Routes for the selected records on the map
• ▼ Save the scheduled route for future use

Step 1: Navigate to Map

Select “MappyField 365” from the Dynamics 365 dashboard or app list from the header.

Step 2: Plot the records on the map 

By selecting the ‘Entity’ and its ‘View’, plot the records on the map. Here the Appointments entity is selected.

MappyField 365

After selecting the entity, click on the Search button to plot all the account records on the map.

Step 3: Show Data Grid

After plotting the appointment records on the map, you can schedule visits to the appointments. You will find the Auto Scheduling option from the Data Grid. To see the data grid, click on Show Data.

By clicking on Show Data, the data grid will appear. In the data grid, you will find the list of the entity records which are plotted on the map.

Select the appointments for which you want to schedule the meetings using Auto Scheduling.

By clicking on the ‘Auto Scheduling’ icon, first, you will get the warning message for removing all the plotted records from the map.

By clicking on the OK button, It will open the Auto Scheduling panel from the right side from where you can schedule the meetings & the routes.

Step 4: Auto Scheduling

1. ▼ Scheduled Start Date: Select the date on which you want to start the schedule.
2. ▼ Start Location: The location you want to start the route from.
   End Location: Enter the location where you want to end the route.
3. ▼ Time Period: Select the time period in which you want to schedule a route.
   Meeting Duration: Select duration for the meeting.
4. ▼ Schedule Start Time: Enter the time at which you want to start the schedule.
   Schedule End Time: Enter the time at which you want to finish the schedule for a day.
   ▼ Break Start Time: Enter the start time for a break for a day.
   ▼ Break End Time: Enter the end time for a break for a day.
5. ▼ Extra/Buffer Time: Select buffer time for the scheduled route.
6. ▼ Working Days: Select working days.

Inserting the above details click on the Schedule button.

The route will be defined as per inserted details under ‘Auto Scheduling’ and you will get the Route as per the ‘Shorted Path First’ (SPF) Algorithm.

Step 5: Save Scheduled Route

You can save the plotted route for any further use. By clicking on the Save schedule button, it will open a Save Route popup.

Insert the Route name and select the user for that Route. By clicking on the Save button the routes will be saved.

So the sales executive or service reps can visit the appointment as per the scheduled route and provide the sales demo or services related to the products or anything.

--------------------------------------------------------------------

If you are facing any issues with any feature, feel free to reach out to us at sales@appjetty.com or you can also tweet at us at @appjetty.

All product and company names are trademarks™, registered® or copyright© trademarks of their respective holders. Use of them does not imply any affiliation with or endorsement by them.

Suppose, a marketing campaign is ongoing for a week at some place, so being a sales manager, you need to keep the working hours of the sales executives there.

With our AppJetty Calendar 365 you can manage the working hours of the users and check on the Calendar. For that, you can enable the Resource Scheduling to display hours of default CRM records or you can create from the AppJetty Calendar365 and manage the working hours user-wise.

In Calendar 365, you will find the Resource Scheduler option to manage the working hours.

You need to follow the below steps to manage the Working hours:

• Calendar Configuration
• Enable Resource Scheduling by selecting either default CRM or AppJetty Calendar
• Check the default CRM working hours on AppJetty Calendar and add the activity
• Add the Working hours from the AppJetty Calendar itself and add the activity

Step-1: Navigate to Calendar 365

From the Dynamics 365 apps, click on the ‘Calendar 365’.

Step-2: Enable ‘Resource Scheduling’

To enable a ‘working hours’ option in Calendar 365, click on the Settings icon available on the calendar page and navigate to the default configuration.

From the ‘default configuration’, you can configure the required options for Calendar 365.

There are two options to set the working hours in Calendar 365:

1. Default (User Working Hours): This will use the ‘default CRM’ calendar module to get and set the working hours of the team member (user) that will be displayed in Calendar 365.
2. Appjetty Scheduler: This is a ‘custom option’ in which users can create the working hours by inserting the availability, break, and leave directly in Calendar 365.
   

   Step-3: Enable Resource Scheduler (Working hours)

   
   3A. Set up and display ‘Default Work Hours’ of a user in Calendar 365

   To set up default working hours in CRM redirect to Settings → Security →  Users →  Select the user for who you want to set working hours, click on ▼.

    

   

By clicking on Work Hours, the default CRM calendar will display the records of the selected user if already inserted. You can schedule the work on a weekly basis or for one day by selecting the date.

To view the default working hours of the user in Calendar 365, navigate to the Calendar 365 Model-driven application.

In the ‘Resource Calendar’, select the Resource Scheduling from the ‘Views’ selection dropdown. You can see the Work Hours of the default CRM.

You can check the availability, break, and leave that is set in the Default CRM calendar for individual users.

Using this, users can easily create appointments by seeing the availability of other users and work hours.

3B. Using AppJetty Scheduler

You can also add and manage the Work Hours from the AppJetty Calendar 365. For that, select AppJetty Scheduler in the ‘Resource Scheduling’ option.

Navigate to ‘Resource Calendar’ and select the Resource Scheduler from the ‘Views’ selection.

To create availability and manage the work hours,  just click on the time from the timeline of a specific user.

By clicking on a specific time from the timeline, a new popup will appear to create availability and manage the working hours.

Select the ‘Activity type’ as availability to set Work Hours and select Recurring type as ‘One Day’ or ‘Recurring’ to set the work daily or weekly (recurring).

By clicking on the Create button, you will get the notification and the working hours will be added to the timeline for the selected team member.

How to add a break time?

To add a break for the team member, click on the time from the timeline and it will open a popup, select Mark as break in the ‘Activity’.

You can choose a recurring type as ‘One Day’ or can create the same break for ‘Recurring Days’.

How to add a leave if the sales rep is on leave?

You can also add a leave if your team member is on leave. You need to select ‘Mark as leave’ in Activity.

You can select the Recurring in ‘Recurring Type’ if your team member is on leave for more than one day.

By clicking on the Create button, the leave will be added to the selected user (team member).

Here you can see in the specific timeline the added Working hours (in green) and break (in blue) for a team member and added leave (in red) for another team member.

Now, you can add the task, appointment, or any activity by clicking on the working hours’ timeline (green).

In this way, being a sales manager or DynamicsCRM administrator, you can manage the working hours of your team members and assign activities from the AppJetty Calendar 365.

Also Read: Color Code Your Dynamics Calendar and Declutter Your Life!

Enter Dynamics 365 calendar

Dynamics CRM calendar is an ideal plugin that goes with your Dynamics CRM. With dynamics 365 service calendar you can bifurcate tasks of your entire team from a single screen. You can also get an overview of scheduled, ongoing and completed activities of the whole team, and bifurcate their tasks accordingly. Features include advanced filtering, multiple calendar management, multiple views, drag-drop to reschedule in a unified interface and resource scheduling. It not only helps you manage your teams but also assures timely customer management.

Still ambiguous about adopting the Dynamics CRM calendar? Here are seven tasks made easier by dynamics 365 service calendars.

• Scheduling meetings

Have you ever experienced that sometimes, planning a meeting and making required arrangements takes longer than the meeting itself? This could be solved by using the Dynamics of 365 Calendar. All you need to do is create a meeting task, and put it up in Calendar 365. Your team members will know about it automatically. This helps you avoid the dreaded scramble when a number of things come up together. All activities and tasks can be managed effortlessly in this way.

• Manage Custom Activities

You can add custom activities into Calendar apart from the available default activities. Whether it is to record a specific type of communication like a phone call or to celebrate the birthdays of your employees, you can do it all.

• No more link sharing

You can easily share your calendar with your team or ask your team members to share their calendar with you to manage all the day-to-day activities right from the Dynamics CRM. This enhances team productivity and efficiency. It also eliminates the back and forth emailing, link sharing and the time availability crisis, making you more organized.

• Resource Management

You can manage your contacts, users, teams, and accounts effortlessly with the Dynamics CRM calendar plugin. It has become extremely easy to create service activity and assign related resources and customers. 

If you are a business owner, you most certainly would not be too excited about inventory management. But you don’t need to let your inventory orders get backed up until the last minute anymore.

• Multiple Saved Calendar templates

Dynamics 365 calendar lets you save different calendar settings as templates to create different calendar views. You can create, share, and access these saved calendar views whenever you require.

• Individual Customer Calendar!

You can create an individual customer calendar as per their ongoing tasks. You can easily share these created calendars with assigned resources making it easier for them to prioritize their schedules accordingly.

• No language barrier.

Dynamics 365 calendar supports multiple languages and lets you manage daily operations without any ambiguity. You can manage your activities and perform necessary actions in the language of your preference.

Whatever the work task may be, you can save time and effort by scheduling out even the smallest of activities with the Dynamics 365 service calendar. 

Make your days more productive with this neat tool!

All product and company names are trademarks™, registered® or copyright© trademarks of their respective holders. Use of them does not imply any affiliation with or endorsement by them.

Customer satisfaction is an essential thing for which businesses work day and night to achieve. Understanding your customers, solving their problems, fulfilling their expectations all put together lead to satisfied customers. Let’s say you are doing everything to satisfy your customers, understand their needs, but how to figure out the current satisfaction rate of your customers? How are you going to evaluate if sales and marketing strategies or product strategies are working or not?

This is when customer satisfaction surveys come in.

What is a Customer Satisfaction Survey?

Customer satisfaction survey is a set of questions businesses design to understand their customers’ needs from their products and services and if they are getting fulfilled or not. These surveys also help businesses to grow, strategize, and provide better customer experiences.

There are various types of customer satisfaction surveys and each of them has a different purpose and value to add to your strategies.

Types of Customer Satisfaction Surveys

→ CSAT
→ Net Promoter Survey
→ Customer Effort Survey
→ Milestone Survey

Let’s see understand each of them in brief:

→ CSAT

CSAT (Customer Satisfaction) is useful to measure the key performance indicators of your products. They are usually made up of easy yes & no answers or ratings. Based on the feedback, evaluate the amount of attention you need to give to particular products or services.

Formula to calculate CSAT:
(Number of satisfied customers / Number of survey responses) x 100 = % of satisfied customers

→ Net Promoter Survey

Net Promoter Survey shows how likely your customers are to recommend your company’s products to their colleagues, friends, and family. This survey usually contains a question with a scale between 0 to 10. These ratings help you understand where your products stand in the market. Additionally, it helps categorize your audience into detractors, passives, and promoters -- and accordingly, you can segment and target your customers.

How to Calculate NPS:
NPS = % Promoters (rating more than 6) - % Detractors (rating equal to or lower than 6)

→ Customer Effort Survey

Customer Effort Surveys are useful to know how much effort your customers have to make to solve issues within your products. This survey includes questions like: how easy was it to solve your problem? With options like satisfied, very satisfied, difficult, very difficult, etc. They are sent once the support ticket is closed after solving an issue.

→ Milestone Surveys

They are useful to know your customers better. Milestone surveys are carried out after a certain time period like once they sign up for your services, upon the end of the trial, or once the onboarding finishes basically after a milestone. These help you understand the effectiveness of your milestones and your customers’ interaction with your company which then empowers you with insights that can help you grow drastically.

Types of Questions to include in Customer Satisfaction Surveys

They are six types of questions you can include in these types of surveys. Let’s discuss each of them:

→ Multiple choice questions

Multiple choice questions have a limited and predefined number of answers and the respondents need to select from the available options only. It becomes easy to get a response from your users as it takes fewer efforts to answer them. Multiple choice questions include questions like rating, binary scale, or nominal questions.

→ Binary scale questions

Binary scale questions provide two possible answers either yes or no or thumbs up or thumbs down. It can be used to ask some of the common questions like:
Did customer support help you find the solution you were looking for today? (yes/no)

→ Rating Scale questions

Rating scale questions provide a range of options for respondents to select. Your customers can rate your support staff or your products using the scale They are likely to come under the NPS survey type.

→ Nominal questions

Nominal questions usually have categorized answers. The categories don’t overlap and you also can’t apply a numerical value to them.

Example: Which of the following describe you?
→ Male
→ Female
→ Prefer not to answer

→ Likert scale questions

The likert questionnaires have five pointer or seven pointer scales and are useful to evaluate how customers feel about your business, services, products or anything. The least number i.e. 1 represents extreme view and highest number represents the opposite extreme view. Whereas, the middle number represents a moderate view.

Example:

To what extent do you agree with the following statement?
[Product name]’s onboarding process was simple, straightforward, and painless.

1 - Strongly disagree
2 - Somewhat disagree
3 - Neither agree nor disagree
4 - Somewhat agree
5 - Strongly agree

→ Semantic differential questions

They are similar to likert scale questions but are descriptive compared to likert.

They are:

How helpful do you find our video tutorials?

1 - Not helpful at all
2 - Barely helpful
3 - Neither helpful nor unhelpful
4 - Somewhat helpful
5 - Very helpful

In the name of the surveys,

Having happy customers is the true measure of success for any business. And to understand their experience with you, it's important to engage with your customers, understand them, and keep improving and surveys play a major role.

Ready to take satisfaction to the next level?

Create and send robust customer satisfaction surveys in a few steps using Survey Rocket. A Sugar and Suite CRM extension with exclusive features like data piping, NPS, survey analytics and more.

If you are using Sugar or Suite CRM, you can start your free trial today!

All product and company names are trademarks™, registered® or copyright© trademarks of their respective holders. Use of them does not imply any affiliation with or endorsement by them.

Holiday season is almost around the corner. Like every other festival in 2020, this holiday season will be different. It means that this year people won’t be giving gifts to their loved ones in person. But that definitely is not going to stop them from gifting. They are going to look for estores/ecommerce websites that are offering contactless deliveries, gift wrapping, gift messages, and are following proper precautions set by WHO.

Hence, as an eCommerce business owner, it's the perfect time to up your game and catch up with the trends.

Apart from offering contactless deliveries, gift wrapping, etc., you also need to streamline your inventory management to serve your customers who will be high on festivities.

Focusing on deliveries and order fulfillment makes sense, but why focus on inventory management?

Well, here are some major reasons why you need to have an inventory management system in place during the holiday season.

Saves time and money

With the help of the proper inventory management system, you can get to know what products are in the stock, which ones need to be ordered, which are out of stock, or about to go out of stock. Imagine running out of stock the trending sweater from your store during the peak holiday season. Can you imagine the loss you’ll have to bear?

Hence, keeping a close eye on your stock especially the ones that are in demand will save you lots of money and time. Not only that, but it will also give you a clearer picture where you stand in terms of your inventory as a whole.

And with the right inventory management software, you can even update the inventory in real-time giving every stakeholder an updated view of the situation at every possible time.

Real-time inventory updates

This is one of the major benefits of having an inventory management system. If you have a clearer idea of what’s going on with your inventory, you can present this clarity to your customers by updating your website accordingly. While your customers are online searching for a particular product, they will be able to see how many quantities of the products are left.

You definitely don’t want them ordering something that’s not in your stock. Imagine the damage it can do to your reputation.

Additionally, you can also use the quantity counter as your marketing strategy to create a sense of urgency in customers, which work especially in the holiday season.

Centralized inventory

Being a medium or large scale eCommerce platform, it is likely that you might have warehouses at multiple locations. In this type of scenario, it is easy to get lost in the middle of everything. Having a centralized inventory management system helps overcome many challenges that this scenario poses. Additionally, it eliminates a lot of redundant communication that happens between different warehouses to check up on the availability of certain products.

This also helps your team have clearer communication and decrease any types of issues in transits, wrong deliveries, or product lost.

So, are you ready to adopt an inventory management software?

If yes, then check out our inventory extension for Magento 2 which enables you to manage your inventory on the go!

Magento 2 MageMob Inventory

Equipped with features like supplier management, stock and purchase order management, and more, our inventory management extension brings the stability you need to win over your competitors this holiday season.

So, let’s prep you for the holiday season, shall we?

All product and company names are trademarks™, registered® or copyright© trademarks of their respective holders. Use of them does not imply any affiliation with or endorsement by them.

There are different ways to get feedback from the customers regarding their experiences with your organization as well as your products/services.

Even with many platforms available to communicate with your customers, good old surveys make for the best way to get their feedback in a more organized way. Especially if your survey tool is well integrated with your CRM, then you can craft, send, and analyze the surveys; right from your CRM.

If you use Sugar or Suite CRM, then maybe you would like to check out our survey module: Survey Rocket. Created natively to work with both these CRMs and is equipped with advanced features like Data Piping, Skip Logic, Survey Automation, etc.

Back to customer experience surveys.

One of the best ways to assess your customers’ experience with your organization is to send out Ratings or NPS surveys. The key to the success of these surveys lies in understanding when’s the right time to send them.

Is it just after they’ve received their order? – yes, if you want to assess your order fulfillment process.

Is it 15 days after they’ve received their package? – yes, if you want to assess their experience with your product.

Frankly, the timing depends on the questions you are asking. If you are asking the right questions, you are halfway there.

The other half includes you to create, send, and analyze these customer experience surveys.

In this blog, we are demonstrating how to create a customer experience survey with rating and NPS questions using our tool, Survey Rocket.

It has plenty of question types to create a number of surveys for different purposes including the Ratings & NPS.

To create a survey, you can either select a template from the Survey Template option or you can create a Survey from scratch.

Once you’ve decided which way to go, add the basic details of the survey like title, logo, background, etc., and of the Welcome Page.

After that, click on the Survey Pages tab where you can drag and drop the Survey question types from the right side Page Component section.

Since we are talking about customer experience surveys, you can drag and drop Rating and NPS questions.

Ratings and NPS

→ Survey Title: Market Research Survey to Understand Brand Positioning
→ Survey Page Title: Marketing Research
Here the Rating and NPS question types are inserted on the Survey Page.
→ Rating type of Question: “How would you rate the overall experience with Survey Rocket?”
→ NPS type of Question: “How likely are you to recommend the "Survey Rocket" to your friends and colleagues?”

You can edit and configure the Advanced Options of the Rating & NPS question types.

Advanced Option includes question validator and other required options.

Advanced Option for Rating question type:

→ Help Tip: You can add one for each Survey question. ‘Help Tips’ is text you can set to guide respondents to properly give feedback in case of complex questions. For example, if you think you may need to explain a term used in a question, you can use a tip to clarify the term or purpose of the question.
→ Is Required Box: If you want to make any question mandatory for respondents during the survey, select the ‘Is Required box’.
→ Add Question Separator? To separate the Question with a horizontal line, select the ‘Add Question Separator?’ option.

Advanced Option for NPS question type:

→ Help Tip: You can add a help tip for this question type as well.
→ Display Label: The NPS question type collects the responses and segments them on a 0-10 point scale into promoters, passives, and detractors. So, add the labels: Very Unlikely for 0 and Very Likely for 10. You can edit the low and max labels as per your question.
→ Is Required box: If you want to make any question mandatory for respondents during the survey, select the ‘Is Required box’.
→ Add Question Separator? To separate the Question with a horizontal line, select the ‘Add Question Separator?’ option.

Logic option for NPS question type:

The Logic (Skip Logic) feature allows you to customize your survey for each respondent by applying logic to the answer choices. Based on a respondent’s answer, branching logic will be created as per the conditions defined by you. You can provide a follow-up question based on the respondent’s answer to the NPS question. Like if they choose between 5-7, you can have a follow-up question like ‘What would you like us to improve?’.

To apply the logic option, you must create the survey and save it first. Once you save a survey, edit that survey which will enable the Logic tab.

Click on the logic tab to set the logic for a question.

You can select the required Logic option from the dropdown list for particular answers. Suppose, if you have selected the Show/Hide Questions, you can select the question from the list of the questions which you’ve already inserted on the survey page.

After selecting the question and configuring other advanced options, save the survey and publish it.

Then, by generating the link or sending via email or WhatsApp, you can distribute your survey.

Here’s the preview of the survey:

Ready to create and send customer experience surveys?

To find the correlation and causality of a particular change in data, you need to see it in relation to other data sets.

And what better and efficient way to do so by plotting multiple entities or data sets on the map.

So, in this blog, we are going to demonstrate how to plot multiple entities on the map using Dynamics 365 map integration. Additionally, we’ll also show how to categorize the plotted records.

For demonstration purposes, we are using MappyField 365. There are many other mapping tools available on MS AppSource that natively connects with your Dynamics 365.

In the MappyField 365, you can easily plot the multiple records and views on the map. The purpose of this feature is to show multiple entities’ data on a single map with the help of the layer menu that enables you to show/hide a particular layer(s).

You need to follow the below steps to get the categorized data on the map:

- Plot the entity records

- Open the Category card option from the advanced options

- Select the category attribute of the entity individually

- View and analyse the categorized data on the map

Step 1: Navigate to MappyField 365

After logging into Dynamics 365, click on “MappyField 365” from the Dynamics 365 apps dashboard.

The map will load with the default location and other default configurations based on the user.

Step 2: Plot records on MappyField 365 map

Now, plot the records on the map by selecting the CRM entities that are configured from Entity mappings. Under the Plot tab, select the Entity and its Records view.

Here we’ve plotted Account, Contact, and Lead entities on the map.

Once the entity records are plotted, you can perform the action for the plotted records from the ‘advanced options’ on the left.

Step 3: Categorize the plotted data

If you want some categorized data based on specific details of the plotted records (i.e. City, State, Annual Revenue, etc.), you can use the Category option from ‘advanced option’.

Note: You can plot a maximum of five entities at a time. So, you can select categories for five entities and plot categorized data by selecting a specific category field on the map.

Select the category for the entities individually.

Here, the following categories are selected for the entities:

< Entity: Category >

Account: Annual Revenue

Contact: Address 1: State/Province

Lead: Type

In some of the categories, you can also define the range of the selected category attribute.

i.e. For the Account entity, the ‘Annual Revenue’ is selected. So you can define the range of the annual revenue.

Now after selecting the categories for the entity and inserting some details, click on the ‘Search’ button to plot the categorized data for the entities.

On the right panel from the detailed card, you will get the list of the entity showing details of the plotted categorized data.

Hence, you can make the most of your data by smartly plotting and categorizing it using a Dynamics 365 mapping tool.

All product and company names are trademarks™, registered® or copyright© trademarks of their respective holders. Use of them does not imply any affiliation with or endorsement by them. ]]> Fri, 25 Sep 2020 09:35:45 +0000https://m2.appjetty.com/blog/how-to-plot-categorized-data-for-multiple-entities-in-dynamics-map-integration https://m2.appjetty.com/blog/how-to-plot-categorized-data-for-multiple-entities-in-dynamics-map-integration amit.shah@biztechconsultancy.com (Amit Shah) Amit Shah

Data can be too much sometimes. Even if it is visually plotted for you. It’s easier to understand but not really easy to analyze.

So, in this blog, we are going to explore the feature of the summary card that most of the Dynamics map integration tools are equipped with.

For the demonstration purpose, we are going to take MappyField 365.

What is Summary Card Feature?

The Summary Card feature allows users to get detailed and summarized information of the plotted data on the map like potential revenue, net value, etc. By getting aggregated information, users can quickly analyze and devise their strategy for a particular region!

Here’s how you can configure and access the summary card feature:

- Configure the Summary Card details from ‘Entity Mappings’

- Plot the records on the map

- Click on the ‘Summary Card’ from the Advanced options

- Check the plotted records details in summary

Summary Card Configurations

Step 1: Navigate to MappyField 365

After logging into Dynamics 365, click on “MappyField 365” from the Dynamics 365 apps dashboard.

The map will load with the default location and other default configurations based on the user.

Step 2: Navigate to the Entity Mappings

By clicking on the “Entity Mappings”, you will get the existing list of entities that are already configured. By clicking on the +New from the ribbon, you can add a new entity or edit and configure the existing one.

Here the ‘Account’ entity is selected, by editing it, you can edit and modify the configured details. By clicking on it, you will be navigated to its details page.

From the ribbon menu, click on the Edit button.

Step 3: Summary Card details configuration

Scroll down to the ‘Summary Card’ section, select the Attribute (field), and aggregate method for that field.

Here we have selected two fields:

→ No of employees and Sum as an aggregate method

→ Annual Revenue and Average as an aggregate method

→ Open Revenue and Average as an aggregate method

After inserting the details, Save the Accounts entity configuration. The summary card details will appear on the map as you have configured for the entity.

Summary Card on map

Step 4: Navigate to MappyField 365

Let’s see how you can access a Summary Card on the map.

After logging into Dynamics 365, click on “MappyField 365” from the Dynamics 365 apps dashboard.

Step 5: Plot records on MappyField 365 map

Now, plot the records on the map by selecting the CRM entities that are configured from Entity mappings.

Under the Plot tab, select the Entity and its Records view.

The records of the ‘Account’, ‘Contact’ and ‘Leads’ entities are plotted on the map.

Once the entity records are plotted, you can perform the action for the plotted records from the ‘advanced options’ on the left.

By clicking on that ‘Summary Card’ icon, you will see a popup that has aggregated data of plotted entities.

If you have plotted the entity records by selecting the Territories from the Search Options, then by clicking on the specific territory area, you will also get the ‘Summary Card’ of the particular Territory.

Similarly, you can search the entity records by selecting the Region or Proximity search, and by clicking on the specific area which is searched by using any search operation, you will also get the Summary card of that area.

In this way using AppJetty MappyField365 map integration of Dynamics CRM, you can manage all the CRM entities on the map and perform many actions.

All product and company names are trademarks™, registered® or copyright© trademarks of their respective holders. Use of them does not imply any affiliation with or endorsement by them. ]]> Wed, 23 Sep 2020 09:48:17 +0000https://m2.appjetty.com/blog/how-to-configure-and-access-summary-card-in-365-dynamics-map-integration https://m2.appjetty.com/blog/how-to-configure-and-access-summary-card-in-365-dynamics-map-integration amit.shah@biztechconsultancy.com (Amit Shah) Amit Shah

It's been a decade now since smartphones have become an inseparable part of our lives. And the most important role in this marriage has been played by mobile apps. And what they allow a regular person to do; the power it put in the hands of the users.

Currently, there are over 4.5 billion people online and out of the 3.5 billion people use smartphones having apps every day. Around 7.5 billion people are estimated to be active on the internet by 2030 out of 8.5 billion of the estimated people alive at that time. That’s 90% of the total world population. Just imagine the market size of mobile apps these stats alone prove there will be in the near future.

A few years back, we were all anticipating 2020 to happen and within the blink of an eye, 2030 will be here. Hopefully, COVID-free.

What we are getting to here is that the future of mobile apps is happening right now. And the future is drastically competitive considering the opportunities that are available out there.

Every business wants, needs, and definitely should have a mobile app depending on the frequency they want their customers to interact with them. Having apps for B2C businesses might be considered imperative whilst apps for B2B targeting businesses might seem a little far-fetched for now.

Personalized interactions are becoming increasingly popular among customers as well as businesses and apps bring a lot of leverage for businesses in this area. Meanwhile, in the ecommerce landscape, the shift is happening and moving towards m-commerce i.e. having a mobile estore from where your customers can shop on the go. No matter how niche businesses are.

The idea to have a mobile app for your business is not new. It’s as old as the invention of mobile apps. But the main question that looms over the heads of business owners is which way to go? What technology to use for their apps since most of them do not come from a technical background?

If you are among the ones seeking answers to these questions mentioned above, then this blog will simplify some of the aspects of mobile app development for you.

There are essentially three methods to develop a mobile application:

→ Native mobile application
→ Web application
→ Hybrid application development

Native mobile application as the name suggests is native to the devices they are made for i.e. iOS or Android. Native apps are built using either Swift or Objective-C for iOS and either Java or Kotlin for Android devices. Since the apps built are native using native languages, tools, UI components, and directories, they tend to be more robust, perform better, and deliver a better user experience.

The major disadvantage of having a native app is that it won’t be useful for the other platforms including and not limited to web, iOS. Moreover, you can’t reuse the code used to build your iOS app for anything. Additionally, there are limitations from Apple App Store as well that can delay your release if there’s a direct change in the native code. The review process takes roughly around 1-7 days -- which can stretch based on the time of the year you are submitting your app or update.

Regarding the resources required to develop native apps -- it is harder to find resources that know languages for both apps with equal proficiency. So, here the cost goes high for the development itself, and when you have to update the app, you need to again go through the same process as well as shell out a better chunk of money.

Web application is an application program developed using languages like HTML, CSS, and JavaScript and delivered over the internet through browsers. Some of the websites can be categorized as web apps. The main advantage of building a web app is that you don’t have to go through the tedious approval process that app-stores have and you can directly deliver the application to your users for mobile as well as browser. Since it is built using HTML, CSS, or Java, the developers have huge libraries like Vue, Angular, React, etc. to use giving them more freedom with the functionalities.

Here, the advantage and disadvantages stem from the source -- since it is developed using not native languages, they deliver a less smooth experience and have limitations in accessing the abilities of the platforms. Additionally, they are also restricted to the capabilities of the users’ browsers.

Finding resources to create web applications for your business is easier as the languages used to create them are more universal. The cost to create them usually runs lower than native apps and they can be accessed on multiple platforms and can be updated in the one go for all the platforms.

Hybrid application is essentially native mobile application development + web application development. The core application is written as a web application which is then wrapped around a native shell using applications like Ionic’s capacitor or Apache Cordova. What these applications essentially do is create a shell for your web application which has the webView component where your app loads for the users without giving them the hint of the same. The limitations of web applications can be overcome using the plugins available for Cordova or Capacitor that enables you to use the capabilities of their native OS. Additionally, you can also publish your hybrid applications on both the app stores since the apps are loaded in a native way.

Since it is fundamentally a web application, you might run into a limitation regarding UI elements as you might need to recreate them but this limitation can be easily overcome by using libraries like React Native, Ionic, Xamarin, etc.

To summarize the advantages of the hybrid application:
→ Low costs and easy to develop
→ Speed performance
→Great UI/UX
→ Offline support
→ Easy integration with other apps
→ Multi-platform support

In short, these apps provide the best of both worlds. Some of the most popular apps like Gmail, Twitter, Instagram, Evernote, and more are created using the hybrid way. You didn’t know that, did you?

The performance is great, the experience is great.

But wait…

There’s another quick way to go by creating a mobile app for your estore!

App Builders!

You get native mobile applications for iOS as well as Android under $400 since they have the basic components ready for an estore, you just need to white label the solution and publish it on app stores.

How?

Using our Magento 2 mobile app builder.

Intriguing, right?

Find out more here →

Previously, we wrote all about market research survey. What it is, why conduct such surveys, types of market research surveys, and more. In this blog, we are simply going to cover how to craft a market research survey using our Sugar CRM extension, Survey Rocket.

Step 1: Install the Survey Rocket into the SugarCRM.

Log-in as Administrator into SugarCRM.

Navigate to the Administration page → Click on ‘Module Loader’ to install the package.

After a successful installation, you can see the Survey Rocket in the Installed plug-in list in the ‘Module Loader’ page.

Step 2: Activate the plugin

Enter the License activation key provided by AppJetty. Then click on Validate and then save the settings to activate the plugin.

Step 3: Create a Market Research Survey

After activating the Survey Rocket plugin, you will get the Survey related options in the SugarCRM menu.

You can create a survey either by choosing a template from the Survey Templates option or create a survey from scratch from the Surveys page.

In this instance, we’ll show you how to create a survey from scratch.

Once you select the ‘surveys’ option, you will find the following options:
→ Details Page
→ Survey Welcome Page
→ Survey Pages
→ Thank You Page
→ Advanced Survey Configuration (Automatic Survey Reminders)

You will get the default content and design for Survey Welcome & Thank you pages, but you can customize as per your requirement.

After making the changes in the welcome page, navigate to the Survey Pages to create a market research survey with different question types like dropdown list, rating, NPS, etc. with our drag and drop survey builder. Just pick the type of question, drag it to the survey pages section and drop it there.

Add the necessary data like the question, options, etc.

Location-based marketing or geolocation marketing is the key to building a strong brand presence among your local audience or audience in target areas.

So, without any further ado, let’s understand in detail what location-based marketing actually is. Later in the blog, you’ll also get to know about types of location-based marketing, its benefits, and general tips.

Overview of Location-Based Marketing

Location-based marketing is the promotion of your business to your customers based on their geographic locations. It can incorporate both online and offline marketing strategies to strengthen your bonding with nearby customers or customers in a particular high-grossing area.  As it often helps target the audience on the basis of their geolocations, people at times refer to it as ‘Geolocation Marketing’ also.

Types of Location-Based Marketing

There are different types of location-based marketing that you can use to target your local audience.

➤ IP Address Marketing - Any device - computer, laptop, or mobile connected to the Internet has an IP address. IP address marketing is the use of information about the physical locations of your target audience to market your business by using relevant ads. It also lets you customize your messages as per physical locations and increase your brand awareness among the target audience.

➤ GPS Marketing - GPS-based marketing is leveraging location data that businesses derive from GPS signals to fine-tune their ads, messages, and other promotional content.

➤ Geofencing - Setting up a virtual location or radius to facilitate marketing to people within that area is called geofencing. You can also consider geofences equivalent to territories.

➤ Proximity Marketing - Targeting your promotional and marketing campaigns for people within a geofence already set up is called proximity marketing.

➤ Beacon Marketing - Beacon marketing involves using a physical device - a beacon within the premises of a business to market to people within the range of that beacon.

Benefits of Location-Based Marketing

Helps Generate More Sales

The final goal of any advertising campaign is to attract more and more customers. Through location-based marketing, you can advertise your business to those customers who show interest in your product(s) or service(s).
For instance, if you are a local salon owner, your customers are right within your city. Even among them, people in your vicinity are your potential customers. So, creating Facebook ads to display to only the people within your locality - or specific zip code can help get more customers.

Simplifies Segmentation

Segmentation is a marketing activity that involves segmenting customers on the basis of shared interests, activities, or attributes. Using geo locations to segment customers can be a great idea. If you can find out the location of a particular person at any time, you can send a message customized as per that specific location to make it more relevant and engaging.

This way, geolocation marketing also helps you target customers in a particular location in a better way.

Gives Better Returns

Collecting, analyzing, and using location data can go a long way towards engaging customers through targeted promotions and gives better returns on the amount you invest in advertising.

Tips for Location-Based Marketing

Without a well-thought-out location-based marketing strategy, making your location-based marketing campaign success can be tough.

If you are also looking to use location-based marketing, you can follow a few general tips to make it result-driven.

➤ Local SEO

Optimize your site for the local audience. Local SEO means the local organic traffic generated from Google My Business listing for consumers looking for businesses in their vicinity that offer some particular product(s)/service(s).
To improve local SEO:

✅ Create location-specific content on your site,

✅ Encourage five-star reviews from your customers,

✅ Optimize Google My Business listing.

The more the organic traffic the better are your growth prospects. Hence,  always ensure that you invest your efforts and time in enhancing local SEO.

➤ Pay-Per-Click Advertising 

Combine your geolocation marketing with your Pay-Per-Click (PPC) advertising to filter the customers who can access your paid ads. Using geolocation, you can tailor your ads as per the audience within your target region and save the money you would otherwise shell out on wasted clicks. Eventually, you can make your PPC campaigns stronger, better, more engaging, and productive.

➤ Use Location Tags in Social Media

Social media platforms like Facebook, Instagram, and Twitter let you use location tags in posts. Avail these location tags to inform the audience about your business location. Incorporating location tags in social media posts across various platforms will increase the organic impressions with the audience searching for more photos as per the geolocation.

You can also use hashtags to get more people in the vicinity to discover your business easily.

➤ Plot CRM Contacts on a Map/Visualize CRM Contacts

Handling everything from within CRM can be tedious at times. Therefore, plotting all your CRM contacts on a map can be helpful for better visualization. Accordingly, you can form strategies to target high-grossing areas more efficiently.

There are a number of mapping tools available out there in the market based on your CRM. You can pick one that suits your requirements and set off with location-based marketing.

Ready to Adopt Geolocation Marketing

Now that you know how location-based marketing can help enhance your outreach and increase sales, you should adopt geolocation marketing right away.

If you are looking for a mapping tool to help you visualize your contacts, our Dynamics 365 Map integration for Microsoft Dynamics can help you out.

To know more about its features or integrate it, contact us at sales@appjetty.com and our sales team will revert to you within 24 hours.

All product and company names are trademarks™, registered® or copyright© trademarks of their respective holders. Use of them does not imply any affiliation with or endorsement by them.

Of late, almost all major shipping services across the world have faced some ‘challenges’ in deliveries due to lockdown restrictions in various countries. The reason behind this is the sudden surge in the number of daily orders placed with online merchants using various shipping services provided by shipping service companies. As a result, a number of online e-store owners are now looking for a solution to mitigate the delivery issues - or at least update the customers about their order statuses. For a big store with a large number of orders placed daily, streamlining order fulfillment is a must.

If you too are an Australia-based online store owner and deliver your products to Australian customers or abroad, Australia Post can be a good option for you. However, there are some issues that can ruin your customers’ shopping experience. For instance, they may get late deliveries, shipping service selection issues, or tracking issues.

If you too are a Magento store owner who uses Australia Post Shipping services, you can reduce delivery issues to a minimum and manage order deliveries more efficiently.

How?

By integrating an Australia Post Shipping Extension into your store backend.

Read on to know how our Magento 2 Australia Post Shipping Extension can help you cut down on customers’ grievances and enhance their overall shopping experience.

✔️Multiple Shipping Services

Magento Australia Post Shipping module lets you set up domestic and international services for parcels and letters. You can choose between a number of domestic and international shipping services for parcels or letters based on their type and size. This helps you get a better idea of online post shipping.

✔️Address Validation

Validating the delivery address beforehand is highly crucial - especially in these times when orders can get stuck up due to lockdown restrictions or other issues in containment zones.

Our shipping extension helps validate zip code(s) to avoid any delivery issues - delays or losses anytime later.

Address validation lets customers correct any mistake while entering their shipping addresses. In addition, it saves online merchants the unnecessary wastage of time and money in addressing the issues related to the products shipped to ‘wrong’ addresses. This way, address validation acts as a win-win situation for both online merchants and customers.

✔️Shipment Tracking

One of the biggest concerns customers are facing is - the inability to stay abreast of the whereabouts of orders placed. Our shipping extension allows customers to track their orders on the go. Through tracking labels, customers keep getting updates about the orders at every stage of the delivery process.

As customers are able to know where their parcels have reached anytime they want to, the transparency of your delivery services increases. The increased transparency in your delivery operations helps build customers’ trust in your brand.

✔️Official Australia Post Partner

As an official partner of Australia Post, our extension assures the world-class quality of delivery services by itself. This is because Australia Post has served as a great delivery service provider and a ‘lifeline’ amidst the tough times of Corona lockdown.

Ready to Weed Out Major Delivery Issues?

Corona lockdown has led to some challenges that online merchants using even the most popular shipping services like Australia Post are facing. If you too are an e-store owner looking for an Australia Post Shipping Extension, you can check out our Magento 2 Australia Post Shipping Extension.

To explore more of its features or integrate it into your store, contact us at sales@appjetty.com and our sales team will revert to you within 24 hours.

Employees form a crucial part of an organization. As long as you don’t know what your employees think about your organization, policies, and regulations, you can’t gauge the level of satisfaction among them or even understand what motivates them.

You can say - a well-crafted employee engagement and satisfaction survey is the key to getting insights into the employees' viewpoints fast and easy.

Now the question is - How to Create Perfect Employee Surveys?

Well, before we go on to discuss the answer in detail, let’s walk you through the types and benefits of employee surveys and how they can help ‘keep’ employees.

Here is how employee surveys can help an organization.

Benefits of Employee Surveys

✔️ Make Employees Feel Empowered

Employee surveys help build and nurture a conducive work environment where employees feel that they have the means to express their views, grievances, and concerns. It assures them that their voices are heard and they feel empowered.
Facilitates Communication between Different Hierarchical Levels

The leader of an organization is as good as the employees. If a leader needs to lead well, they must listen - to what the team has to say. And conducting employee opinion surveys can be one of the best and most efficient ways for that.
While it may not be practically possible to listen to every single employee’s issues or opinions, employee opinion surveys can streamline the conveying of ‘opinions’ to higher management.

✔️ Help Predict the Employees’ Behavior

To run your organization better, predicting your employees’ behavior and future actions can be highly helpful. By including some employee engagement surveys in your work culture, you can easily find out the general behavior of your employees and predict their level of commitment and dedication for your organization in the future.

Employee engagement surveys are more beneficial for an HR manager as they get valuable insights into employees’ engagement levels and can make efforts to retain the employees for long by forming new HR policies or modifying the existing ones accordingly, motivating the employees and increase their level of satisfaction and connect with the organization.

✔️ Help Identify Lesser-Known/Unreported Issues

Managing a workforce is a herculean task. A lot of issues go unspoken or unreported at times - especially in a big organization. If kept unreported, unnoticed, and unresolved for longer periods, they hamper the employees’ productivity and performance. Employee surveys can help identify these unreported issues and then you can take necessary actions in time to resolve them effectively before they aggravate and cause further harm to the organization.

✔️ Help Set Benchmarks for Employees’ Satisfaction

By repeating the same types of questions over a few surveys, you can easily gauge whether the employees’ satisfaction levels are increasing or decreasing over time by noting down employees’ responses every time and comparing them with the previous surveys’ results. This way, you can track the progress of your policies, HR team’s performance, and more.

Further, you can also set benchmarks for employee satisfaction and work accordingly to achieve them in stipulated time.

Types of Employee Surveys

The term ‘employee surveys’ is an umbrella term that includes various types of surveys:

➤ Employee Satisfaction Surveys - To help assess the overall satisfaction level of employees working at a point in time in the organization and find out the areas of dissatisfaction (if any) to improve them.

➤ Employee Engagement Surveys - To help identify the ground-level causes of employee satisfaction and strengthen those areas further to increase the overall productivity, job satisfaction, and loyalty.

➤ Employee Opinion Surveys - To help boost the employees’ morale by allowing them to express their views confidently.

➤ Organizational Assessment Surveys - To gain valuable insights into key forces responsible for the organization’s financial performance.

➤ 360-Degree Feedback Surveys - To help gather feedback from an employee’s immediate workgroup, including subordinates, peers, managers, or supervisors, and provide an evaluation.

➤ Onboarding Surveys - To help gather feedback from the new employees on how they found the organization and working environment and connect with them better.

➤ Exit Surveys - To help gather feedback from the employees who exit the company to evaluate the general perception of former employees about the organization.

Therefore, before you start creating an employee survey, decide on the type of survey you are going to take and prepare questions accordingly. Though questions in one type of survey can differ from another, there are still some general tips that you can follow to keep your employee surveys engaging, relevant, useful, and productive.

For instance, employee engagement survey questions can be more focused on determining how engaged an employee is with the organization and whether they would stay for long or not.

On the other hand, employee satisfaction survey questions can be focused more on determining whether an employee is currently satisfied or not and assess the level of satisfaction and to know whether they would continue for long or not.

General Tips on Utilizing Employee Surveys Effectively

➊ Keep Surveys Short and Relevant

As your employees have to answer the survey questions during their working hours, making surveys too long to fill can bore or distract them. As a result, survey completion can go down. Therefore, always keep the length short and employee engagement surveys questions easily comprehensible by avoiding any jargon.

Also, ensure to keep the sequence of the questions logical so that one question connects/transitions smoothly to the question following it and doesn’t seem like randomly placed, disconnected, or out-of-the-context.

For that, methods like -
Skip Logic - To help keep questions relevant in a survey as per responses to the previous questions beginning from the very first question.
Data Piping - To auto-fill some survey fields of employee surveys like the employee’s name and designation, etc. to save employees’ time.
can help.

➋ Maintain Anonymity

If you really want your employee surveys to garner ‘real’ and valuable feedback; assuring your employees of confidentiality and anonymity is a must. Assure them that their feedback would remain secured, strictly confidential only within the reach of the concerned personnel, and won’t be disclosed or leaked in public.

Assuring this anonymity would have a positive psychological impact on the employees’ mind and they would be able to submit their responses more honestly. Consequently, the data you get will give you the real picture of employees’ viewpoints and not just ‘moderated’ responses.

➌ Use Open-Ended Questions

Not all response options to all questions can cover all that one has to say.

Too philosophical!? Ok, let’s break it down to help you understand better in a layman’s terms.

While there are a majority of questions where 2, 3, or 4 response options can suffice, there are some that are different! And you can’t simply limit the responses - or more suitably, the answers to just a few options.

So, what to do?

Let your employees ‘write’ their answers rather than just ‘pick’ from the predefined responses. This implies that you should always include a minimum number of open-ended questions in your employee engagement surveys or employee opinion surveys to give your employees that extra ‘space’ to express what they want freely.

➍ Offer Incentives for Participation

While it may not always be practically or economically feasible to offer incentives, you can do this once in a while to keep encouraging employees to participate in surveys. These incentives can be anything - like a small treat at the cafeteria, or a one-hour early leave in the upcoming week, or any other small incentive like that based on the organization’s feasibility.

➎ Evaluate the Survey Results Efficiently

Until and unless you can’t evaluate your survey results efficiently, you can’t form strategies to improve your employees’ satisfaction or engagement levels. Only with proper and detailed analysis of the responses; you can draw some general conclusions and proceed to formulate some plans accordingly.

There are a number of online survey tools available that can help you with evaluating your survey results better through features like advanced statistical reports.

➏ Share the Survey Results

Positive or negative, the results of employee surveys must be made available to employees. Share the result of every survey via the medium you like - individually via email or publicly via an announcement. Sharing results will assure them that you heard them and care for them.

➐ Discuss the Action Plan

Employee surveys are not just to collect employees’ responses but also to evaluate them and implement the best possible strategies to improve their experience and engagement. So, make sure to announce the action plan you have decided to implement and welcome suggestions from employees if any.

Promise them that you will bring the changes the employees anticipate!

Ready to Create Employee Surveys?

An employee survey is an indispensable survey for an organization - whether big or small. So, it must be on-point and engaging enough to help collect honest feedback so as to form stronger relationships with employees.

If you too run an organization and are looking for a solution that can help you create engaging employee surveys, our SugarCRM survey module can be the right choice for you.

To know more about it or integrate it with your store, contact us at sales@appjetty.com and our team will revert to you within 24 hours.

A marketing list in Dynamics 365 is a great way to zero in on a particular group of the targeted audiences for better conversion. These lists keep you focused and get you better results than marketing for an umbrella audience.

So, let’s see how to create a marketing list in Dynamics 365 using a Dynamics CRM map integration. The main advantage of using a map integration to create a marketing list in Dynamics 365 is that it allows you to collaborate with the sales team in real-time which means you get to target hot and warm leads that have better chances of converting into customers.

For demonstration purposes, we’ve taken MappyField 365 in this article. It is a Dynamics 365 mapping tool that is equipped with features like territory management, route optimization, heat map visualization, and more.

Let’s take an example for a better understanding:

Suppose you are a Sales Manager of a mechanical equipment company that sells hydraulic machinery to the manufacturing companies. This hydraulic machinery needs services after some time and your company also provides the AMC (Annual Maintenance Contract).

Now, it is your job to compile the data whose AMC is about to expire and who is interested in the renewal of AMC as well. So, you have to create a marketing list to forward it to the marketing manager so they can create a campaign around this.

So, now you have to create a marketing list in Dynamics 365 named “AMC Subscription lead”.

Let’s follow the below steps:

- Plot the entity records

- Select a record or add all the plotted records to the marketing list

- Add the record(s) to the existing marketing list or by creating a new list

- Check and manage the Marketing list from the CRM side.

Step 1: Navigate to MappyField 365

After logging into Dynamics 365, click on “MappyField 365” from the Dynamics 365 apps dashboard.

The map will load with the default location and other default configurations based on the user.

Step 2: Plot records on MappyField 365 map

Now, plot the records on the map by selecting the CRM entities that are configured from Entity mappings. Under the Plot tab, select the Entity and its Records view.

Suppose, you want to plot the Account records on the map. Select ‘Account’ in the Entity and select its record view. Click on the Search button to plot data on the map.

Step 3: Assign the entity record to the marketing list

Here, you can add a single entity record to the marketing list or you can add all the plotted records of the selected entity to the marketing list.

Note: As per Dynamics CRM guidelines, you can add the records of only Accounts, Contacts, and Leads entities to the Marketing List.

Step 3(A): Assign a single record to the marketing list.

Suppose, if you found a manufacturing company that belongs to “New Mexico” state whose yearly free maintenance service is about to expire next week. So, you want to add this record into the “AMC Subscription lead”.

To add that record, click on the pushpin and a detailed slider with the record details and the actions will appear on the right side.

From the detailed card of the record, click on the Share & Assign drop-down option. Here you will get the Add to Marketing List option, click on it to add the record.

By clicking on the Add to Marketing List, the ‘Add to Marketing List’ pop-up will open. You will find two different options: 1. Add to an existing list, 2. Add to a new list.

1. Add to an Existing List: This option allows you to add a record to an existing marketing list.

By clicking on the ‘search’ icon, the ‘Lookup Records’ will open from where you can select a list from the existing marketing lists.

Note: Dynamics CRM duplication rule will be applicable here. Even if you add an existing record to this marketing list, it will not create duplicate records.

2. Add to a new list: This option allows you to create your new marketing list.

After you’ve selected this option, you’ll have to name the list as we have in the image below.

After selecting the list from the existing list or adding a new list, click on the Add button, and it will save your record into the Marketing list.

Step 3(B): Assign multiple records to the marketing list.

MappyField 365 also provides the facility to add all the entity records which are plotted on the map.

For that, from the advanced options, the ‘Marketing List’ option is provided to add the plotted records to the marketing list. By clicking on the icon, you will get the ‘Add to Marketing List’ popup.

You can add the entity records either by selecting “Add to an existing list” or by adding a new list selecting on “Add to a new list”.

Note: You can only add bulk records of one entity and one view to the marketing list at a time.

Step 4: Edit and manage the Marketing list from the CRM

You can manage the added or existing marketing list individually by navigating to the Sales → Marketing lists.

By clicking on the marketing list record, you can check the entity records lists that are added from the map.

In this way, the sales manager can create and manage the marketing list to perform the different activities.

All product and company names are trademarks™, registered® or copyright© trademarks of their respective holders. Use of them does not imply any affiliation with or endorsement by them. ]]> Mon, 07 Sep 2020 07:22:45 +0000https://m2.appjetty.com/blog/marketing-list-in-dynamics-365 https://m2.appjetty.com/blog/marketing-list-in-dynamics-365 amit.shah@biztechconsultancy.com (Amit Shah) Amit Shah

Resource.

Such an umbrella word that without context you’d be lost as to what it means.

People? Money? Equipment? Raw materials?

It can mean anything.

But that’s not the difficult part. Management of ‘resources’ is.

And that’s why the blog.

We are going to cover a wide variety of topics related to resource management so that when you finish reading this blog, you are pumped up with at least 10 ways to improve your resource planning, distribution, and overall management.

Resource Management:

✔️ What is resource management?
✔️ Why is it important?
✔️ Advantages of doing it the right way
✔️ Tools you need

First question: What really is resource management?

Well, it is the management of people, equipment, and money. In relation to each other. While getting the optimal benefit out of each resource without running them dry.

Of course, that sounds contradictory but that’s where the word ‘management’ comes in.

The primary and important resource is people. But also money. So find the right people who can help you bring the money to the table and once it is there, who can help you use it efficiently. The people who can make the right decisions and maximize on opportunities to get the best out of what is available.

The people you hire need to be skilled to use the equipment your business requires. Want to sell muffins? You need people who know how to use an Oven and a mixer. Want to make an app, you need people who know how to code. Match the equipment with the people and you will get the results.

Why is resource management important?

Suppose I have a million bucks in my account today. The chances I still have the same amount tomorrow is very less. I am going to spend some of it for either groceries, electricity, water, and other basic necessities. Also, chances are I might never have a total of million bucks in my account unless I actually put the money to work.

Letting the money stay in the bank might earn me some interest but it would always be lesser than what I would earn if I invest it properly. For example, if I put $20,000 in Apple’s stock, chances are that I’ll get $50,000 in less than a year seeing Apple grow at a tremendous rate.

The same goes for any business. If your resources; people, money, machinery, are just sitting there idle in your office or warehouse then you are never going to get the return on investment or any work done.

It is important to understand the opportunities in the market and utilize your resources in order to get the maximum output and return on your investment.

Other reasons why resource management is important are:

- One step ahead: With proper resource allocation and planning, you’ll always be one step ahead of the problems or mishaps that might be coming in your way.

- Total control: Seeing you’ll have an overview of all the resources, how they are being spent, utilized, you will be able to plan the direction of your project way ahead of time. This gives you and your team the breathing space required to innovate and function properly. And pivot if necessary.

- No wastage: Since you’ll be utilizing the resources optimally, the chances of resource wastage becomes zero or next to zero.

- Data for future: Since you’ll be collecting data of the scenarios where you are able to utilize your resources optimally, that data can be utilized for future resource planning, project management, and moreover will help you understand the work you can take on with the current resources.

Overall, with proper resource planning, allocation, and management, you can actually manage to stay ahead of your competition and grow at a nominal rate without those dips in profits and revenue.

Related: Enterprise Appointment Scheduling: All You Need to Know

Since, we’ve already covered the advantages of proper resource management along with its importance, we are directly going to jump to the tools that’ll up your resource planning game.

Let’s see!

Top 5 Resource Management Tools of 2020-21:

One of the primary tools is CRM. But along with that, tools that integrate with your CRM so you are not constantly double-checking and putting the same effort with 3-4 tools to manage everything.

For Team and Equipment Management:

1. Calendar 365 for Dynamics CRM

If you want a tool that’s native to your CRM, then this is the perfect choice for you. A powerful tool that helps you manage your meetings, tasks, teams, and other resources.

Features + USP:

✔️ Native to Dynamics 365
✔️ Activity Management
✔️ Shared Calendars
✔️ Manage Custom Activities
✔️ Real-time Reminders
✔️ Fully Configurable
✔️ Fully-responsive

And more.

Pricing:

- 30-day Free trial
- Starts at $69/Year

For Project Management:

2. Mavenlink

This is one of the most comprehensive tools available in the market for project and resource management and team collaboration along with business intelligence.

Features + USP:

✔️ Unified interface to manage multiple facets of your business
✔️ Real-time project management
✔️ Easily connects with all your tools in your ecosystem including ERP, CRM, and more.
✔️ Sales pipeline
✔️ Business forecasting capabilities

Pricing:

- Professional & Teams: 10 Days free trial then starts from $19/user/month
- Enterprise & Premier: You’ll have to get in touch with their sales team

3. Forecast.app

An all-in-one project management software that lets you plan, manage as well as track your projects in one place.

Features + USP:

✔️ Automates a lot of administrative tasks
✔️ Deep integration with other software in your ecosystem
✔️ AI work automation
✔️ Project budgets
✔️ Resource and project management
✔️ Expense management

Pricing:

- Free Trial
- Lite: $29/month/user -- if billed annually
- Pro: $49/month/user -- if billed annually
- Enterprise: $69/month/user -- if billed annually

Choosing the right tool is crucial for the efficiency you are planning to achieve. So make sure to list your pain points and then go out hunting for a tool.

Writer's Note: This article was written in collaboration with Roma Amarnani.

All product and company names are trademarks™, registered® or copyright© trademarks of their respective holders. Use of them does not imply any affiliation with or endorsement by them.

Editor’s Note: This article has been updated and republished with the updated information to add more value.

As per a study, 17% of customers in the US will stop interacting with a company after just one bad experience. While in Latin America, the percentage is even more - a whopping 32%!

I bet you won't want to lose up to 32 of your customers out of 100 on any business day, will you?

I am sure you won’t.

So, what do these figures/stats indicate?

That a good customer experience is a must to retain the existing customer base - and expand it further. Now the question arises - how?

While there are a number of methods for this, a customer survey is an indispensable one - especially for online businesses. But creating CRM surveys manually and sending them to a large customer base can be ‘really’ challenging and time-consuming. Here comes into picture the concept of ‘automation of surveys’.

Before we start how survey automation helps streamline creation and sending of surveys, let’s discuss what survey automation actually is and how it works.

What is Survey Automation?

“In survey automation, questions, conditions as well as triggers are pre-decided for a particular survey beforehand and CRM auto-sends as per predefined conditions to the right persons at the right time.”

In a more elaborate version,

Survey Automation is the automation of surveys through a pre-defined survey workflow. The surveyor defines several conditions for survey sending. Any of these conditions when fulfilled, auto-triggers the sending of the survey. This condition can be anything - a purchase, an order placement, a return, visit to site, etc. By automating this survey-sending process, you no longer need to manually keep track of all such events and create and send suitable surveys every time after their fulfillment.

Let’s understand this better with an example.

Suppose a person has bought a product from your site. What next? The person will use that. What would they want after using the product? To share their experience about what they bought for which you can send a survey or you can also cross/upsell other related products that they might be interested in. However, if you fail to ask for it, you will fail to assess the degree of satisfaction of that customer or increase your sales.

How Survey Automation Benefits You

Now that you know survey automation is the automation of the process of survey creation and sending, let’s discuss the benefits it offers.

⌛Seamless and Timely Collection of Relevant Information and Feedback

While you can always send an email to every contact in your list individually, it becomes harder and more time-consuming as the business grows. With automated surveys, you can get rid of such difficulties as you can define conditions for the automated triggering of surveys.

For instance, a new lead shows up in your CRM. If you have set the generation of a new lead as a condition for triggering a survey, your CRM will send the survey to that lead automatically. This survey can help you find out more about the lead’s persona, preferences, or needs. Hence, you can decide on how to serve this lead better to turn it into a customer.

Similarly, you can trigger an automated survey to collect a new customer’s experience after 7 or 15 days of purchase.

Thus, the automation of surveys helps you get information and feedback seamlessly.

Related: Are you Crafting Market Research Surveys the Right Way?

❌ No Redundant Manual Work

It’s never easy to create a survey on the spot every time after an event. However, if you have noticed some events always requiring a survey, you can define such events as conditions. This will automate the triggering of a survey after such events. Also, you are no more bound to manually overlook every single event. You can set conditions for a variety of events of your choice based on the type of your business. The more use cases you create automated surveys for, the more you can benefit.

✔️ Enhanced Personalization and Engagement

Personalization of a survey means making it as relevant as possible for a customer. You can also call personalized surveys ‘tailored’ surveys. These surveys are built keeping in mind the behavioral pattern and preferences of customers.

The more personalization you add to surveys, the better the completion rate.

An example? Sure!

Let’s say, a customer has bought a pair of shoes from your e-commerce store. After a month or two, you hold a sale on ‘FOOTWEAR’. Sending an automated survey to this customer can help you get the best out of this sale. How? You can send an automated survey reminding them of their last purchase and ask them a question or two. These questions will help know the types of shoes they prefer.

At the end of this short survey, you can suggest some ‘shoes’ items on sale according to their preferences. This will help that customer connect with you more due to the personalization. Next time onwards, that customer will look forward to getting such emails, surveys, and offers on products making them a regular customer.

Ready to Welcome Survey Automation?

If you too want to cut down on your time and energy and enhance your productivity with automated surveys, our Suite/SugarCRM survey module can be a perfect fit for you. It has got not only survey automation but also skip logic, survey reporting, data piping, and all other features that an ideal CRM survey plugin can have.

To integrate it, you can contact us at sales@appjetty.com and our sales team will revert to you within 24 hours

AppJetty has an all-inclusive and no investment partnership program for our tool, Survey Rocket. Affiliate with us through this program and expand your business. Interested? Learn more about the program from here.

Nowadays data security plays a vital role in any company or organization. Every user needs to have a different level of security configuration and module access.

Being a System Administrator, you can create multiple security templates to provide the different levels of access to the users as per their roles & responsibilities in MappyField 365, our Dynamics 365 map integration.

In this blog, we are going to make it easier for you to do the same! We are going to show how you can create a Security Template as per different levels of the organizational hierarchy and the user’s role so they can perform the only necessary actions to keep the data secured and accurate and make data sharing safe and easy.

Follow the below steps to configure the Security Template:

- Create and configure the ‘Security Template’ (module access rights)

- Assign the map configuration (user-based map configuration)

- Assigning the security template to the individual map configuration

Step 1: Navigate to MappyField 365

After logging into Dynamics 365, click on “MappyField 365” from the Dynamics 365 apps dashboard.

From the MappyField 365 navigation pane, click on the Security Configuration to create and manage the Security Template.

Step 2: Create a Security Template

By clicking on the Security Configuration, you will redirect to the ‘Active Security Configurations’, here you can see the list of the security template if already created.

To create a new ‘Security Template’, click on the + New button from the action ribbon.

Once you click on New, you will be redirected to the New Security Configuration page. First, insert the name of the new security configuration and then click on the Save button.

After saving the template name, click on the Action Configuration tab for setting the security configurations.

You will find the list of actions divided into two categories: “Infobox Actions” and “Bulk Actions”. You can now select or deselect any action to provide accessibility to the users according to their roles.

Once you’ve selected the necessary actions for the template, click on the Save button to save the configurations.

Now that you have created the templates, let’s see how you can assign them to users for better data security.

Step 3: Assign the users (Map Configured users) to Security Template

Under the template configuration, you can assign the users by navigating to the General tab. Here you will find the + New Map configuration for the selected security template using which you can assign to the users or you can also use Add the existing Map Configuration option for the same.

By clicking on the Add Existing Map Configuration, the records of the map configurations will be available.

You can assign the multiple map configuration records to the single Security Template. Select the record from the list and by clicking on the Add button, the records will be selected for the Security Template.

You can also assign the Security Template to the users by navigating to Map Configuration Detail → Click on any specific configuration record.

Under the General tab, you will find the “Security Template Configuration” option.

In this way, the sales manager with dynamics administrator rights can manage the users and enable the access rights by configuring the security template as per the user wise configured map.

All product and company names are trademarks™, registered® or copyright© trademarks of their respective holders. Use of them does not imply any affiliation with or endorsement by them. ]]> Mon, 31 Aug 2020 13:05:55 +0000https://m2.appjetty.com/blog/how-to-create-and-assign-security-templates-in-mappyfield-365 https://m2.appjetty.com/blog/how-to-create-and-assign-security-templates-in-mappyfield-365 amit.shah@biztechconsultancy.com (Amit Shah) Amit Shah

Courier service - the people expect it to be fast and on-time. And a courier service provider company can’t afford the delay in deliveries. However, with unexpected traffic jams and too many orders to fulfill in a single day - some couriers may get delayed.

Unless your on-field employees have a foolproof means to locate customers easily and decide on the shortest route to take, they can’t deliver their best. To keep your on-field delivery men and sales reps right on the track, there must be a solution. And Dynamics 365 Mapping tool is that solution!

Let’s have a look at how you can use Dynamics 365 Map integration to save your on-field employees’ time, energy, and resources.

Features that Can Help Streamline Your Courier Services

✔️ Plotting of all Customers on the Map

If your on-field resources have to fulfill a large number of order deliveries in a day, retrieving customers’ addresses from Dynamics CRM and using a separate map to locate them and reach there would be too tough.

How about a solution that can let you visualize your customers’ locations?

Dynamics 365 Map does exactly that. It lets you plot all your customers’ records from CRM on to the Bing Map. With all essential info available right within the Map, your on-field resources can get an instant view of your customers’ locations. They can select the records, add their locations where they have to make deliveries and click on ‘show directions’ to set the route for their day.

Our MappyField 365, a Dynamics map integration, chooses the shortest route for your on-field team saving them from getting stuck in traffic or at tolls.

✔️ Live Tracking

With so many on-field team members, tracking their daily progress and delivery reports at the end of the day can be tedious and ineffective. However, with the ‘live tracking’ feature, you can easily track all your on-field members’ progress throughout the day on the go.

By tracking their movements, check-ins and visits, you can calculate their daily progress and plan your strategies more efficiently accordingly to enhance customers' satisfaction.

✔️ Effective Management of Delivery/Pick-Up Territories

With plenty of areas to cover, proper demarcation of areas/territories can be challenging.

By letting you plot all your customers’ records right on the map, our mapping plugin also enables you to divide and assign delivery and pick-up areas to your on-field members - right from within the CRM map. This helps mitigate the chances of any overlaps, confusion causing visit lapses or double-visits.

Consequently, your delivery process becomes better and efficient.

✔️ Optimized Routes

What if you plan a route to a particular address but get stuck due to a traffic jam?

You will get late - and in a business like a courier service, you can’t afford delays. It is at this point that our Dynamics 365 map integration like MappyField 365 can help them out.

By letting you plan and optimize best effective delivery routes for deliveries, it helps cut down on on-field resources’ energy and time. Further, it ensures that all the deliveries take place in a streamlined manner.

✔️ Proximity Search

By using this feature that Dynamics 365 Map Integration offers, you can help your resources locate the customers in the vicinity of a particular record/area and reach out to them faster. This way, you can check and find out whether they are available for pick-ups or deliveries.

In a Nutshell

On-time services matter - and even more when it comes to a business like a courier service. With several customers spread across several regions, reaching out to them without visualization on a map can pose challenges. But with a mapping plugging like our MappyField 365, you can not only visualize customers but also plan out the best-optimized routes to reach them.

Sounds like something that’d add value to your business?

If you too need a mapping solution, drop us a line at sales@appjetty.com and our sales team will revert to you within 24 hours.

All product and company names are trademarks™, registered® or copyright© trademarks of their respective holders. Use of them does not imply any affiliation with or endorsement by them.

Medicure is a leading pharmaceutical company based in the US known for its development and commercialization of mainly cardiovascular medicines. They were facing a number of challenges in their sales territory management.

To help them streamline their clients’ and sales management and make it easy for on-field medical reps to close deals, we offered them our Dynamics 365 Map Integration - MappyField 365 for Microsoft Dynamics.

Here is a brief overview of all the challenges they were facing and how MappyField 365 helped surmount them.

Their Challenges, Our Solutions

Contact Mapping

Earlier, the client found it daunting to locate all their customers’ details in CRM and then tracing them on a separate Map. They tried Google Maps to reach out to their contacts one by one by filling their addresses. But it turned out to be very much time-consuming and tough.

When they searched for a possible solution and integrated our MappyField 365 into their CRM, things simplified for them. Since the integration, they have been able to plot all their CRM records on the map and visualize them better. They can now apply filters like Region, Territory, Proximity, etc.; and view the desired data easily. This helped save their resources’ time and energy and simplify the process of contacting clients through enhanced record plotting.

Territory Management and Allocation

Earlier, creating and demarcating territories from within the CRM would be ‘really’ cumbersome for sales managers at Medicure. It would often cause confusion and territory overlaps as well. However, with MappyField 365 by their side, they can not only create territories but also assign them right away from within the map easily and speedily.

Route Optimization and Sharing

Before Dynamics 365 Map integration, Medicure tried to export CRM contacts on Google Maps to reduce the hassle, but didn’t turn out to be as fruitful as expected. They would often get problems planning their daily visits to reduce time, energy and expenses. Further, as Google Maps is not native to Dynamics 365; it would give sync problems at times.

With MappyField 365 seamlessly integrated with Dynamics 365, these problems subsided largely. Now, their sales managers can not only create and share optimized routes (the shortest routes possible) with their on-field members. This has helped them enable their on-field team members not only to save time and energy but also expenses. Also, sales reps now get more time to brainstorm more effective strategies and execute them.

Here’s the review from Team Medicure!

Final Outcome

All in all, our Dynamics 365 Map Integration proved to be a very effective solution to the problems Medicure had been facing. They have now been able to not only simplify the sales work for their on-field sales teams but also enhance their efficiency resulting in enhanced overall productivity.

If you also want to integrate it and level up your sales management, you can contact us at sales@appjetty.com and our sales team will get in touch with you within 24 hours.

As an organization grows in size, manual customer management becomes tedious. There are some industries/businesses where scheduling of appointments is highly important.

Let’s consider that you own a popular salon or spa with a large customer base. With a continuous rush of customers, their management can grow hard. In such a scenario, giving appointments to your customers instead of letting them enter randomly can save both your and your customers’ time.

There are two ways to book slots - manual and automatic. While manual appointment scheduling can work for small or medium-sized businesses, it can pose a challenge for big enterprises. Here comes into play an appointment scheduling software program.

Let’s read in detail about an appointment scheduling software and its benefits.

What is Appointment Scheduling Software?

Appointment Scheduling Software lets customers book an appointment with a service provider via a website, mobile application, or kiosk eliminating the need for staff to ensure that appointments are scheduled manually.

Benefits of Automated Appointment Scheduling for Enterprises

Seamless Customer Journey

Customer experience today is not just restricted to customers’ in-store, on-site or in-app experience. It is rather the sum total of the experiences a customer has had across all the touch base points.

Though technology has led to the advancement of the entire service industry, physical stores still exist and matter. Therefore, using digital technology to enhance your customer journey from booking an appointment to the actual in-person visit to your store is crucial.

And an appointment management software can do that. It makes the first touchpoint where a customer books an appointment engaging and user-friendly which in turn enhances the customer’s journey ahead.

Enhanced Customer Experience

Booking appointments is a powerful way of serving customers. Instead of visiting your store physically or calling you to book appointments, an integrated appointment scheduling software offers them hassle-free appointment booking experience through your website or app. All they need to do is visit your online store or app and simply book the slot of their choice out of the available slots. And once they book an appointment with you, you get a notification in your CRM and then you can assign the same to your team. A perfect flow without any redundant communication.

Increased Staff Productivity

An appointment-enabled service in place can help increase the overall productivity of the staff. With the advanced knowledge of the appointments of an entire day at your disposal, distributing the workload evenly among your staff members in a given shift becomes easier.

As there would be no random check-ins, your staff members would be prepared to serve customers more effectively resulting in enhanced staff productivity as well as prevent a situation where a customer has to wait for their chance.

Automation of Customer Communications

Managing appointments manually requires more labor and time.
For instance, if a customer has to postpone or cancel an appointment; changing it manually would take more time and energy. Further, there would be unnecessarily increased communication between your team and customers over calls or messages. There are also chances that your members make mistakes while making such changes. At times, you may also need to remind a customer manually of their appointment if they fail to reach on time.

What if all these tasks are automated?

Your time and energy will get saved and chances of errors would reduce to a minimum. And an appointment scheduling software does exactly that.

It lets customers book appointments and cancel or postpone them right from your store, site, or app. This way, it helps you manage appointments seamlessly and stay on top of customer satisfaction.

How our Dynamics 365 Calendar Extension Can Help?

Our Calendar 365 for Dynamics CRM has a number of functionalities that can help increase your productivity.

Let’s walk you through several of its features that can help streamline your management of customers as well as team members.

✔️ Creation and Management of Multiple Activities - No more managing multiple calendars and forgetting events, email follow-ups, etc. Create, edit, and copy CRM activities as well as custom activities.

✔️ Quick Multiple Actions - Convert any calendar activity into existing cases/leads & reassign them to other users or teams with few simple clicks. You can edit or copy any event and re-assign to the user/team as required.

✔️ Improved Activity Management - It allows you to create appointments or tasks related to clients and manage them, add or remove them easily from within the Calendar.

✔️ Resource Scheduling - By letting you have a full knowledge of and control over every member’s working hours, break timings, etc.; it helps streamline your management of resources.

✔️ Easy Calendar Views - With 4+ views of the calendar with a dynamic tooltip and detailed pop-up, it lets you view all your appointments, activities and tasks easily right from within the calendar.

Besides, it has features like shared calendar, real-time reminders, activity filtration, custom calendar, and several others that make it an ideal solution for appointment scheduling and management for enterprises.

As you have understood how appointment scheduling is beneficial for your business, it is high time you added an appointment scheduling software to your arsenal.

To know more about its features or integrate, drop us a line at sales@appjetty.com and our team will get in touch with you within 24 hours.

From time to time, we look at our portfolio and plan how to make the products better for our existing as well as future customers. This is a regular occurrence. During those efforts, once in a while, we have to make slightly bigger decisions regarding them that includes steering the product in a new direction as well.

Having said that, we’d like to introduce you to MappyField 365. This is a rebrand of our product Quick Maps, our Dynamics CRM mapping integration. After analyzing and interacting with users, we realized that our tool is adding more value in field service and resource management rather than sales analysis and management. Hence, we decided to give our tool an appropriate name to match it’s main functionality i.e. location intelligence and field service management.

We’ve already made the name changes live on our website and Microsoft AppSource. MappyField 365 is also a preferred solution on MS AppSource in the field service category.

The reason behind this name change, as said by Parth Pandya, our Head of Marketing and Product Strategy is, “Some of the biggest challenges for Sales & Marketing Ops are Field Service Planning and Route Optimisation. Of course, live tracking seems quite a natural requirement for managers, too. Moving from Quick Maps to MappyField 365 is our conscious effort to bridge this gap for Dynamics 365 users “

MappyField 365 retains all the features and functions that you already know from Quick Maps, like heat map visualization, route optimization, territory management, live tracking, and more.

We have even more that is coming to MappyField 365. It is getting a whole new coat of paint and UX changes. Among the changes will also be a sleek new logo. This will be in the weeks so keep a lookout in this space.

MappyField 365 for Dynamics CRM is a tool that is specially designed for the sales team and also works as a collaborative tool for sales and marketing teams. A clean visual interface and visual elements reduce training time and provide data that is easy to understand for the sales representatives and sales managers.

You can take a test drive of the product from here.

Ever wondered how you can make the best of a client meeting?

By meeting more clients in the same vicinity?

Of course, meeting 4 clients in a day is always better than meeting a single client.

So, in this article, we are going to demonstrate how you can easily find your contacts or records near a particular record using Dynamics 365 mapping tool.

We’ve taken MappyField 365 for demonstration purposes, but you can always browse through MS App source to find the right map integration for your business.

Here you will show how to:

- Find entity details by navigating any specific entity

- Find the individual map using MappyField 365

- Perform Proximity Search based on record’s location on the map

- Get Related Records on the map

Step 1: Navigate to MappyField 365

After logging into Dynamics 365, click on “MappyField 365” from the Dynamics 365 apps dashboard.

Step 2: Navigate to a specific Entity record

Navigate to the ‘Dynamics365 dashboard - custom‘.

From the MappyField 365 left panel, click on the entity for which you want to check and manage the MappyField 365’s individual map. Here the Account entity is selected.

After selecting a record, you will be navigated to its detail page. On that detail page, you will find the MappyField 365 tab from where you will get the individual record map. You will get the default location on the map as per the geocode (latitude & longitude).

Here you can see the individual map for the record of Angelina Autie.

You can also drag the selected record’s pushpin of the map around to make changes in their address. The coordinate values (Lat. & Long.) will be changed and by clicking on the Save button, the new latitude and longitude will be updated in their record.

Step 3: Perform Proximity Search and Get Related Records

As a sales or an area manager, you can perform these two operations from the individual map:
Proximity Search and Get Related Records.

Proximity Search: Search nearby records in proximity from the location of the individual record based on time or distance.

By clicking on the Find Proximity button, it will open a popup of “Proximity Search”.

- Select the Entity and its view to find the records that are in the proximity of individual records.

- Select Distance/Time by which you want to perform a search.

- After selecting and inserting the proximity search data, click on the Search button. It will plot all the records which are covered in the defined proximity.

MappyField 365 provides a concentric proximity search based on distance with three different values.

Get Related Records: It will fetch all related records to the plotted pin based on the relationship set from the configurations section in Entity Mappings.

MappyField 365 is fully compatible with the mobile application of Dynamics 365 which allows you to perform these functions on-the-go.

All product and company names are trademarks™, registered® or copyright© trademarks of their respective holders. Use of them does not imply any affiliation with or endorsement by them. ]]> Wed, 26 Aug 2020 09:29:02 +0000https://m2.appjetty.com/blog/how-to-view-individual-record-and-its-related-records https://m2.appjetty.com/blog/how-to-view-individual-record-and-its-related-records amit.shah@biztechconsultancy.com (Amit Shah) Amit Shah

Considering several SEO factors is important while setting up a multilingual store. This is because good multilingual SEO helps improve rank your site higher and overall user experience.

Multilingual SEO is the act of optimizing content on your website for different languages to become searchable in new markets and make your site findable among people from different countries. A Magento 2 Multi-Language extension or any other based on your ecommerce platform can help translate the store.

Note: Though Google Translate can help, translation of your store for non-English speaking countries won’t be accurate and fully practical. Instead, a properly planned multilingual SEO strategy that uses a Magento 2 Language Switcher or any other plugin can give far better results.

There are, however, several tips to ensure proper and effective SEO. So, let’s read on...

Plan out Your Multilingual SEO Strategy

Consider the search habits of your audience from target countries. They might be different from those in your native country. Ensure that you have a solution that translates your content and metadata into your audience’s native languages.

Marketing and sales are complementary to each other. They are like two strong pillars of brand building. As we have already covered effective sales management tips in our previous blogs, we are going to cover a few effective tips to succeed as a marketing manager.

So, let’s start...

1. Market Yourself First

While the responsibilities of a sales team and marketing team can be totally different or overlap as per the company, one thing is certain. That is, though sales is not exactly the domain of a marketing manager, studying the art of selling is important for them as well. As long as you don’t work hand in hand with the sales team and don’t ‘sell’ your creative ideas to sales team members, you can’t succeed alone.

For instance, if sales reps give you essential data on potential prospects, highest-grossing clients and areas, analyze that data thoroughly and collaborate with the sales team to work out best-possible future strategies and plans. This won’t only help strengthen your relations with the sales team but also expand the customer base. Eventually, your brand outreach and revenue will go up.

2. Know Your Customers

Knowing your target customers and the market is crucial. Assess your existing customer base and analyze their purchasing preferences and behavioral pattern.

Collect data on:
- Problem areas of the target audience
- Issues and expectations of current customers from your sales team.

For this data, good coordination with the sales team is necessary.

Once you have such actionable data at your disposal, create the buyers’ persona. A buyer’s persona is a realistic representation of people who would probably buy your products and services. It helps segment your market well and target your potential customers more effectively. The same data can also help fine-tune your buyer’s persona and formulate stronger marketing strategies ahead.

3. Target Customers Territory-Wise

As a marketing manager, you might not have full knowledge of all customers in different territories. For that, you can take help of the sales team or territory managers. By using a mapping tool like Dynamics 365 Map Integration, the sales team can create a list of potential customers in a particular territory and hand them over to you. After you get a territory-wise list of potential customers, you can plan effective strategies to target them and boost your conversions.

4. Know Your Competition

Any business you take is not a single-person race where you have to compete only against yourself! There are always several companies out there that can give you a tough competition and pose a ‘big’ challenge. Therefore, knowing your competitors well is of vital importance for you as a marketing manager.

To start with, analyze your competitors’ marketing strategies on a deeper level. Some of the strategies like ad campaigns or banners are easily noticeable while other strategies like website design, product offerings, etc. will need more in-depth research.

When you have full knowledge of their online, offline, and PR strategies; you’ll be able to understand what works with your customer base and will be able to create better campaigns.

Besides, you can also brainstorm out-of-the-box ideas that your competitors haven’t come up with yet to have an edge over them. For this, you can invite suggestions and inputs from the sales and support teams also.

5. Set Marketing Goals and Achieve Them

As a marketing manager, setting marketing goals for a given period is indispensable. As without proper goals in place, measuring your progress is impossible.

Only with predefined goals and plans to achieve in given deadlines, you can stay motivated, track your performance, and channelize your marketing efforts in the right direction.

However, setting goals alone won’t suffice. You should make sure that the goals you set are realistic and achievable. Or else you won’t be able to ‘deliver’ and leave yourself and your team feeling demotivated.

So, always:

- Set only ‘realistic’ goals by considering factors like your brand value, team’s potential, budget allocations, etc. Don’t go too ‘high’ or too ‘low’.
- Plan it ‘well’. As a goal without a plan is just ‘another’ dream.

Consider asking for the advice of all your team members and inputs from the sales and support teams as well to ensure that your final strategies never miss the mark.

6. Maintain the ‘Balance’

At times, you may face a situation where there is no option but to walk a tightrope between your higher management and customers. In such scenarios, ensure that you keep working on your approach of projecting your ideas effectively before your management while considering your customer satisfaction in mind at the same time.

Though this may be challenging sometimes, it is still possible. Considering your customers’ needs and expectations, formulating strategies, tweaking them as per suggestions and inputs from the higher management, and preparing a powerful roadmap can help you overcome the differences and strike the ‘balance’.

7. Stay Well-Informed

In today’s world of rapidly evolving technology, keeping yourself updated with the marketing tools. Be it a mapping tool like our Dynamics 365 map integration, MappyField 365, or a task scheduler software like our Dynamics CRM calendar plugin, Calendar 365, or any other; you should be acquainted with them all.

Besides gaining a sound knowledge of all useful marketing tools, learning about the latest marketing practices and strategies matters too. And for that, you can always get a plethora of sources of information like marketing blogs, journals, articles, forums, and more to refer to.

This way, matching your pace with that of the evolution of the marketing sector won’t only help you but also your company.

Ready to Lead as a Marketing Manager?

The job of a marketing manager requires a combination of intuition, intelligence, most importantly - the art of ‘creating’ and ‘selling’ ideas. Though the role of a marketing manager may seem tough at first glance, it is ‘actually’ not once you get the hang of it. By following the above-discussed tips and taking the help of marketing tools and in-trend strategies, you can streamline your marketing efforts and emerge as a successful marketing manager.

Want to add a mapping tool to your arsenal?

To integrate our CRM mapping tool, you can contact us at sales@appjetty.com and our team will get back to you within 24 hours. Meanwhile, you can take a tour of our MappyField 365 tool.

All product and company names are trademarks™, registered® or copyright© trademarks of their respective holders. Use of them does not imply any affiliation with or endorsement by them.

If you want to expand your business beyond boundaries, multilingual support is one of the first and foremost requirements. Providing multi-language support gives a number of benefits like:

- Better and consistent shopping experience to customers from different countries across the country.- Enhanced personalization by letting customers view the store in their native languages.
- Expansion of customer base by engaging customers from across the globe.
- High credibility by making international customers feel closer to your brand and enhancing transparency;

Which makes a Language Switcher app of great importance for estore owners.

But before jumping into the multilingual support, read on to know the points you need to keep in mind while running a multilingual store.

Things to Consider While Selling in Multiple Languages

Translation App - Make sure that you have a language switcher app that provides support for multiple languages that your estore supports.

Theme Compatibility with Multilingual Support - The store theme you choose should be compatible with the multilingual support feature. Like for Shopify, the non-updated themes that are incompatible and can’t support Shopify multiple languages will generally use relative URLs in their liquid code.

In such a scenario, these relative URLs won’t work if a user searches for your website in a language other than the default language.

Limit of Language Support - If you use Shopify basic plan, you can translate your store into up to 5 different languages. And if you use Shopify Plus, you can translate your store into 20 different languages. Similar rules apply to other platforms as well, so make sure to check out the limitations and buy plan accordingly.

Automatic Creation of Unique URLs - Once you publish a language, customers can browse your website and check out in that language. A unique URL (or locale) gets created for all translated pages in your store after you publish a language.

For instance, if you create a domain www.mystore.com and add French to your store, the URL www.mystore.com will get auto-created to www.mystore.com/fr. If you unpublish French again, all /fr links in your store will become 404-redirects.

Support for Language-Wise Domains - At present, Shopify doesn’t support unique domains for different languages. For instance, you cannot create fr.mystore.com for the French language. So, make sure to check out for this limitation before you invest in a language translator.

Auto-Detection of Metas and hreflang Tags - Shopify automatically adds meta and hreflang tags to assist Google (or any other search engine) in detecting different languages and index the localized pages in your store speedily. Check this requirement for your platform as well.

Multilingual Sitemap - Shopify supports the generation of the website sitemap only in the primary language of your store always and doesn’t allow its translation. Having a multilingual sitemap is necessary for international SEO. So, look out for this limitation as well.

There are a number of extensions that can help you with store translation for Shopify, Magento, etc.

However, make sure that the extension or app you choose is native to your estore platform. Only then can a language translation benefit you in a true manner as mentioned above.

But why Native Language translation?

Benefits of Native Language Translation

Seamless Integration

A native translator app integrates seamlessly with your store’s Translation API and works smoothly with its multilingual support feature.

Higher Loading Speed

All the translated resources are stored in the platform data storage itself instead of separate cloud systems. This prevents any external backend that can lead to site crash or slowdown.

Enhanced SEO

As there are no changes to be made in the liquid codes of your store to support multiple languages, the site loads faster. Further, language-specific storeviews make the store more engaging and provides them with visibility on search engines separately. This helps enhance the site SEO that otherwise would get affected by slow loading speed.

Now that you know about the benefits of multi-language support and the native translation feature, read on to know how our AppJetty Language Translator for Shopify can be a good option for your Shopify store.

Features of AppJetty Language Translator

Simple Translation Backend Interface

Our app enables you to store the different product objects (variants and options) in a single product resource for every product. A single tap is all that you need to complete translation. Language translation management not only is simple but also faster.

Complete Control over Final Shopify Language Translation

With its What You See is What You Get (WYSIWYG) editor, you will have full control over the final translated content.

Manual and Automated Translation using Google API

You can store components manually or automatically using Google API. Also, you can stay updated about the translation status of every individual component in your store. In case you own a big store with a large number of store components, bulk automatic translation is highly beneficial as it saves your time and energy.

Compatible with all major SEO apps

With the ability to store content and create language-specific domains with the native Shopify multi-language support, you can help Google to recognize your site as SEO friendly and boost your international SEO.

Ready to cross borders with Shopify Language Translator?

It is not a luxury to have multilingual store. Now it has become a necessity. Ready your store to win all the battles with your competition by going international with our Shopify language translator.

If you have any queries or integrate it, contact us at sales@appjetty.com and our team will revert to you within 24 seconds.

All product and company names are trademarks™, registered® or copyright© trademarks of their respective holders. Use of them does not imply any affiliation with or endorsement by them.

Data is great. Who doesn’t love going through sheets of data? I don’t! After about 10 spreadsheets, things can start getting a little fuzzy. This is why there is no one type of data and not even one way of getting and deciphering it.And this is where heat map visualization comes in. It is one of the best ways of understanding data. Quite opposite to its popularity it is easily misunderstood on the accounts of it being a little ambiguous and complex.

But not anymore.

This article will help you understand this easy and visual way to know and befriend your data so that you can make the best decisions for your organization. So let’s look at what it is, when to use it and the benefits of it:

What is heat map visualization or heat map data visualization?

A heat map is a representation of your datasets like number of viewers, sales numbers, etc. on a visual interface of a map or website. Again contrary to the popular understanding of heat maps, they are not used only for understanding user behavior on a particular website or an app. This is among the easiest ways to understand anything and get a bird’s eye view. So, you can use it to get a better understanding of X number of things. The complete idea is to show touch points on top of areas, web pages, or geographical areas. How this particular method of understanding data differentiates itself apart from the rest of the fleet is interesting as it lets you see compiled data in terms of colors that are set in order to create a spectrum i.e. low to high [cool to warm].

This makes it easier to analyze said data and make decisions since human beings are better visual learners in comparison to learning with numbers or words.

But why has this method of understanding data become popular among professionals in recent years? Because of the paradigm shift of businesses from offline to online. Since our websites can provide that personal touch when the interaction is happening between you and your customers, there arose a need to understand how and why the interaction was happening so as to make the future interactions better and more user-centric just like a traditional offline business.

The complexity of this method is just beginning. This type of visualization is further divided into different forms/types:

- Heatmap: data presented in the form of warm to cold -- warm being the most interacted area whereas cold being the least interacted area.
- Scrollmap: data presented in the same warm and cold form but shows the scrolling pattern or depth of your visitors.
- Clickmap: to understand the behavior of your visitors in terms of where they click. This goes one step further in heatmap and gives you the understanding of interaction at a granular level.

As mentioned before, a particular type can be used for understanding different sets of data. For example, a heat map can be generated of a particular web page where your visitor’s interactions are tracked but they can also be generated to understand sales data of let’s say 20 territories of a particular city or country.

That brings us to our next question.

When should you use heat map visualization?

Even though the concept itself is a little complex, it is best used to understand complex datasets or simply put when you have multiple datasets.

This could easily be used to understand:

- User behavior
- Territory performance [Revenue-wise]
- Comparisons [X sales of 2018, 2019 to 2020,2021]
- Effectiveness of your webpages
- CTA copies [what word works better or gets you a click]
- Button placements

Let’s take an example of leads in one country. Heatmap can help you visualize your active leads on the map of the country. When you enable heat map visualization based on where these accounts are in the sales funnel, you can get a much clearer picture of things. The warmer color will suggest closer to the sales funnel whereas the colder color will suggest difficult to convert.

While one city may have more leads but they might be farther to conversion, another city may have fewer leads in number but they may be close to conversion. Based on this, you can put an active effort to convert those accounts first and then take your attention to the leads which you have just acquired.

Again, it is advisable to be more creative with heat map data visualization since it can accommodate a lot of complex data for you.

To make the understanding of this concept more fruitful, let’s see what are the benefits you can get from heatmaps.

Benefits of using heat map visualization

- Better segmentation of your visitors based on their behavior
- Targeted marketing for better conversion rates
- Targeted sales strategies to gain market share
- Creating a personalized experience for your visitors based on their previous interactions
- Effective marketing copies for better clicks/lead generation

And many more.

Frankly, this list can be endless since the use case of heat map visualization has a wide wide range. So, sky is the limit when it comes to taking the benefit of heat map visualization tools.

A little detail into heat map visualization tools

There are a lot of tools existing in the market but every tool is developed with a use case and niche in mind. Like Hotjar gives you insights into understanding your customer behavior on your website whereas our MappyField 365 is crafted in a way to help your sales team convert more leads into sales as you can plot data on a map and create your sales strategies and manage your territories according to their potential.

So, the right way to pick a heat map visualization tool is first, define the problem, possible outcome you want, and then reverse engineer the type of heatmap that would help you achieve that outcome.

About MappyField 365

It’s a mapping tool that was initially built to map Dynamics CRM records on a map which was further developed into a heat map visualization tool that allows you to understand sales data better. Works like a sales companion for the whole team. This makes it easier to see a concentrated area of contacts and accounts and strategize accordingly. You can take the decision of moving from high response territories to low response ones and adapt your marketing and sales strategies accordingly.

Interesting?

All product and company names are trademarks™, registered® or copyright© trademarks of their respective holders. Use of them does not imply any affiliation with or endorsement by them.

Editor's Note: This blog has been republished after adding fresh information about the topic.

When you own and run a business, you would want every penny you spend on it yields you positive results. One of the best ways to find out about the areas of growth in your business is – conducting surveys.

After all, the data received from survey helps you to predict future outcomes of your business. But while creating Surveys, you need to maintain accuracy, ensure completeness, and create defined paths for respondents.

As simple as creating and sending a customer survey seems, it may not be actually ‘that’ easy. There are a lot of things to consider while creating a survey. First things first, making sure to keep it relevant, on point, and engaging.

In this article, we will acquaint you with Skip Logic, one of the most important aspects of a well-developed survey; and help you understand its significance.

What is Skip Logic?

Skip logic, also known as “branch logic” is a feature that decides which question the survey respondent will see based on the answer they provide for the previous question. To create a skip logic survey, you can define rules in the survey based on which a custom path and skip pattern will be created for the respondent. This tailors the survey according to the respondent and their interaction with your brand.

How Skip Logic Can Strengthen Your Surveys

One-size-fits-all questions aren’t always feasible and useful. There may be times when your target audience largely varies in terms of age, religion, profession, nationality, preference, or more. In such scenarios, you can’t define a specific set of questions that go with every type of audience. And here arises the need for a skip logic survey.

Let us try to understand it with a simple example.

If you create a CRM survey for your audience that comprises three categories - full-time employees, part-time employees, and freelancers. If you have decided a particular set of questions for each of these three categories with no similarity in any two sets; survey branching is required.

Further, if your target audience not only includes earning people only but also non-earning people also matching certain age criteria; you have to apply survey branching at two or more levels.

Suppose you want to include participants of only a certain age group - say 25-40 in your survey and branch questions further according to the above suppositions, your first question would be:

1. Which age group do you belong to:
(a) 18-24 (b) 25-40 (c) 40 and above

If the respondent picks (a) or (c), the survey will redirect them out of the survey. (As you have specified in the condition that the candidates should be between 25 and 40 only) 

Once you have got the respondents who picked option (b), your next question will be:

2. Do you have a source of income? - (a) Yes (b) No

If the respondent picks the option (a),  you can ask: 

3(a). What kind of job do you have?

(a) Full-Time (b) Part-Time (c) Freelancing

However, if the respondent picks (b), you can either redirect them out of the survey or to another set of questions you have thought for those who don’t have any source of income but lie in the age group you specified.

So, what you see here is a skip logic based survey where skip logic has played an important role in survey branching as per responses to questions.

This example is just to introduce you to a few branching questions examples. You can create as many surveys with as many levels of survey branching at various levels.

Whether you launch an advertising campaign, a new product, or asking people’s viewpoints about a particular product/service, applying skip logic in surveys not only cuts down on customers’ survey-taking time but also streamlines the survey flow keeping it relevant from beginning till end.

This way no matter how lengthy your survey is skip logic enables you to shorten it by showing only the questions relevant to a particular customer based on their responses.

Importance of Skip Logic in Surveys

A variety of projects can use Skip Logic in their surveys. Be it the CRM admin of a product-based company willing to find out the potential of the product as a bestseller, or an HR manager of a huge company who wants to get insights into employees’ views on current company policies and tweak them as per their inputs, Skip Logic can always lend a helping hand.

In the same way, event managers can also find Skip Logic for the surveys they send to collect participants’ preferences in games or food.

Organizational Benefits of Skip Logic

1. Intactness of Relevance

Taking your customers for granted is a mistake you can’t afford to make. Therefore, if you really want your customers to take your surveys, retaining their relevance is of utmost importance.

A simple example from our daily life:
If you have to ask someone to pick between Cricket and Football, and the response is Football, what would be your next question?

Would it be:
Which footballer is your favorite?
OR
Which cricketer holds the record of the highest number of runs?

Obviously, it would be the first question - as it is relevant!!

And if you ask the latter one even then, the answer would be random and most probably ‘wrong’ as the respondent would not know the answer.

The same holds true for a survey. As long as your survey is not relevant, it is of hardly any use. Skip Logic does exactly that - it keeps the survey flow relevant. With the survey flow kept intact, chances of random responses and difficulties in assessing them reduce to a minimum. This is because you get to show only those questions that apply to your respondents at every level, not any random question respondents haven’t any clue about.

2. Shortness and Crispness

Taking your customers’ valuable time for granted is a big mistake that you won’t like making!
If you want your customers to take surveys - and more importantly complete them - short surveys are far more effective.

Asking a lot of information through a seemingly ‘endless’ survey can be a big putoff for your respondents. And your surveys - instead of giving you valuable information can backfire and leave your customers disappointed.

Survey Branching using Skip Logic helps you make sure that your survey stays not only relevant but also short and succinct. These short surveys help garner prompt responses thereby saving customers’ valuable time and achieve higher completion rates.

3. Higher Engagement Rates

If you don’t want your survey participants to get overwhelmed with a plethora of irrelevant questions in a disorganized manner, you should use skip logic. Skip Logic ensures that your surveys don’t serve just as a medium to collect customers’ info but also a medium of interactive conversation between you and your customers.

Picture your customer sitting right in front of you. How would you keep them engaged?

By having an interesting and engaging conversation - that actually relates to them. Or would you rather keep beating around the bush and talking of irrelevant things that are neither useful nor engaging?

Of course - you will talk sense! And that is exactly what Skip Logic does - it lets you talk sense - through surveys! Survey participants, thus, remain happy and engaged throughout - and don’t leave your survey in the middle.

4. Data Accuracy

Logical and relevant questions mean accurate answers. If you ask a customer a question that doesn’t apply to them, the response will either be ‘wrong’ or ‘inaccurate’. Consequently, the final responses collected and survey analysis data won’t be accurate - and the very purpose of conducting surveys will fall flat.

Therefore, a skip logic survey also ensures that the final data collected through surveys is logical and accurate. Only with this accurate data, you’ll be able to form future marketing strategies to target your different customer groups accordingly.

Ready to Use Skip Logic to Rule with Your Surveys?

Skip Logic is crucial to making a CRM customer survey highly engaging, relevant, response-oriented, and of-course - effective. To help you define skip logic for your surveys, a number of CRM survey modules are available to pick from.

Our Survey Rocket - a cutting edge Suite/SugarCRM survey module can help create engaging surveys as it has got data piping, skip logic, data reporting, NPS, and all the features that are sure to make your surveys stand out.

Steps to Create Survey Logic with Survey Rocket

Here’s how you can go about creating Skip Logic in Survey Rocket.

Step 1: CRM admin creates a survey.

Step 2: As soon as the survey is created, admin can create Skip Logic of following types:

- Redirect the respondent to any page of the survey

- Hide upcoming questions of a particular page according to the response given

- Redirect respondents to an external URL

- Divert respondent to the end of the survey

Step 3: Admin saves the survey and sends the link to customers through emails/WhatsApp or through any social media

Step 4: Respondents open the survey link and attempt it

Step 5: Skip logic is applied based on the path decided by the admin

AppJetty has an all-inclusive and no investment partnership program for our tool, Survey Rocket. Affiliate with us through this program and expand your business. Interested? Learn more about the program from here.

The last few months witnessed an unprecedented upheaval with COVID-19 having disrupted anything and everything. Whether it is people’s daily lives, businesses, educational institutions, or anything else, the novel Coronavirus has disrupted them all.

As per a new analysis by Deloitte Access Economics, Australia Post’s delivery services contributed to an additional $2.4 bn during the COVID-19 crisis compared to the last year. When around two-third of all businesses reported revenue declines, Australia Post continued to serve as their lifeline. It further reported several other findings:

- Australia Post contributed a total of $1.8 bn to the country’s GDP over the three months (from March till May) this year.
- There was an increase of $560 Mn in ecommerce for regional and remote across Australia.
- Australia Post facilitated an additional $26 Mn transactions that may have failed to occur through in-store visits amid COVID lockdown restrictions.
- They also helped generate 58,800 jobs amid the peaks of Corona.

Last but not the least - An additional 23,000+ small businesses availed Australia Post MyPost delivery services amid COVID-19 each month.

Having looked at all these stats, you can clearly conclude that Australia Post is crucial to businesses across Australia. If you own a business anywhere in Australia, it is time you picked Australia Post Shipping Services to facilitate streamlined management of your global parcel deliveries.

However, several tasks like calculating shipping costs, tracking orders, etc. can be tedious at times for e-store owners.

Thanks to a number of Australia Post Shipping modules out there using which you can manage shipments much more easily.

Our M2 AusPost module is also a next-gen shipping extension for Australia Post that gives a number of advantages to merchants.

- Live Shipping Rates
With Magento 2 Australia Post Shipping Module integrated in your store backend, calculation of live shipping rates becomes a matter of seconds. No need to visit the official Australia Post site now and then, you can calculate and display shipping rates right on your storefront with M2 AusPost.

- Official Australia Post Partner
Our Magento 2 Australia Post Shipping Module offers best services to all the ecommerce retailers globally. The functionalities and features it offers are highly productive and customer-oriented and the proof is our official partnership with Australia Post.

- Live Tracking
The ‘live tracking’ feature lets customers know about the whereabouts of their orders on the go. This real-time tracking helps build a sense of faith in your brand and engages your customers better with enhanced transparency.

- Multiple Shipping Services
Our module enables you to set domestic and international services for letters and parcels. It lets you select international services to offer to your customers depending on the size and type of the parcel.

- Shipment Configurations
With M2 Auspost Shipping extension, you can add insurance charges and features like ‘Signature on Delivery’. You can also set item level packing if the need to ship items individually arises.

- Shipping Rates Configurations
You can set default dimensions - length, width, height to be considered to generate shipping rates in case there are no product dimensions mentioned explicitly.

Ready to Choose Australia Post?

As you can see Australia Post is a lifeline for businesses across the globe, you can also pick Australia Post as your shipping partner. In addition, you can also integrate a good Australia Post Shipping like our M2 AusPost module to smoothen your delivery management even further.

If you want to integrate it into your store, contact us at sales@appjetty.com and our team will revert to you within 24 hours.

All product and company names are trademarks™, registered® or copyright© trademarks of their respective holders. Use of them does not imply any affiliation with or endorsement by them.

As a company or organization grows in size and expands to new locations - domestic or global; in-house sales team management can become a mess. But thanks to the advancements in technology, seamless communication is always possible irrespective of distance. Therefore, team managers can not only manage in-house teams but also remote teams easily and efficiently

However, managing in-house sales teams is different from managing remote teams. And it is this difference that poses more problems in managing remote teams at times.

If you are a remote sales team manager, your first responsibility is to keep your sales team ‘together’. While every team manager has their own way of handling and managing remote teams, there are several mistakes that they can’t afford to make.

Read on to know those seven crucial mistakes you ‘must’ avoid to prevent your sales team from falling out and help them achieve sales targets.

1. Failing to Check In Regularly

A good manager always understands the importance of checking in regularly with team members - no matter whether they are; in-house or remote. Remember this - following up on your team members regularly doesn’t imply being ‘bossy’ demanding data and info every now and then. Rather, it implies presenting yourself as a ‘resource’ who is ready to lend a helping hand to your teams as and when they need it. This attitude won’t only make your team feel comfortable but also look forward to your check-ins.

Here’s how you can check in with your team daily effectively.

- Setting Daily Goals

Managers must know what they want their teams to do every day. So, the very first thing you should do is to set a daily goal for your sales team to achieve.

Picture this. You have to cover 20 clients spread across 4 territories on a particular day. What would you do? Would you randomly assign territories to your team and let them set off on their ‘clueless’ sales journey with confusion?

Nope, you won’t.

You would rather think of a plan and assign these four different territories to your different team members keeping in mind various factors like territory size, team members’ potential, etc. And only then would you start the working day to give them a clear idea of what they have to cover by the end of the day.

- Getting and giving feedback
Without proper feedback, remote team management is incomplete. Your duty is to ensure that you are collecting feedback from your remote team on a timely basis to stay updated about their progress. This will help you properly assess where your teams’ sales efforts stand and the steps you can take to strengthen them.

While receiving feedback, presenting yourself as a ‘resource’ rather than just a ‘boss’ works better. As using an imposing tone can make them feel hesitant and uncomfortable - and they may not feel free to give their ideas, suggestions, or raise their genuine objections and concerns. See to it that you encourage them to indulge in brainstorming sessions with them to make them feel that you are ‘one’ of them in some ways.

In the same way, a gentle and calm tone to give your feedback on sales progress can work wonders. Understand the person’s potential first before you give your feedback to him. Make them ‘understand’ you and not just ‘hear’ you.

2. Failing to Convey Expectations

A communication gap between you and your team can lead to unclear expectations. The expectations can include work deadlines, goals, support plan or commitment.

Your job, as a team manager, is to convey to your remote teams your expectations properly and clearly. You should ensure that your definition of success resonates with your remote teams’ and there’s no scope for any differences. As these differences can lead to confusions and challenges - and above all - underperformance.

Summing up your conversation with your remote teams or an individual sales rep can help. For instance - if you end a 10-15 min. phone call with your sales rep; you can shoot a message summing up the key takeaways in a line or two. This won’t only help you remember what you had conveyed but also make work easier for that rep.

3. Using the Wrong Sales Tools

Managing remote teams is an uphill task indeed! Nevertheless, a plethora of sales management tools can simplify it for you. While picking the tools, you must test them for their features and be assured that they have got all the features you are looking for. Or else they won’t be of much avail.

Right tools help simplify management of remote teams to a great extent.

For example, a Dynamics CRM mapping integration like our Quick Maps can help Dynamics CRM users define and assign territories to remote teams. You can track visits, movements, check-ins and check-outs of your remote teams in real time. Moreover, you can even create optimized routes and share them with your members to save their time and energy.

Similarly, our plugin Calendar 365 for Dynamics can help you reduce your time by letting you manage all activities, tasks, appointments, etc. right from within your CRM without the need to maintain a separate calendar.

4. Failing to Build a Relationship

‘Lead by an example, not just by words’ - the success mantra for all managers and leaders.

If you want your remote teams to look up to you and feel comfortable with you, you should first give them that ‘comfort’. An ideal leadership always demands a healthy relationship between the ‘leader’ and ‘followers’.

They have their goals, you have yours. But we all are humans - not machines.

Respect that universal truth and take some time out to involve them in healthy creative discussions beyond the regular ‘shopping talk’. This will strengthen your personal connection with your remote teams and fill in them a sense of duty and admiration.

You must have heard - All work and no play makes Jack a dull boy. Don’t make your Jacks those ‘dull’ boys.

5. Being ‘Too’ Casual

As the adage goes ‘Excess of everything is bad’; too much ‘casual’ behavior can also backfire.

You must not forget that you are the team manager at the end of the day - and you have targets!

Draw a clear and distinct line between ‘professional’ and ‘casual’ to not let your authority dampen. Be clear and authoritative when it comes to assigning your remote teams their tasks and specifying their goals. Acknowledging their efforts and being grateful to your team members is absolutely necessary, but preventing ‘casual’ behavior from taking over sales progress is also indispensable.

6. Missing Out on Involving Remote Teams in Major Decisions

Failing to keep one or more of your team members in the loop can be a huge setback.

If you forget to inform them of the latest developments - and your plans, your members may start feeling undervalued and ignored. Encourage them to share their viewpoints and suggestions when planning any future strategy or roadmap.

This will help you bring more transparency in your management and make your team members feel that they matter. When valued by you, they would look forward to giving more suggestions and inputs - which they otherwise might hold back.

7. Depending Too Much on Sales Management Tools

While sales management tools can be of great help, they still can’t outsmart humans. As nobody else but humans only have created them!

So, always remember that though you can use these tools to manage your remote teams and sales, you can’t let them overpower your intellect, logic, instincts and inherent decision-making power.

Make it clear in your mind - all the sales tools are there to just help you, not to dictate you or your remote teams.

Ready to Manage Remote Teams?

Now that you have understood the major mistakes you can avoid while managing remote teams; it is time you streamline your remote team management. Our Dynamics CRM plugins like Quick Maps - a Dynamics CRM Mapping Integration and Calendar 365 can help your remote team management seamlessly.

All product and company names are trademarks™, registered® or copyright© trademarks of their respective holders. Use of them does not imply any affiliation with or endorsement by them.

Territory management is hard.

Definitely.

Sometimes even when you are following best practices for territory management, there are times when territories overlap or are double assigned or even not mapped out properly or not evenly distributed.

So, to help you correct some of these wrongs, we are going to demonstrate how to reassign or realign created territories using a Dynamics CRM map integration.

For demonstration purposes, we are taking Mappyfield, but you can browse MS AppSource to find a suitable map integration based on your needs, requirements, and purpose.

For better understanding, let’s take an example.

Suppose Nancy is the sales manager of a pharma company and manages the two territories. Both territories have multiple states.

1. South Region States: With Colorado, Texas, Oklahoma

2. West Region States: With California, Washington, Nevada

Paul and Sara are the Medical Representatives who are in Nancy’s sales team and supply the health immunity medicines and devices to the appointed pharmacies and hospitals.

Nancy assigns the “South Region States” to Sara and the “West Region States” to Paul. After analyzing, Nancy found that there are more inquiries coming from Nevada which lies in the “West Region States”, and eventually Paul has to cover them, adding more burden to him. So, Nancy decided to add Nevada with the “South Region States” in Sara’s territory.

This will balance both territories and also equalize opportunities and work.

Let’s see how Nancy can reassign or add more area to an existing territory.

In case you are just starting out: a blog on how to create and assign territories in a Dynamics CRM Map integration.

Step 1: Navigate to MappyField 365

After logging into Dynamics 365, click on “MappyField 365” from the Dynamics 365 apps dashboard.

Step 2: Navigate to the “Territory Management”

Click on “Territory Management” from the MappyField 365 navigation panel.

Step 3: Search and Manage Territory

Search and plot the existing territory on the map. Select the ‘By Territory’ option and select the required territory from the list.

Both territories the “South Region States” and the “West Region States” are selected. Now, by clicking on the Plot button, both the territories will appear on the map.

Step 4: Reassign the Territory

First, enable the selection option from the selection tool and then click on the geography (state). In this case, you want to move the ‘Nevada’ state to the territory of the “South Region States”.

So by right-clicking on“Nevada”, the two options Copy To and Move To will appear.

Now, by clicking on the Move to, a popup will appear with two options: “Move to existing territory” or “Create new territory”.

Select the ‘Move to existing territory’ and then select the territory from the dropdown list. By clicking on the Save button, “Nevada” state will be moved to the territory of the “South Region State”, reducing inquiries for Paul and balancing both the territories.

Similarly, you can also copy geography/territory from one territory to another in case you want 2-3 of your reps in a single state or geographic region.

In this way, with the help of the Copy/Move option in Mappyfield, you can balance a load of activities by reassigning or adding the territory to improve the efficiency of your sales team.

All product and company names are trademarks™, registered® or copyright© trademarks of their respective holders. Use of them does not imply any affiliation with or endorsement by them. ]]> Thu, 06 Aug 2020 05:46:26 +0000https://m2.appjetty.com/blog/how-to-reassign-add-area-to-existing-territory-in-dynamics-365 https://m2.appjetty.com/blog/how-to-reassign-add-area-to-existing-territory-in-dynamics-365 amit.shah@biztechconsultancy.com (Amit Shah) Amit Shah

‘Veni, vedi, vici’ - a Latin phrase that translates to ‘I came, I saw, I conquered’.

Rings a bell? You got it right! It’s a famous quote by Julius Caesar - a renowned Roman general and statesman.

If you are a sales territory manager, you are no less than Julius Caesar - metaphorically. You can’t literally ‘conquer’ a sales territory but can at least ‘manage’ it in your own way. And for that, you need to get yourself acquainted with it.

Without the ability to ‘see’ and ‘visualize’ your territory and know where your prospects and customers are, territory management can be daunting.

However, a Dynamics CRM mapping tool can give you that ‘ability’ to ‘see’ and ‘understand’ your territory.

Dynamics CRM map integration for Sales Territory Management

- Account Data Plotting

As the business grows bigger in size, the number of leads, and customers increases. Beyond a limit, figuring out their locations manually only through their addresses turns challenging. Further, when you have too many leads and contacts to visit in a day, it becomes difficult to sort your visits in a way that saves your time.

As a result, a lot of time and energy gets wasted in trying to reach each and every one of your contacts and your team’s productivity goes down.

However, with a Dynamics 365 map integration, you can easily map all your records on the map and filter data with filters like Region, Territory, Proximity, etc. Moreover, it can help you by suggesting the shortest path using SPF(shortest path finder) which you can easily save and share with your on-field team making it becomes possible for them to cover more in less time.

- Easy Allocation of Territories, Contacts and Leads

In case you have a large sales area to manage with multiple sales territories, demarcating them first and then allocating them to your team members can be tough. At times, there can be territory overlaps among your team members. At yet other times, uneven distribution of territories can leave some team members over-utilized or under-utilized.

To avoid all this hassle, you can opt for a good and efficient Dynamics 365 map integration like our Quick Maps. It does not only let you create sales territories by region, drawing, etc. but also assign them to your team members easily right from within the map. No more back and forth between CRM modules.
Besides the assignment of territories, you can even assign leads/contacts of a particular territory to your team member(s). With a clear idea of their weekly or monthly schedule or target to follow, they can plan their days/weeks accordingly and work more efficiently.

- Optimized Route Planning

Picture your sales reps having a number of contacts to cover in a single day. What if they set off without proper planning and routes? Would they be able to meet all contacts seamlessly?

Probably not.

Rather, their movements would become haphazard with no clue about which routes to take to save their time. As a result, not only their time and energy but also your daily allocated budget for gas will go to waste.

Instead, if you shared optimized routes with them using Dynamics Mapping tool, you will be able to save their time and energy.

Besides, most such mapping tools enable sales reps to navigate to their clients by accessing the defined routes from Google Maps, Waze Map, or Apple Maps, whichever they prefer.

- Sales Performance Analysis

As long as you don’t have the means to analyze your sales, your sales territory management is incomplete. It is because only a proper analysis of sales data will give the ‘real’ picture of where your sales efforts stand. And a Dynamics 365 mapping tool can help you with that.

Using its reporting and analytical dashboard, you can get a smart overview of your daily sales activities, open leads, follow-up data, and performance and plan your future activities and strategies accordingly.

- Seamless and Effective Communication

Staying updated with your team members’ daily sales activities and movements isn’t an easy thing. With a limited budget and time, neither you nor your team can exchange info or updates via frequent phone calls or text messages throughout the day. This won’t only affect your allocated budget but also your team’s time, energy, and most importantly - daily efficiency.

What if you are able to live-track your on-field team members throughout the day? And stay abreast of their daily visits (check-ins and check-outs)?

Yes, you can do it through live-tracking - a feature that a leading Dynamics 365 map integration generally comes with. Live tracking helps in three ways.

- First, it lets you keep track of your team members’ whereabouts every moment.

- Second, it enables you to instruct them to change their plan more easily in run-time (if need be) to make the most of their time.

- Third, it eliminates the need to sit and wait until the end of the day to know the overall sales progress made. With the knowledge of check-ins and check-outs by your team members of their daily activities, meetings, or even custom activities; you can keep real-time sales progress at your fingertips - throughout the day!

In a Nutshell

Sales territory management may not be easy always - especially when a sales territory is large or uneven. Nevertheless, a good and efficient Dynamics 365 mapping tool with features like territory mapping, record mapping, live-tracking, etc. can help make it easy and speedy.

If you also are looking to pick a good Dynamics CRM mapping integration for your Dynamics management, you can start your free trial of our Quick Maps - a next-gen Dynamics 365 CRM map integration with cutting-edge features.

If you want to integrate it, you can contact us at sales@appjetty.com and our sales team will revert to you within 24 hours.

As a field/sales manager you have to define areas and regions to manage the territories for your sales reps or executives. Based on the geographical area distribution, your on-field sales team schedules and manages the work.

Ex. A pharma product distributor wants to collect the requirement of the medicines from the various pharma/medical stores located all over a city. So, the manager needs to bifurcate the area based on the location of the stores among the medical reps.

Doing this on paper or manually, keeping track of the work, etc. can be taxing. But there’s a better way to do things if you have Dynamics 365. The first step would be to choose a Dynamics CRM map integration that suits your requirements -- this integration not only helps with territory management but also helps smoothen the entire sales operations. Choose wisely. You can check out some map integrations on MS AppSource.

Once you have a map integration in your Dynamics 365, you can perform shape operations to create and assign territories.

For demonstration purposes, we’ve taken MappyField 365 in this blog.

In the MappyField 365, being an administrator or manager, you can easily manage multiple areas by creating and managing the Territory using different search options, drawing tools, and performing different shape operations.

Let’s see how you can do the same from Dynamics 365:

- Navigate to Territory Management of the MappyField 365 map

- Select the Drawing Options

- Perform the Shape operation as per requirement

- Save the territory by creating a new one or in existing one

Step 1: Navigate to MappyField 365

After logging into Dynamics 365, click on “MappyField 365” from the Dynamics 365 apps dashboard.

The map will load with the default location and other default configurations based on the user.

By clicking on “Territory Management” from MappyField 365 navigation pane on the left, you will navigate to the Territory Management from where you can create and manage the areas geographically.

Step 2: Select ‘By Drawing’ Search Options

From the ‘Territory, Management’, you can define and create the territory by drawing specific shapes to cover areas geographically.

- Select the ‘By Drawing’ option in Search Options.

- As you select the ‘By Drawing’ option, the drawing tool will be enabled using which you can draw any shapes you want like Polygon, Circle, and Square.

- By selecting the Polygon shape, click on the map from where you want to start the geographical area and drag the mouse cursor over the areas you want to cover till the ending point to create a polygon shape.

- Similarly, you can cover the area using Circle & Rectangle.

- Here some areas of Texas state are covered using a polygon and a circle.

- You can move the shape and increase/decrease the area of the territory by clicking on the ‘edit’ icon. You can also remove the drawn shape by selecting the erase icon.

- You can change the ‘fill color’ and the ‘outline color’ of the shape as well.

Step 3: Select Shape areas and right-clicking on them

First, select both the shapes by clicking on the selection option from the top-right corner.

After selecting both the shapes, right-click on the selection and you will get the two options:

- Create New Territory

- Shape operations

- By moving the cursor on the ‘Shape operation’, you will get the following operations to perform: Union, Intersection, Union Aggregate, and Disjunctive Union.

- You can perform any binary operations as per requirement and manage the territories based on that.

- You can select the operation based on the way you want to manage that territory.

- Using the ‘Union’ operation, you can combine both the areas and save the result of shape operation as a new territory.

- Right-click on the combined shape and click on the ‘Create New Territory’ option.

- By clicking on the ‘Create New Territory’ option, you will get a popup to save the territory details with its name and assign the responsible person (i.e. Sales Manager).

OR

- You can also add to the existing territory where you will find the list of existing territories.

- By clicking on the Save button, the territory will be created or added in the existing as per the selection.

You will find the created territories on the Map when you want to plot the data of any entity using the Territory. You can also find the Territory Management when you select the Territory in the search options.

This way you manage your territories within a few clicks and streamline your sales operations.

Using the Dynamics CRM map integration, AppJetty MappyField 365, you can manage the territories by performing the different binary operations on the selected areas.

All product and company names are trademarks™, registered® or copyright© trademarks of their respective holders. Use of them does not imply any affiliation with or endorsement by them. ]]> Fri, 31 Jul 2020 13:53:13 +0000https://m2.appjetty.com/blog/how-to-perform-shape-operation-to-manager-territories-in-dynamics-365 https://m2.appjetty.com/blog/how-to-perform-shape-operation-to-manager-territories-in-dynamics-365 amit.shah@biztechconsultancy.com (Amit Shah) Amit Shah

With everybody working from home because of the pandemic, there’s plenty of extra time on our hands.

To innovate.

To learn.

To grow.

And we are pretty sure you might have come up with or thought of a product or a solution yourself that can help the post-pandemic world define a new normal.

The best way to go about starting a new venture is to analyze the current market and see where your product or solution fits. For that, market research is imperative and rolling out marketing research is one of the easiest ways to go about it.

To get responses for these surveys is not as easy as it might look like since the responder won’t be getting any direct benefits. So, you will have to make sure you are following the right practices, have engaging questions, and type of market research survey.

All of these things we’ll be covering in our blog today so that you can create a perfect market research survey to realize your ideas that can change the world.

First, let’s try and understand different market research survey types. We’ve bifurcated different types of market research surveys into 3 categories:

- Pre-launch/Ideation Phase Surveys

- Understanding Customers, Brand Value and Brand Loyalty

- Understanding Marketing Effectiveness

- Understanding Sales

Pre-launch/Ideation Phase Surveys

Market Description Surveys

A market description survey helps you determine the size and share of the market. With this kind of market research survey, you can gather information pertaining to market growth prospects, competitive positioning to stand out among your competitors, and share tracking of the market.

Before launching this survey, make sure you have the right intent with you. For that, you need to ask yourself these questions:

- How big is our probable market?

- Will this market grow in the future or shrink?

- Which other products and services are similar to ours?

- Who are our top competitors?

- What is the market share of our competitors?

- What share is available for us to own/take?

New Product Concept Analysis Surveys

A new product/concept testing or analysis survey is a survey used to obtain insights into products and concepts during the initial screening. With the help of such surveys, marketeers can assess the likelihood of purchases of the new product/concept and the measures they can take to improve its overall success rate on the basis of collected data.

New Product Acceptance and Demand Surveys (Conjoint Analysis)

These surveys determine the demand for new products that still remain to be developed physically but have been described and developed in concept. They also help find out the market share estimates of potential product(s)/concept(s) already out in the market and determine whether yours will be more successful or not.

Habits and Usage Surveys

A Usage and Habits survey is to analyze and determine the factors that impact consumers’ usage of a product or service and their perspective about your brand. This type of market research survey is crucial in assessing the usage, frequency of repurchases, and reasons behind usage of product(s)/service(s).

Understanding Customers, Brand Value and Brand Loyalty

Market Profiling-Segmentation Surveys

It is a type of customer research survey that helps divide a large target audience into smaller groups to form a range of customer profiles. The criteria for segmentation can vary from one organization to another and can include:
- Geography (continent, country, city, etc.)
Demography (gender, age, occupation, etc.)

- Culture (culture of a particular country or region) that sometimes is more precise - especially when your product has cultural value attached in any way or is made for a particular ethnic or cultural group.

- Behavior (general attitude, usage, loyalty, etc.)

- Lifestyle (activities, opinions or interests of individuals)

- Benefit (one or more benefits your audience are going to get from product(s)

This classification and profiling helps you target different groups with similar interests or benefits in a better way.

To craft effective market profiling surveys, you can refer to the questions listed out in this blog about Market Research Questions.

Stage in the Purchase Process/Brand Tracking Surveys

A brand tracking survey mainly focuses on gathering the information as below:

- Level of brand awareness among customers

- General opinion or perspective your customers have for your brand

- Expectations and/or demands of customers

- Level of willingness to purchase and repurchase from your brand.

All this information helps you get a better understanding of where your brand stands and also what you can do to have an edge over your competitors. Accordingly, you can tweak your upcoming marketing strategies and campaigns to get the maximum engagement and sales.

Customer Intention – Purchase Analysis Surveys

A type of market research survey meant to understand current/existing customers better.

It helps gather the info helpful in determining:

- Reason why customers choose your brand over others

- Motivational factor that drove the actual purchase

- Probability that current customers would remain loyal and committed in the future as well.

Customer Attitudes and Expectations Surveys

A customer attitude survey is focused on determining whether or not your brand is being able to fulfill customers’ expectations. It also helps find out whether your customers have started hunting for alternative brands out of some dissatisfaction they might have recently had.

Such surveys help tweak your product(s) and service(s) to not let your customer loyalty weaken and rather strengthen it. As a result, they also help drive more customer conversions.

Customer Trust – Loyalty – Retention Analysis Surveys

This type of survey is a conjoint market research survey that helps determine degree of customer retention and analyze the trust and faith your customers have in your brand.

Product Fulfillment Surveys (Attribute, Features, Promised Benefits)

This market research survey is to evaluate whether your product has fulfilled the promised benefits (both tangible and/or aesthetic). It can determine whether all the expectations customers had from the product at the time of advertising were fulfilled in all aspects or not.

Product Positioning Surveys (Competitive Market Position)

A product positioning survey combines customers’ feedback about product(s), attributes of target audience, and competitors’ products characteristics to assess where your brand stands relative to the market. And figure out the best ways to market and sell your product(s).

Understanding Marketing Effectiveness

Brand Equity Analysis Surveys

A brand equity analysis is a survey that combines assessment of brand awareness, quality,  associations and loyalty. This kind of survey goes a long way towards staying competent and recognized in the market for a long time. As it gives you the insights on how to keep your brand in line with customers’ ever-changing needs, expectations, and demands and improve your offerings accordingly.

Advertising Value Identification and Analysis Surveys

A number of factors like product attributes, consequences, and customers’ values affect purchasing decisions. In this type of market research survey, marketeers analyze the relationship that exists between customers and products. They determine those characteristics that affect the purchasing decision by forming an associative network between product attributes and consumer values.

Advertising Message Effectiveness Surveys (Media and Message)

This market research survey helps a brand determine if their ads are hitting the right chord with their audience, and whether they’re getting the desired returns. This market research survey type enables them to measure strengths, weaknesses and ROI of their ad campaigns. Accordingly, they can tweak the combination of reach and relevance of the ads to bring desired results.

Understanding Sales

Sales Force Effectiveness Surveys

A combination of measures that focuses on determining individual salespersons’ performance, the overall efficiency of the sales teams, and the effectiveness of sales activities in producing the desired and measurable effect or goal is called a sales force effectiveness survey.

It is often a 360 degree survey and the salesperson, the client (evaluating the sales call), and the supervisor responsible for evaluating the salesperson complete this survey together.

Sales Lead Generation Surveys

A sales lead generation survey is a market research survey to:

- Assure timely use and follow-up of sales leads

- Qualify sales leads (to save valuable sales force time), and

- Provide more effective tracking of sales leads.

Customer Service Surveys

Largely similar to a customer satisfaction survey, this customer research survey focuses more on the actual customer’s details, the process through which the customer received the service, and the evaluation of participants in the service process.

Customer Service Representative (CSR) Surveys

CSRs hold attitudes that reflect on their job-related activities including
(1) the allocation of time;
(2) solutions to customer needs;
(3) how to improve their job;
(4) best practices; and
(5) how well internal departments help customers.

CSRs often exhibit frustration, burnout, and high attrition, and this survey focuses on CSR retention, reducing costs, and increasing the quality of customer relationships.

Sales Forecasting and Market Tracking Surveys 

It is a market research survey that focuses on prospects of products sales and services in the future. Marketeers take into factors various aspects such as current competition and expectations, future demands and others to analyze the sales numbers.

Alongside, marketeers also use a market tracking survey to assess the brand's current performance and study future shifts in customer needs, advancements in product technology, and other factors to form future strategies.

Price Setting Surveys and Elasticity of Demand Analysis

Pricing surveys and value research are always of great importance to marketing managers. This market research survey helps them determine the merits of increasing profit margins by raising prices, or the probability of increasing revenues by decreasing prices. This survey helps gather information to help marketing managers or product owners in deciding optimal prices to charge for each of their products/services.

Price Elasticity of Demand analysis indicates the measure of customers’ responsiveness to change in the price of a product or service. It helps drive at an appropriate decision of whether to increase or decrease the pricing or keep it the same.

Conducting market research?

Let’s power boost your process and help you get to the conclusions quickly with our Survey Rocket. A Sugar and Suite CRM extension with exclusive features like data piping, NPS, survey analytics and more.

If you are using Sugar or Suite CRM, you can start your free trial today!

AppJetty has an all-inclusive and no investment partnership program for our tool, Survey Rocket. Affiliate with us through this program and expand your business. Interested? Learn more about the program from here.

Owning a company is difficult and making it multinational is every individual’s goal. But, it comes with an abundance of difficulties. And one of those difficulties is to connect with multinational customers on a personal level especially when there’s a language barrier.

So, today we are going to talk about this major thing that businesses usually come to know at a later stage, mostly after going global, as Zomato did.

The simple solution to eliminate the language barriers is localization.

It’s important to pay attention to this as language plays a vital role in helping businesses connect with their customers. It is something which brings us together and at the same time, differentiates us.

Over the course of time, companies have started understanding the importance of this language gap and come up with a solution of language translators or extensions that helps them localize their websites and apps by converting content in customers’ regional language.
But that’s not all that a language translator can solve for a business like yours.

Let’s see some of the pain points caused by language barriers that a translator can easily fix:

Meeting customers’ needs:

To go global and have a competitive advantage, it is important to cater to your customers’ needs and one such need is to get the right information in the right language. Hence, as a business owner, you should understand the importance of online language translation. If you are targeting the Russian market by keeping your website language in English then it's next to impossible to get customers.
So, to get the results, you can use a language translation extension to translate your website content in Russian and gain market share. 

Effective communication:

Language is a tool that companies can use to communicate effectively with their customers. And English is not everyone’s first language as mentioned above.

Just imagine one of your customers is from France and understands only French. They are searching for a product you sell, they land on your website only to find it to be completely in English. They might not understand your products, its features and you might lose a potential customer. English can be a completely alien language for them or they might hardly understand it. Because of this, they might close your website immediately.

Language here became a barrier. These scenarios can be avoided and you can acquire a global user base by having a language translation extension. It helps to translate your website content effectively and in runtime.

Not only does a language translator help overcome these pain points, but it also adds value to your customers’ experience. Let’s see how!

Adds an emotional touch:

Imagine someone addressing you by your name while interacting with you.

How would you feel?

You will connect with them immediately and pay attention to what they are saying, right?

Language is also like that. When you as a company translate the content of your website in your customers’ language, it adds an emotional touch. This shows that you’ve committed to them for the long term.

Moreover, when you translate your web content, documents, articles, FAQs, and other resources, customers can read it easily. This gains trust of your customers, increases your brand’s credibility, reliability, and becomes a household name.

Business expansion opportunities:

Once you’ve overcome the language barrier, then going international becomes easier. Now your company builds brand value, recognition, good word of mouth, etc.

One of the major benefits of going global is that you get more opportunities as you get closer to your customers. It even becomes easy to understand their requirements and serve them better. Remember, different countries, different users, and different requirements.

Boosts website traffic:

If you translate the website language, then it helps your company’s marketing team to carry out localized SEO activities that help your website in ranking in a particular city or country. This, in turn, helps you boost your website’s traffic, increase your sales, and help you gain more customers.

Today there are thousands of language translator extensions available in the market each with its advantages over others. So, it becomes difficult to choose which extension to buy.
But, don’t worry, in this article we have that covered too. We’ve listed down four important things you need to look out for before purchasing language translator for your website:

- Technical capabilities and flexibility

- Product quality and compatibility

- Customer support period

- Frequency of product updates

Have a Magento website?

Check out our language translation extension for Magento 2 that easily integrates with your website and enables you to provide localized customer experience.

Below mentioned is just a gist of the features of our language translation extension:

Backend Control:

Once our extension integrates seamlessly with your website’s backend then you can translate the content in your desired language using Google Translate API. Furthermore, you can also change the final output using the WYSIWYG editor. In short, you as an admin get full backend control of the website and translation.

No IP based translations:

We know the pain of IP based translation, they worsen the user experience. Hence, while developing our translator we opted out of  IP based translation and provided full control to the admin.

All product and company names are trademarks™, registered® or copyright© trademarks of their respective holders. Use of them does not imply any affiliation with or endorsement by them.

Plotting your Dynamics CRM data to derive data-driven results is easy these days with Dynamics 365 map integration. But sometimes it can be too much to understand or take into account. This can easily mean inaccuracies in your conclusive results or the action-plans. So, in this blog, we’ll demonstrate how to create data views of the plotted records.

For demonstration purposes, we’ve taken MappyField 365, a Dynamics CRM map integration, in this blog. You can search for such a tool on MS AppSource.

If you have plotted multiple entities on the map, it’s not easy to recognize which record belongs to which entity. Sometimes you want all the records for a particular analysis but what if you want to check only some records of one specific entity?

In MappyField 365, there are some facilities provided using which you can enable/disable plotted records of the entities and show/hide the labels of any records of the entity on the map.

Let’s see how you can do so.

Step 1: Navigate to MappyField 365

After logging into Dynamics 365, click on “MappyField 365” from the Dynamics 365 apps dashboard.

Step 2: Plotting entity data on the map

Select the Entity and its view for which you want to plot the data on the map.

Here the records of three entities: Account, Cases, Appointment are plotted on the map.

Step 3: Check plotted record title & details

Step 3(A): Quick Details on Hover:

If you want to see the details of any plotted records, move the mouse cursor over the pushpins of that particular record and then you will get the label with basic details of that pushpin.

Note: The details you see as you hover over the pushpin can be configured from the Entity Mappings under the Entity to Map. You can set the configurations entity wise as well.

Step 3(B): Enable/Disable Entity:

You can enable/disable any plotted entity on the map and you can also show/hide the label (title) of the records of a specific entity from the “Layer Card” option.

Here the records of three entities: Accounts, Cases, Appointment are plotted on the map but if you want to disable the records of the ‘Appointment’ entity, by clicking on the switch (toggle) button, the records of the appointment entity will be off and you can see the records of the Accounts & Cases entities only.

So, using this feature, you do not need to remove the entity every time and select the entity again. You can just disable the entity from the ‘Layer Card’ option and enable it again as per your need.

Step 3(C): Show/Hide labels (title):

Now, if you want to see a label (title) for plotted data, you can click on the eye icon beside a particular entity to see the label of that particular data.

So, using this feature, you can check the title and search the specific entity records.

Step 4: Plot entity using ‘territory’ search option

You can also view records on maps based on Territory. By selecting the ‘Territory’ in the search option, you will get the list of Territories in the dropdown menu.

After selecting the Territories which you want to plot, click on the Search button to view records of the selected territories.

Similarly, if you want to show/hide territories, click on the switch(toggle) button of the Territory layer. And to hide/show the labels of the entities on the territory, click on the eye icon of any entity.

This way you can take the advantage of your CRM data by visually representing it on a map which can speed up your analysis and help you deliver more in less time.

All product and company names are trademarks™, registered® or copyright© trademarks of their respective holders. Use of them does not imply any affiliation with or endorsement by them. ]]> Mon, 27 Jul 2020 10:42:02 +0000https://m2.appjetty.com/blog/how-to-create-data-views-plotted-dynamics-365-records https://m2.appjetty.com/blog/how-to-create-data-views-plotted-dynamics-365-records amit.shah@biztechconsultancy.com (Amit Shah) Amit Shah

Territory management saves every organization time, resources, and most importantly, enables them to cover more ground with fewer resources. The only way territory management becomes effective and garners the results you want is with proper organization and effective communication of all the developments within the sales team as well as other involved functional teams.

Apart from these two points, there are other things to take care of as well and hence this blog.

First, we’ll start with understanding what is sales territory management.

What is Sales Territory Management?

Theoretically, Sales territories are geographical areas assigned to a particular team/sales reps to work on and the management of that particular territory or territories can be defined as sales territory management. The territories are divided based on the product you want to sell, the potential of the territory, target audience, industry, etc. It sounds as simple as drawing a circle on a blank canvas but the effectiveness lies in perfecting the shape of that circle.

The most important aspect of creating territories is to be able to define and bifurcate sales targets as well as customers properly among the sales reps/team. The idea of creating and assigning territories might seem like a cakewalk but there’s a lot more going on in the background that needs to be properly taken care of.

Rather than creating territories on a whim, create territories based on certain criteria. Ideally that criteria should be a Venn diagram of what has previously worked in the territory and what are the possibilities of improvement. Other things you can consider are performance, the number of clients, bifurcation of resources for territories based on the number of clients in those territories, the potential of the territory, and more.

Once you create those, comes the next step of matching the right team member to the territories. Some of the things to keep in mind for that are:

- Geographical proximity: This is a primary requirement. Your head of the territory should be able to access their region as easily as possible. It is cheaper for your company because it saves you a lot of money in transport and hotel costs. And the more local a sales head is, the more they are able to leverage that to their advantage. Local connections with the city or state help get venues, data, and even trust of the local community. To customers, it is a local person representing them in a company. That goes a long way in getting people to use that product.

- Matching potential: A particular region may be promising, but a salesperson, in spite of being local and everything personally handled smaller sections before might not be up for it. And by smaller, I mean financially, and target based.

For example, if a customer wants to open a chain of restaurants in west coast states, someone who has work experience in Texas might not be able to pitch them designs for it. However, someone with experience of restaurant design in California or Oregon will be able to handle the sales pitch much more effectively. They are more tuned into the younger crowd’s approach and lifestyle.

- Language fluency: Following in the footsteps of the previous example, each region boasts of different languages that are not English. Not only the literal language, but there is also a cultural aspect of language that changes based on places. If you are handling New York or California, you are likely to have clients from everywhere in the world. If the sales manager is able to step into their shoes language wise and see where they come from, they will be able to build a strategy that works to win more clients.

- Past track record: As the above points point out, a track record of getting through to the right customers and maintaining a growing relationship with them is a winning factor in matching the territory manager and team to the territory.

After creating and assigning these territories, it’s time to get the most out of them. For that, follow these best practices:

Sales Territory Management Best Practices

Have an organized system

Proper planning will win you the most elaborate and tough battles. The same goes for sales territory management. Always have a quarterly plan as well as targets and then divide it into monthly or weekly plans to suit your and your team’s working methods. When we say organized system, we mean being organized in regards to territory creation, team creation, call rotations, follow up processes, sales pitches, along with the offers and discounts system.
Having an organized system for every stage of your customer cycle defined according to the territories and customers will not only help you cover more clients but also close more deals.

Plan weekly visits

Products are in varied forms. Each product is made by too many people, and thankfully, the competition is fierce. However, you can still get your customer if you give a little more to them. Right now, the experience is everything. A weekly visit from your sales team will go a long way to maintain that experience. You can use these visits to plan long term experience strategies as well. This gives you more room to show off your product and assure the clients that they will be looked after.

Monthly analysis of sales targets and territory performance

Each week something new might crop up in how your target market responds. Take those changes into account. And respond to it. When working from home began, the tech industry’s most popular product became the webcam. Similarly, there are often changes in what the audience demands and responds to, and this change has regional factors in place. Tune your sales strategies periodically to stay on top of that demand and even go so far as to predict it.

Take advantage of seasonal trends

The victory lies in understanding when it’s the right time to contact a particular prospect and knowing seasonal trends of your industry can help you with it. You can understand the trends by studying past data. If you don’t have any past data to rely on then you can create multiple strategies and implement them on a trial and error basis and learn what actually works for you.

For example:

If you are selling computers and laptops, then you can run ‘Back to School’ offers from July - September or June - August based on a particular territory’s school reopening dates. And then your on-field team for installation and maintenance can schedule their visitations accordingly.

Consider your conversion cycles

A lot of efforts go into finalizing a particular territory and then assigning the right resources for the same. So it is better to give the teams at least 3-6 months to adjust to the territories for you to make any decisions regarding reassigning or rearranging territories. Moreover, it is plausible that your conversion cycles might be more than 60 days. So you would want to consider that while analyzing the performance of territories.

Taking this into consideration will help you make informed decisions that you can rely on.

These were some of the points to help you get started with understanding sales territory management and its best practices. What might work for us might not work for you. The main thing is to be innovative and keep on analyzing and evolving your strategies.

Writer’s Note: This piece of writing is in collaboration with Roma Amarnani.

All product and company names are trademarks™, registered® or copyright© trademarks of their respective holders. Use of them does not imply any affiliation with or endorsement by them.

Competition is cut-throat in every industry and the computer software industry is no different. From pre-sale to installing, from troubleshooting to regular maintenance visits, streamlined management of your sales activities is the key to closing new deals and expanding your customer base. 

However, unless you have a proper means to optimize your client visits to make the most out of them; there may not be a substantial rise in the overall sales. Therefore, a CRM mapping tool is indispensable for your sales team as it can help utilize your on-field resources in the best way possible. 

While there are a number of CRMs out there, Dynamics CRM is one of the popular ones. If you are a sales manager and use Dynamics CRM, our Dynamics 365 Mapping tool; Quick Maps, is a perfect fit that can help you effectively manage sales. 

How?

Here’s how:

Plot Customers

With this feature of Dynamics CRM field mapping, you can easily plot all your records on the map. With area-wise heat maps, pie charts, column charts, Quick Maps lets you visualize data better and make informed data-driven decisions faster on the go. 

Proximity Search

With Dynamics 365 Maps, your on-field team can search records by region, shape, and proximity. Further, they can create category/attribute specific views of multiple entities on map to help them cover more clients in a day. This can also help you find out the core reason behind the success or failure of your strategies.

Check-Ins/Check-Outs

Finding it hard to follow up on your team members every now and then? Dynamics 365 Map will get rid of this hassle for you. Wondering how? Let’s consider a real-life scenario to understand it better. 

Picture your five team members out there to cover around 20 prospects in a day. How would they communicate with you about their progress throughout the day? How would you know where exactly they are at a particular point in time? And the average time every meeting is taking? Seems almost impossible as well as impractical through only calls and messages, right?

Our Dynamics CRM Map Integration will help save your day. By letting your team members check-in and check-out of their client visits on the go from within Dynamics 365 mobile app. When you are in a loop and can get every update in real time, you can guide them better on how to proceed to make the best out of visits. 

Route Optimization 

Dynamics 365 Map lets you create optimized routes in advance after taking all factors like traffic, weather, etc. into consideration. And share them with your on-field team members. It even has the feature of shortest path finder that provides you with the shortest route to your destinations.

This won’t only help you save your team members’ time but also  enable them to cover more in less time with optimized routes. And their productivity will eventually rise!

Ready to Amp Up Your Computer Software Sales?

Our Quick Maps - a Dynamics 365 Map Integration can help with better visualization of sales team’s activities on the go. As a result, streamlining of your sales team management will become easier and more efficient.

If you want to integrate our Quick Maps and see your overall sales and conversions skyrocket; feel free to contact us for details at sales@appjetty.com. Our support team will get back to you within 24 hours with all the details you ask for. 

Good luck with your sales management!

All product and company names are trademarks™, registered® or copyright© trademarks of their respective holders. Use of them does not imply any affiliation with or endorsement by them.

In our journey of enabling Shopify store owners to enhance their customers’ experience, we proudly announce the launch of AppJetty Delivery Date Manager - our latest Shopify extension. Yes, it is now available on Shopify app store!

If you are a Shopify store owner looking for a solution to let your customers pick a delivery date of their preference, AppJetty Delivery Date Manager is a perfect fit. But don’t take our word for it. Explore our delivery date manager features below to see if it’s the right fit for your store or not.

Features that Make AppJetty Delivery Date Manager Stand Out

There are a number of features that make AppJetty Delivery Date Manager an ideal solution for you.

Display Delivery Date Picker

Our AppJetty Delivery Manager allows you to show a delivery date picker on the checkout page to allow customers to select a suitable delivery date and time slot for their orders. Now ramp up their shopping experience with you.

Simplified Delivery Configurations

By managing and defining order processing time and minimum shipping days from the backend and displaying them on the store, you can offer enhanced transparency to customers.

Simplified Specification of Non-Working Days

By letting admin specify blackout dates and non-operative time-slots and displaying them, AppJetty Delivery Date Manger helps mitigate delivery issues and complaints.

Enabling/Disabling of Delivery Date Selection

By letting you enable or disable delivery date selection from the backend, this delivery app enables you to decide whether to allow customers to select a delivery date or not as the situation demands. 

Restriction of Delivery Period

By enabling you to specify a date range available for customers to select the delivery date from, our order delivery date app helps you put a cap on the farthest delivery date that customers can choose. It also allows you to keep it zero in case you offer the option of same day delivery. 

Minimum Shipping Days

Now you can add minimum order processing time or number of delivery days easily from the store backend in case same-day deliveries are not available.

Preset Delivery Date

Our delivery date app allows you to display and select the next available delivery date if a customer chooses a delivery date for which the order limit is already reached.

Cut-Off Time 

To help stay on top of delivery management, you can specify a cut-off time to limit the orders placed on the same day and automatically shift the others to the next.

Customization of Delivery Date Picker

To engage customers better, this delivery app also offers the freedom to customize the color and font of the delivery date picker shown on the storefront. This helps make the look and feel more appealing and interactive. 

Enhanced Personalization 

With the feature of delivery comments, AppJetty Delivery Date Manager lets you enable customers to add delivery comments or notes prior to checkout. This way, delivery comments not only help personalize the overall shopping experience better but also drive better sales. 

Compatibility with Shopify Point of Sale

Being compatible with the POS app by Shopify, our delivery app lets you assign delivery dates of your preference to orders from within even if you don’t have a storefront.

Easy Update of Delivery Dates

You can update any delivery date customers select easily from the store backend through Delivery Date Manager and streamline the entire order management process. 

Are You Ready to Enhance Your Customers’ Delivery Experience?

AppJetty Delivery Date Manager is a next-gen delivery date app that is sure to engage your customers better with its customer-oriented features.

If you also want to integrate it with your Shopify store, you are just a click away.

All product and company names are trademarks™, registered® or copyright© trademarks of their respective holders. Use of them does not imply any affiliation with or endorsement by them.

Managing the appointments and the task for the Sales Reps & Service Executives is always challenging. Being a Field Sales Manager knowing when and where your team members are going to meet the customers is crucial to achieving your sales targets.

So, in this blog, we are going to demonstrate how your sales reps and executives can manage their meetings and how you as a manager can keep track of all their activities from Dynamics CRM.

For this, you will need to integrate a Dynamics 365 mapping tool with features like check-in, check-out, heat map visualization, territory management, etc. You can browse around MS AppSource to find the right tool that suits your needs but for demonstration purposes, we’ve taken MappyField 365 in this article.

So, let’s see how your sales reps can Check-in & Check-out of all activities like Appointment, Task, Campaigns, Services, etc.

For Sales Reps:

Step 1: Navigate to MappyField 365

After logging into Dynamics 365, click on “MappyField 365” from the Dynamics 365 apps dashboard.

Step 2: Check-In configurations: Enable check-in for the entity (activity) & configure other details

2(A): Navigate to “Entity Mappings” to enable the Check-in for the activities (i.e. Appointment, Task, Campaign, etc.)

- Click on the activity and edit it to enable the “Check-in” option.

- By clicking on edit, the “Entity to Map” configuration page will open. Check the checkbox of the “Enable Check-In” option for that activity.

- After checking the checkbox, click on the Update button by scrolling down.

2(B): Navigate to “Map Configuration Details”

Set the default user-based configurations from the Map Configuration Details.

- Click on the map configuration record and enable the “Check-In” option.

- Once the Check-In option is enabled, the “Check-In Radius (KM)” option will enable. This Geo Radius will allow the user to check-in within the inserted radius.

Ex. If the check-in radius is set to 25 KM, the Sales Executive can only check-in to the activity when the executive is in the radius of 25 KMs of the record.

Step 3: Navigate to MappyField 365 map and plot the entity records

- Once you enable & configure the Check-in option, navigate to “Map” to plot the records of the entity (activity) for which you have enabled the ‘Check-in’ Feature.

Once records are plotted on the map, click on the pushpin to view the details of that record. By clicking on it, the detailed slider will appear on the side. Here, the user will get the ‘Check-in’ button.

- Once the Sales Executive completes the appointment meeting with the customer, that executive can again click on that record to check out.

- The Sales executive will get the Check Out button only if they have checked-in.

- By clicking on the Check-Out option, the checkout details will appear to add the title and any notes on discussion and attachments if there are any, related to the meeting.

- By clicking on the Checkout button, the details of the check-in & check-out will be saved.

- You can check the details from the Check-In menu of MappyField365.

For Sales Managers:

Step 1: View Check in check out details to analyze the meeting data.

- Navigate to the Check-in menu available in MappyField365 and click on check-in record to view the details.

- By clicking on any check-in record, you will get the Check-in & Check-out details with the time spent for the meeting.

- You can view all the details regarding that Check-in & Check-out with inserted notes or attachments if any. You can take action accordingly. These notes will also be added in related activity detail.

In this way, your Sales Reps can easily manage their activities and you can easily track the amount of time spent by Sales Reps on a particular activity to streamline your operation and eliminate unnecessary elements.

All product and company names are trademarks™, registered® or copyright© trademarks of their respective holders. Use of them does not imply any affiliation with or endorsement by them. ]]> Fri, 17 Jul 2020 09:14:25 +0000https://m2.appjetty.com/blog/how-to-manage-track-activities-dynamics-365-mapping-tool https://m2.appjetty.com/blog/how-to-manage-track-activities-dynamics-365-mapping-tool amit.shah@biztechconsultancy.com (Amit Shah) Amit Shah

The one best thing about salespeople? They are independent and do not require micromanagement.

During the COVID-19 pandemic when they are not able to step out, it is important as a sales manager, to keep your team motivated and productive even when working from home.

And here are seven ways to keep your field team motivated as they work from home:

Maintain a relationship

So many people must be experiencing anxiety or may get paranoid with the current situation. So even if they do not need a manager to tell them how to do their job, they need someone to talk to and keep them engaged.

See what you do currently to stay positive and motivated. Schedule occasional meetings via Zoom or another video conferencing platform. And that should be like an open platform where everyone can share their thoughts, stories. And most people derive energy from interacting with their peers so have one-on-one calls with each of your employees.

Sometimes little of letting go is important

Productivity is important within the team. Rather than assuming that a staffer is slacking off or making excuses when a quota is missed, try to find out the real reason behind what’s going on.

Rather than focusing on their failures, offer an empathetic ear and a flexible schedule. Overall there will be a lot of stress they will have to deal with. You have to trust that they will do their best work.

This will help your employees feel like they have room to grow and that you trust them even when things get back to normal. Because it is important to let your employees know that you have their backs and you are aware of their contributions.

The Best Sales Advice to Survive COVID-19: To Sell or Not to Sell?

Direct them 

Unless your company has essentials to offer, whatever you are pushing might be tough to sell right now. And making sales when most businesses are shut, all they would hear will be “Not now”. And after a point, they would not see any point in making any more phone calls.

However, it is the time when you need to step in and change the narrative. Even if nobody is buying today, it usually takes six to eight touch points from initial contact to final pitch, before a new client would buy anything. So remind them of these small things and encourage them to reach out. Because persistence can still pay off.

Work on skills

This time is the best one to take up to get your team into as many online training sessions as possible. While they are sitting at home without any clients, it is time to utilize and sharpen their current skills. They could learn new software and practice their video conferencing or presentation skills. It will also help you as an individual. This way, your entire company can step up their game by utilizing the free time.

Keep it light and fun

The pandemic is a really grave business. However, it is important to remain positive and keep your team engaged. You can pump a little bit of excitement and new creative ways in your sales meetings.

For example, you could arrange a small virtual party. Have TGIF meets, have fun competitions or if someone is good at cracking jokes, share that stage, etc. To bring some more excitement you could also offer them small prizes such as sending lunch to someone’s home, giving a shopping voucher, etc.

Also, co-workers enjoy joking around and catching up with each other. Have a couple of such minutes at the beginning or end of every virtual staff meeting. Because a staff that plays together works well together.

Celebrate wins (Even the smaller ones)

Whether it is a big win like the first sale in two weeks or a small win when a team member was able to present a decent speech, you need to celebrate both. Take a moment to appreciate and celebrate your team's wins.

Congratulate every achievement. Because at a time like this, celebrations are necessary and appreciated more than ever.

The times are tough. However, as a manager, you need to exercise skills like appreciation, encouragement, empathy. Even if your sales team is stuck, it is time to act as their leader and motivator to deal with the current state of their job, and look forward to the coming days. Develop their skills, increase their self-confidence, and watch them grow.

The #1 Field Sales App

Dynamics 365 Mapping Tool: Learn how you can maximize your sales routes & sell more!

The construction industry is riddled with a lot of competition and you still managed to maintain your position in the market well. You have the products and you know your customers very well. However, with all the prospects in your hand, do you know how to crack deals?

While doing the fieldwork, how would you know the best route to get to them in time? It is important to have optimized routes, energy, to make the most of your time between closing a sale and opting for an optimized route.

With Dynamics Maps Visualization Software, you can easily find and reach your potential clients in the fastest way possible. By easily seeing where your customers are, having the fastest and shortest route, you can save time, gas, and visit more customers in order to close the deals.

Locate customers

After booking the appointment, construction rep can create targeted routes with Dynamics 365 map integration by eliminating heavy traffic, road closures. And reach to the customers in a shorter time. When the sales reps are on the filed, they can easily locate nearby customers using POI search. It saves time and helps pull over more leads.

Analyze the Activities with Heatmaps

With Heatmaps, you can track if your team’s activities are working as per the defined target? With Dynamics 365 Heat Visualization tool, it becomes easy to find out if your sales are up to the mark, or not. By identifying which are the areas that need the most attention, you can easily improve the activities for more businesses.

Proximity Search

In cases of canceled appointments or change of time or, if the customer is not available for a meeting, the sales representative can find out other customers in the proximity and check if they are available for a meeting or not.

Keep Track of Meetings

With the check-in check-out feature, the salespeople can record their meetings. This way, you can easily track if your sales team is able to meet the assigned customers, the duration of the meeting, the latest update of the meeting, etc.

Multiple Actions

While on the field, salespeople can access actions like create a phone call, email activity which also gets synced in the CRM. So, they can create activities while connecting with customers on the go. Other actions like export, bulk emails, can be useful for the records plotted on the map.

If put all these together, you can easily achieve the sales targets and field performance, optimized operations, efficiency for higher ROI.

If you have a similar need for any of your verticals, you can connect with us at sales@appjetty.com and we will be more than happy to help you with your needs through a comprehensive demo of our Dynamics Map visualization software.

All product and company names are trademarks™, registered®, or copyright© trademarks of their respective holders. The use of them does not imply any affiliation with or endorsement by them.

Crafting truly effective Customer Experience Surveys are tricky.

Our number one effort always lies around trying to respect customers by not bombarding them with surveys and gather the feedback in as few questions as possible.

But do you really get the desired results every time?

Hence, here are the 7 things you have to keep in mind while building and distributing customer experience surveys.

7 Customer Experience Survey Best Practices

• Be clear about the questions

Since your goal is to get feedback for as many questions as possible, it is important to be very clear about each of your questions that you present to your customers.

Make sure that your customers understand the questions in one go and are not having a hard time understanding either the language or the meaning. Because if they can not figure out what exactly you are asking, then they are most likely to step out of your survey.

• Use open-ended questions carefully

The most important type of questions and you should use them sparingly.

With open-ended questions, customers require some more time to complete than other question types. And while sending surveys if we assure them only a minute or two to complete a survey, then think about optimizing the experience for responders accordingly.

If you include many lengthy questions, it would surely fail to receive the response you are looking for.

• Think about the questions’ order carefully

While ordering your questions, it is important to keep the flow of the survey in mind. A well-structured survey keeping the flow in mind will yield a positive response.

Some tips for ordering your question set:

 - Put higher-level questions that get respondents familiar with the survey taking process at the beginning of your survey

 - Slowly include the questions that address more complex or granular topics

 - Before sending out, do a dry run of the survey experience, specifically to judge the question flow before distribution.

• Respond to negative feedback. ALWAYS

Whenever you receive negative feedback from customers in regard to their experience with your brand, your response is imperative. As Customer Experience Surveys are critical to business success.

The best way is via a personal phone call or email. This will assure them that you truly care about their experience.

You can also follow up with a small gift, handwritten note. Such things may take time, but after some time it would give you some positive things that you can work on.

Here, timing is very important. Whenever you get the customer experience response, sit through them, respond to negative customers, and reach out.

• Do not forget the positive responders

It is part of a gesture to thank the responders who provide positive feedback. Even hand-written positive notes/personalized emails are also a great way to reply to positive feedback. This would make them a brand loyalist or brand evangelist!

• Develop a Board of Customers program

If you have a group of customers that have been using your product or services for an extended period of time, invite them to become a part of a Board of Customers. It can be a great way to build rapport with top clients and receive their feedback in a more personal manner.

• Keep some questions optional

Especially the intimate questions about things like your customer’s gender, age, income should be handled delicately. Because not all people would be comfortable sharing this kind of information. Hence, it is essential to keep such questions optional.

Otherwise, the people that are uncomfortable would stop taking your survey as people are very sensitive to the kind of information they are giving away.

Conclusion

That’s probably everything you have to keep in mind for a great customer experience survey. Do let us know what you think about them or if you have other practices in mind.

What will you say about the idea of saving and earning money at the same time?

Seems impossible, right?

But it is not!

The number one pain point of any company having an on-field sales team is the amount of money and time that is lost because of sales reps not knowing the short routes or the traffic status.

This all can be resolved with a single feature: Shortest path first (SPF).

In this blog, we are going to showcase how you can enable this feature in your Dynamics CRM map integration and how your sales reps can use them as well.

For the demonstration purpose, we’ve taken MappyField 365 but you can browse around on MS App Source and find a suitable Dynamics 365 map integration.

You need to follow the below steps to enable the SPF and manage the routes:

- Enable Optimize Route option

- Plot the records and define the routes

- Routes based on SPF

- Save and manage the Routes

Step 1: Navigate to MappyField 365

After logging into Dynamics 365, click on “MappyField 365” from the Dynamics 365 apps dashboard.

Step 2: Enable SPF (Shortest path first) from the configuration

- Navigate to Settings → Solution → MappyField 365 → Setup and enable “Optimize Route”

This will enable the shortest path first feature in MappyField 365 and now you can find the shortest path available for your route.

Step 3: Redirect to Map and define route on the map

- Define the ‘Routes’ by selecting the required records as per Origin to Destination. You can also define the Route by entering the place name under the ‘Routes’ tab.

After plotting the route click on the Go button to plot the shortest route on the map.

Before ‘Optimize Route’ (SPF) option is enabled:

After ‘Optimize Route’ (SPF) option is enabled:

Step 4: Save and assign the Route to the user/team

- To save the selected Route, navigate to the “Routes” menu and click on the save icon.

- This will open a popup with options to save the route. You will need to enter the name for the route, assign it to the User/team, and add a Date for the route and priority. This means you are not only sending route details, but you are also communicating the date this meeting/task needs to be done and the priority, directly to the user.

- After inserting the details, click on the ‘Save’ button and the routes will be saved.

- To check the saved routes, navigate to “Routes” and By clicking on Saved Routes, the detailed slider will appear on the right.

- From here you can check assigned routes to the user/team and view the routes. You can also delete unwanted routes as well.

- The users can check the assigned routes from the MappyField 365 default dashboards in the “Reporting Dashboard”, along with the priority of that particular route.

This way you can save time, money, and decrease redundant communication as well.

All product and company names are trademarks™, registered® or copyright© trademarks of their respective holders. Use of them does not imply any affiliation with or endorsement by them. ]]> Mon, 06 Jul 2020 11:46:45 +0000https://m2.appjetty.com/blog/how-to-get-shortest-routes-using-dynamics-crm-map-integration https://m2.appjetty.com/blog/how-to-get-shortest-routes-using-dynamics-crm-map-integration amit.shah@biztechconsultancy.com (Amit Shah) Amit Shah

Dynamics CRM has Bing Maps integrated by default. But there are certain limitations when it comes to navigating using Bing Maps inside of Dynamics CRM.

To overcome these limitations and achieve more from your Dynamics CRM, you can invest in a Dynamics Mapping tool that allows you to plot records on a map, visualize data with heatmaps, and manage your territories more effectively.

Not only that, but you can also find the shortest paths to cover more clients and meetings in a shorter period of time. And with the right app for navigation, your on-field sales reps can work more effectively.

In this blog, we are going to show you how to set a navigation app like Google Maps, Apple Maps, or Waze on a user level using the Dynamics Mapping tool. Further, we’ve also demonstrated how one can generate navigation links to go about their day.

For the demonstration purpose, we’ve taken MappyField 365 but you can browse around on MS App Source and find a suitable Dynamics 365 map integration.

Step 1: Navigate to MappyField 365

After logging into Dynamics 365, click on “MappyField 365” from the Dynamics 365 apps dashboard.

Step 2: Select any one(Google/Waze/Apple) from the configuration

- Click on the “Map Configuration Details ” option and select the user (a record) for whom you want to set the Navigation Map.

- You can set navigation maps at an individual level i.e. for one user you can set Google Maps while for another user, you can set Waze Map and so on.

- You can also set the Navigation Map based on the devices i.e. Google Map for Android and Apple Maps iPhones/iPads.

Based on the selection in the user configuration detail for ‘Navigation Via’, the navigation link will be generated from the MappyField, and by clicking on it, the user will be redirected to the respective App.

Step 3: Plot records on MappyField 365 map

Now, plot the records on the map by selecting the CRM entities that are configured from Entity mappings. Under the Plot tab, select the Entity and its Records view. You can also select multiple entities if you want.

The entity records will be plotted on the Map.

Step 4: Insert the Origin and Destination

After plotting the data on the maps, you can add the locations in two ways:

- Manually: Click on the “Direction” tab. From here, you can insert the starting & ending locations by inserting the address manually in “From” and “To” edit boxes.

- Pushpins details: By clicking on any Pushpin, the details of that record will popup. You can set the directions by selecting the “Add to Origin” option and the final destination by selecting “Add to Destination” respectively.

After selecting origin and destination, both locations automatically get inserted in the “Directions” tab.

- Now click on the Go button for directions on the map. You will get turn-by-turn directions of inserted locations.

The multiple locations selection option is also provided if you want to cover 2-3 clients in a single day.

Step 5: Generating Navigation Links

- After the route is plotted on the map, click on the navigation icon to get the link of the plotted route.

- If you have selected multiple locations, you will get more than one link.

- This will open the “Navigation Links” popup with direction links as per the selection of the Origin & Destination locations.

- If there are multiple routes, the links are generated from waypoint A-B, B-C, so on.

- By clicking on the links from the Dynamics Mobile/Tablet App, you will be redirected to the relevant Maps app as per the selection of Navigation Map in Map configuration details.

Therefore, the admin user can select any Navigation Map option from Google Maps, Waze, or Apple Maps. This makes it easier for the reps to access the links and make it on time for appointments and meetings.

All product and company names are trademarks™, registered® or copyright© trademarks of their respective holders. Use of them does not imply any affiliation with or endorsement by them. ]]> Mon, 06 Jul 2020 05:13:26 +0000https://m2.appjetty.com/blog/how-to-set-navigation-app-on-user-level-from-dynamics-mapping-tool https://m2.appjetty.com/blog/how-to-set-navigation-app-on-user-level-from-dynamics-mapping-tool amit.shah@biztechconsultancy.com (Amit Shah) Amit Shah

Online presence in today’s competitive market is indispensable for any business. Earlier, online businesses would rely only on e-commerce websites. However, with the advancement in technology and the ever-growing use of mobile devices, a mobile app is no longer a luxury. It is rather a necessity for an ecommerce business.

While there are a number of ecommerce platforms out there, Magento is a popular one among them. And a Magento 2 mobile app can amp up your business if you are a Magento store owner. This is because it lets your customers access the online store on the go.

Confused if a mobile app is right for your industry or not?

So, let’s understand how a Magento mobile app helps in these 5 industries:

• Grocery

• Fashion

• Home Decor

• Jewelry

• Automotive

• Healthcare

• Logistics

• Real-Estate

1. Grocery Industry

Online grocery stores are a rage - especially during this Corona outbreak. People are ordering grocery items online out of the fear of infecting themselves while buying them offline.

If you own an online grocery store, it is time you developed a next-gen grocery mobile app for your store to escalate sales.

However, see to it that your grocery mobile app has got:

• Simplified Registration - To let customers register for shopping online easily.

• Easy Profile Management - To enable customers to manage their profile, view purchase history, and log-in credentials.

• All-Inclusive Product Catalog - To display detailed descriptions of all food and grocery items to simplify the decision-making process.

• Order Tracking - To keep customers informed about the statuses of orders.

and all other important native app features like easy address management, flexibility of payment modes, personalized emails and push notifications, etc. to ensure a seamless shopping experience for customers.

2. Fashion Industry

Fashion is never out of fashion! Even amid COVID-19 pandemic, new t-shirt designs with COVID-19 messages or designs, printed masks, etc. are in trend.

So, a fashion store owner can amp up their business by building a fashion mobile app with:

• Live data sync - To reflect all the changes automatically in the app without manual intervention.

• Multilingual Support - To translate the store content into customers’ native languages and expand customer base with higher engagement.

• Social Media Authentication - To enable customers to log in to their accounts via social media.

• Voice and Barcode Search - To help increase the findability of products to make the store easy-to-navigate and sales-driven.

• Wish List - To allow customers to add products to wish lists and order them anytime in the future.

• Single Page Checkout - To simplify the checkout process for customers and reduce cart abandonment rates.

and other native app features like multiple payment gateways, user profile management, order management, etc. to help drive customers’ engagement.

3. Home Decor Industry

Home Decor is one of the booming industries with people’s never-lasting love for modernist art pieces and oriental decor items.

So, a home decor mobile app is crucial for an online home decor store owner and it should have features including:

• DIY Layout Editor - To help store owners manage placements of various sections easily and control what the app looks like.

• Firebase Analytics - Keep track of customers’ behavioral patterns and performance of products.

• Product Social Sharing - To enable customers to share products among family and friends via social media.

• Autofill Address - To save customers’ time by eliminating the need for manual address filling every time they order.

and several others including order tracking, one page checkout, email and push notifications, payment options, product filter, and wishlists, etc. to make the shopping experience immersive and attract sales.

4. Jewelry Industry

Jewelry market may be up and down but they are never going to go out of business.

So, if you are a jewelry store owner, make the most out of this global business with a jewelry mobile app having features:

• Featured Product Banner - To enable store owners to feature the best pieces in the banner to catch customers' attention and engagement, immediately when they open the app.

• Wishlist Management - To allow customers to mark items they want to buy later for an occasion or outfit.

• Product Filter - To let customers apply filters (color, material, etc.) to find what they want.

• Coupons and Offers - To engage customers through various offers and incentives and give them a reason to keep coming back.

and others including one page checkout, auto-fill address, multiple payment options, live data sync, firebase analytics, etc.

5. Automotive Industry

Automotive Industry is an ever-green industry and nobody can do without it. Therefore, an automotive mobile app for an automotive online store owner with features including:

• User Profile Management: To enable customers to create detailed profiles with individual preferences to help you connect with them more strongly through personalized services.

• Detailed Product Catalog: To enhance their shopping experience with a detailed catalog of all products and services like selling vehicles, autoparts, offering insurance covers, etc.

• Advanced Search: To let costumes search and view what they particularly want without having to wade through all products on your store.

• Deep Linking - To drive more traffic to product detail pages and prompt instant purchases.

• Multi-Store Support - To smoothly manage multiple regional stores for enhanced localized experience and sales.

Other intuitive features like product updates and notifications, social media integration, and 24*7*365 customer support is sure to boost customers’ engagement and sales.

6. Healthcare Industry

People across the globe are becoming increasingly aware about the importance of maintaining good health - especially after Covid.

Thus, a healthcare app should have features including:

• Healthcare Consulting - To connect patients with doctors and enable virtual consultation tasks like appointment booking, diagnosis, and prescriptions, etc.

• Detailed Doctor Profiles - To allow patients to view doctors’ detailed profiles including specialization, reviews, consultation fee, etc.

• Medical Records - To enable doctors to enter patients’ information, medical history, and underlying conditions to get a better idea of patients’ history before starting treatment.

• Telemedication - To allow patients to connect with doctors securely over telephone or via video chat for diagnosis.

• Effective Matching - To let patients select the specialist of their choice as per their health condition.

Besides, the features like medical monitoring, single-page payment option, communication history, etc. should be there to make healthcare services better.

7. Logistics Industry

Companies across the globe are embracing logistics management solutions to manage storage and transportation of goods better.

Therefore, a logistics app that has:

• On-Demand Logistics - To enable your clients to get logistics services at their convenience.

• Warehouse Management - To auto-update the items picked from the warehouse or returned, to minimize chances of manual errors and increase efficiency.

• Enhanced Customer Visibility - To keep customers posted on their order statuses, let them live-track their shipment for better transparency.

• Central Dashboard - To let the admin view all task statuses, reports, invoices, etc., and manage them centrally on a single dashboard.

• Log Reports - To help the admin access details like start time, end time, distance covered, the driver’s info, for all the trips easily.

• Rating & Feedback - To let users submit ratings and feedback to get insights into their experience and work on improvement areas (if any).

Several other features like full back-end control, push notifications, multiple payment options, etc. can help streamline your logistics operations.

8. Real-Estate Industry

Real-estate industry needs in-depth research and knowledge to engage customers and boost revenue.

So, your real estate app should feature functionalities including:

• Easy User Onboarding - To allow customers to sign-up, build their profiles, and sign-in easily with one-step verification.

• Property Profile - To let the sellers display extensive information including description, photos, videos, value proposition, and more to enhance customer experience.

• Property Cost Calculator - To enable customers to estimate the final cost of a property based on down payment, taxes, interest rate, and several other factors.

• Filters and Categories - To facilitate smart search with filters like areas, price-ranges, etc. for customers and let them make advanced searches.

• In-App Chat - To allow customers to connect with agents and sellers via in-app chat and direct phone call.

Besides, the app should feature analytics reports, reviews, push notifications, seamless navigation, appointment booking, etc. to make property-buying experience unforgettable.

Ready to Build a Magento Mobile App?

A Magento 2 mobile app is a great asset to every Magento store owner. It not only simplifies shopping but also enhances and personalizes customers' shopping experience through features like advanced search, multi-store support, multi-lingual support, single page checkout, and more.

If you want to customize Magento 2 mobile app for your business, you can contact us at sales@appjetty.com and our support team will get back to you within 24 hours.

All product and company names are trademarks™, registered® or copyright© trademarks of their respective holders. Use of them does not imply any affiliation with or endorsement by them.

Creating an activity for a particular entity in Dynamics 365 takes ages as you have to make a whole trip from header to accounts/contacts to record and then finally you get to create an appointment or task.

And this might look okay too if you have to create only a single appointment in a day but if you are handling a lot of accounts then this activity can be quite consuming and is sure to take away your productive hours.

So here we are with this blog that explains how to create single as well as multiple activities right from the map using Dynamics CRM map integration. There are a lot of options available on MS AppSource and you can pick one that fits your workflow.

For demonstration, we’ve taken MappyField 365 in this blog.

Step 1: Navigate to MappyField 365

After logging into Dynamics 365, click on “MappyField 365” from the Dynamics 365 apps dashboard.

Step 2: Plot records on MappyField 365 map

Plot the records on the map by selecting the CRM entities that are configured from Entity mappings. Under the Plot tab, select the Entity and its Records view.

Step3: Add Appointment / Task activity for the CRM Records

Step 3 (A): Add Appointment/Task for ‘single’ entity record

Once the data is plotted on the map, click on the pushpin of a particular entity for which you want to create an activity (appointment/task).

For example, if you want to create an ‘appointment’ for a specific plotted account record on the map, click on the pushpin of that account record.

By clicking on it, a ‘detailed slider’ of that entity record with a set of actions will appear on the right side.

From the detail view, click on the “Add Appointment” option; Add Appointment details will appear. Insert the required details and click on the ‘Create’ button to add the Appointment for the selected record.

By clicking on the ‘Create’ button, the appointment will be added and can be seen from the CRM side. Similarly, you can add the task by clicking on the “Add Task” option from the detail view.

Check the added activities:

The sales manager (or administrator) can check the added activities from the Dynamics CRM side by navigating to the individual entity record or by navigating to the specific activity.

The sales manager can check the added activity (i.e. Appointment) by navigating to the detail page of that specific entity record.

The sales manager can also check the added activity by navigating to that specific activity’s grid view.

By clicking on the record, the sales manager will redirect to the detail page of the activity where they can check the appointment belongs to which entity in the “Regarding” section.

Step 3 (B): Add Appointment/Task for ‘Multiple’ records

Once you plot the records on the map, you can check the plotted records of the entities in the Data Grid option. From here you can perform the various actions and activities by selecting multiple records.

For that, follow the below steps:

- Plot records on the map (follow the above Step 1 & Step 2).

- Once the records are plotted, you can see the “Show Data” button at the bottom of the Map.

- By clicking on the “Show Data” button, you will get the list of all the plotted records in the grid view.

- Select the records for which you want to create appointments/tasks and click on the respective icons of a task/an appointment.

- After creating the appointment/task for multiple records, you can see the created appointments/tasks in CRM by navigating to that activity individually.

If the task is added for multiple records from the ‘Data Grid’ option, you can see the individual tasks of the entity records by navigating to the Task activities from the CRM side.

You can also check the added task by navigating to the individual entity record.

This way the sales manager or the Dynamics 365 users with administrator rights can do everything right from the map. This comes in handy especially for your on-field sales reps as they can add notes, create appointments/tasks based on their meetings, etc. right from Dynamics CRM Map integration.

All product and company names are trademarks™, registered® or copyright© trademarks of their respective holders. Use of them does not imply any affiliation with or endorsement by them. ]]> Mon, 22 Jun 2020 13:02:37 +0000https://m2.appjetty.com/blog/how-to-create-activities-for-multiple-records https://m2.appjetty.com/blog/how-to-create-activities-for-multiple-records amit.shah@biztechconsultancy.com (Amit Shah) Amit Shah

With modernized approaches to purchase and support, certain businesses never actually see their customers. If your business is hardware, technical products like home appliances, there is still one way to meet your customers. Your installation and on field support teams interact with your customers in person.

Maintaining that relationship appropriately is crucial.

What if your dryer broke down during the monsoon and the company sends their staff late and without the right equipment? That would definitely cause you extra struggle and you’d have to wait a couple of days more for your dryer to get fixed.

Now imagine you are this business that has this unsatisfied customer. What is one of the ways that could make it easier for you to serve your customers?

Just like a CRM helps you keep track of your customers, support requests, and other data, a mobile CRM with mobile centric features provides you with unique ways of serving your customers.

TapCRM, which is a mobile app for SuiteCRM, has an exclusive feature that is especially for your field force. You can track your team members on the map, and they can access and edit CRM data right from the field.

Let’s take a look at how TapCRM helps with field force management:

- Once a purchase order or repair request comes in the CRM, the team lead can assign the clients to the field force. This can be based on location, tasks, skills, etc.

- Each team member will get their assigned tasks in their TapCRM app. They can see these assignments on the map as well.

- The CRM also enables them to see the details of a service or installation request, which in turn helps them plan the tools they require for it. This way they don’t have to carry every tool, but they will also not miss the required tools.

- Once they are on the field, they can check in and check out of each service or installation request right from within the app. This makes it easy for them to have minimal interaction with their devices. It ensures that their manager knows their task is done.

- Since TapCRM has all the CRM data, the field force can use it to check if a customer has previously made any requests for repairs to their appliance. This can give them a better understanding of what component may be faulty.

Once the service is done, they can generate an invoice, add it to the customer’s record, and provide customers with a copy of the same right then.

- At the office, the team manager does not need to be in constant touch with the team via phone calls and messages to know their whereabouts.

- In case a customer contacts them asking for when their promised service will be taking place, the manager will be able to answer confidently and deliver on that promise because they can see the team’s progress in real time using field force tracking.

- The manager will be able to generate reports of each team member’s accomplished tasks, as well as their miles traveled. This enables them to compensate the team for fuel or other such expenses of the job.

- Once the tasks are completed, the field force doesn’t necessarily need to come into the office to do any paperwork because all the necessary paperwork is digitally available in the CRM and happens in run time during the day.

TapCRM’s field force management feature creates a transparency between the manager and their team members, which in turn helps them serve their customers better as well.

With the logistics of whether they have the equipment, or whether they can find the meeting spot, out of the way, the task becomes easier to focus on. It enables productivity because no one has to spend time doing paperwork.

AppJetty recognizes the logistics that go behind businesses and how it wastes resources. So we make software products to lessen the burden of logistics, enabling you to focus on serving your customers and business partners better.

If you are a business that is looking to make it better for your field force, we can customize TapCRM for you. You can contact us here.

All product and company names are trademarks™, registered® or copyright© trademarks of their respective holders. Use of them does not imply any affiliation with or endorsement by them.

Unlike brick-and-mortar store owners, online retailers don’t have the ‘luxury’ to meet customers in person and collect their feedback. Generally, they have customer support, emails, online chats, etc. to collect their customers’ feedback.

Even if they use several remarketing strategies like a promotional discount to engage shoppers who have already purchased with them, they can’t get the full picture of customers’ post-shopping experience.
But if you are an online store owner, collecting post-purchase experience matters a lot! This is because it builds trust in customers towards your brand. As they realize that you are concerned not just about selling your products but also about how they are finding your products and their experience, your bond with your customers strengthens.
In general, sending a customer feedback survey in the first week of purchase is a good idea and a good-quality CRM survey module can help you create, monitor, and analyze the results too. However, unless you don’t have engaging and on-point questions, your post-purchase survey may fall flat.

Therefore, picking the right set of questions is of utmost importance. Let’s go through a few questions that you can include in your survey.

How did you find our store?

Here, your objective is to identify the primary referral source. You can either keep this question open-ended or use checkboxes against all options for customers to choose multiple option that apply all that apply.
Here are several possible options:

-

What made you consider our brand?

This question can help you gauge the reason why a customer chose to buy a product from your store. It also helps you find out the strong points and USPs that make your brand stand out. With these USPs in your knowledge, you can enhance them further and leverage them to create content and marketing strategies.

Here are a few suggested options that you can include for customers to choose from in response.

- I am a loyal customer

- Price

- Product Specifications

- Free Shipping

- Exclusive promotional coupons

- Same-Day Delivery

- Your brand came on top in search results

- Referral from friend

- Appealing Product Information and Good Product Reviews

- 30-Day No Question Asked Return Policy, etc.

Based on responses, you can get the full picture of the powerful reasons that drive sales on your store.

What did you like the most about our product(s)?

You can keep this question in two parts. The first part where you can let your customers choose one or more possible variables as responses. A few suggested ones are:

- Quality
- Products meeting expectations and matching descriptions
- Value for money

In the second part, keep a line blank for open-ended feedback where customers can write down what they felt about the shopping experience. Further, they can also write about something specific they didn’t ‘like’.

Based on the responses, you can determine the factors that are ‘actually’ making your products popular and sales-worthy. Besides, you can also work out to fix the things that customers didn’t like.

Did the overall shopping experience meet your expectations?

Though it is a relatively tough question, it could be one of the most crucial ones.
A few key questions could be:

- Did you easily find your product(s) once at our store?

- Did you find our store easily navigable?

- Could you find all the items you were looking for?

- How did you find the checkout process?

- Did you receive the product on time?

- Could you easily track your order and receive timely updates on it from our end?

Such questions will help you to analyze the end-to-end customers’ experience right from when they found your store to using the product.

Would you consider returning to our store in the future? If yes, what other items would you prefer to buy from our store?

This question onwards, things start getting personal. This is because you are asking your customers straight away whether they liked your store enough to return or not.
So, it is important to keep the tone light and not ‘over-imposing’. Customers shouldn’t feel like you are forcing them to consider your brand worthy. Rather, they should feel that their repeat purchases really matter to you and that you would like to improve your product(s) according to their responses.

You can also suggest a few items for them to buy:
- Similar items to those ones they bought.
- Complimentary items
- More variants of the same product (in size, color, etc.)
- More brands to select from
Others

Which method would you prefer to stay connected with us?

You can include a number of options like:

- Email

- Twitter

- Facebook

- Instagram

- Pinterest, etc.

to choose from.
Make sure that you include links in your survey for respondents to change their email preferences and follow your brand on various social media platforms.

Would you refer our brand to your friend(s)/relative(s)?

If they answer ‘Yes’, you can offer a promotional code for both the respondent and their friends. And leverage their satisfaction to expand your customer base.

However, if their answer is ‘No’, you can immediately accompany a question like - ‘What went wrong?’ or ‘Is there anything you would like to mention that we can improve upon?’ This question will engage your customers more and they’ll understand that they matter for you.

Are You Ready to Make Your Post-Purchase Survey Engaging?

Collecting post-purchase experience is the key to determining your customer satisfaction level. With well-thought questions as mentioned above, you can easily prepare a post-purchase survey using a CRM survey module and stay on top of your customers’ shopping experience.

Want to create a post-purchase survey right away?

AppJetty has an all-inclusive and no investment partnership program for our tool, Survey Rocket. Affiliate with us through this program and expand your business. Interested? Learn more about the program from here.

Defining sales territories clearly helps prevent confusion and territory overlaps. It ensures that two or more sales reps don’t end up competing against one another for same customers or visiting the same customer twice. As a result, it also eliminates waste of time and money.

Sales territory management strategies might not succeed at times if the sales manager doesn’t have the means to monitor sales reps and their productivity. However, if sales managers have effective territory management, it can not only prevent account crossovers but also help sales reps by providing quality data that helps the brand stay ahead of competitors.

If you are also a sales manager, read on the tips you can follow to effectively define and manage your sales territories.

Map your CRM data 

Uploading Dynamics CRM data is the first and foremost step towards sales territory management. With Dynamics 365 map integration like QuickMaps, you can plot multiple CRM entities on the map easily and visualize necessary data to make informed decisions.

Segment your customers 

Place your customers into different categories and define territories accordingly. The criteria for segmenting clients into territories can vary.
Several companies segment clients as per the buyer’s persona to keep all the clients with similar needs and demands together in a group that makes their management easier. There are several others that segment clients as per their size (sales potential). If you have your clients in dispersed locations, you can also segment them as per their geographic locations.
While defining territories, make sure that each territory has good potential, is of a reasonable size, and has minimal obstacles. Once categorized, sorting and filtering your customers as per proximity, region, territory, etc. is always possible in real-time through a Dynamics 365 map integration. You can also change and re-assign territories to your reps anytime based on situations simplifying territory management further.

Schedule all plans and visits

Allot accounts or leads to your team members along with smart optimized routes based on proximity and average duration of visits to your on-field members to help them reach more customers in less time with a Dynamics CRM map integration.

Delegate 

Delegation is the key to managing sales territories - especially when they are large. Make sure that you demarcate sales territories for your reps to avoid any confusion or territory overlaps. Also, consider your reps’ specific capabilities and try matching them to the territory you think would be most suitable.

For instance, if a rep can visit more clients in a day than most of your other reps, assign this rep a territory having more clients. But at the same time, consider your reps’ personal connections and strengths with clients as well. If a particular rep has built strong relationships with one client, then you should keep that rep in that client’s territory.

Live-track your on-field members

Keeping track of on-field sales reps’ whereabouts is a must for sales managers.  With live tracking a Dynamics 365 map integration provides, you can always stay on top of your sales reps’ activities.

Be prepared to add or remove new routes or activities in real-time as the situation demands. This will help you handle situations where any lead gets added in real-time or a potential client pulls out at the last moment. And reduce the waste of time to a minimum and maximize the output.
Also, give your sales reps the freedom of user-level configuration. This will help them configure minor details like auto-zoom and default location to personalize map view for themselves. A Dynamics 365 map integration like QuickMaps can help you with that.

Analyze the ‘data’

Sales territory management can’t be complete without proper data analysis. As data-backed plans and strategies are far more effective than random intuition-based decisions. Therefore, always get a smart overview of sales activities, open leads, follow-up data to plan your daily and monthly activities.
Also, try understanding the core reason behind success or failure of your strategies through category/attribute specific views of multiple plotted entities. Visualize your CRM data in real-time and create area-wise heat maps, pie charts, and column charts to make better and data-driven decisions.

Ready to Manage Sales Territories Effectively?

Sales territory management is the key to maximizing output with optimal usage of time and resources. By following the above-mentioned tips and adding a Dynamics 365 map plugin, you can make sales territory management not only easy but also effective and productive.

All product and company names are trademarks™, registered® or copyright© trademarks of their respective holders. Use of them does not imply any affiliation with or endorsement by them.

The only success mantra for any manufacturing company is prompt deliveries.

Whether it is for the stores, suppliers, warehouses, or distributors, they all directly deal with their customers. Hence, having a streamlined supply chain is very important for customer satisfaction and overall experience.

Let’s understand how visualizing Dynamics 365 records on the map can help you plan a better supply chain and deliver more in less time!

Sales Team

By visualizing their suppliers and distributors on the map, the sales rep can plan their visits with the help of an optimized route. When on the field, they can optimize the route with navigation. As a result, they can plan more meetings with the distributors in a single day and improve their overall performance. By using features like territory visualization, reps can see where the distributors and other stakeholders lie.

And they can have a quick glance at each of the assigned ones. In case any appointment gets canceled, they can search for other distributors with the help of nearby features along the route.

Service Team

To meet customers on time or in any urgent case, service reps can follow optimized routes on the map. While on the map, with the help of Quick Insight and Reports, they can monitor the area from which the most customer requirements are coming and manage that territory accordingly. A rep can also record their arrival and departure for the location of a visit with the Check-In/Check-Out feature of Quick Maps for Dynamics 365.

In order to deliver services quickly, service reps can visualize the nearby area of service around a customer and add to the credibility and performance of the organization.

Supply Chain Delivery

When delivering, managers can visualize their clients on the map and meet the requirements by assigning the territories to the reps. After being assigned, reps can use the Optimized Route feature with Visualized Contacts enabled on the map to deliver goods by using the Auto-Scheduling feature. After delivering the goods to the required location, they can record the timings with Check-in and Check-out features to let the managers know that the job is done. Managers can stay connected to the reps when they are on-field with the Live tracking feature. In case they need any help upfront, managers can offer help.

Marketing

With the visualized data on a map, the marketing team can target campaigns for particular locations. They can use concrete data from the map to perform the marketing activities for the right times. Location lists, marketing lists, etc. can be availed for future product launches and improve the overall performance region wise.

Quick Maps: #1 Planner for Sales Team

So much can be done with map visualization and you can tap into potential untouched locations. In that case, you can opt for a Free Trial of Quick Maps and find out whether it can suit your requirements or not!

To get a free trial of 30 days you can visit the website or Microsoft AppSource.

What’s the great thing about open-ended questions?

You get genuine opinions from people as they are not bound to select from the available answer choices.

However, the real challenge begins when you have hundreds of responses to review.
This type of analysis is called qualitative data analysis. And for most researchers, the least favorite thing. Hence, in this article, we explain a 3-step guide on how you can make sense out of open-ended questions, and make your life easier!

Prepare the data and read through the responses

With survey reports, you can overview the responses of close-ended questions from charts. However, with reports like detailed individual reports, you can gather the response of each and every responder at an individual level.

After you have them, start reading. While trying to understand them, make sure to label or categorize them in a way that resonates with you.

For example, if the feedback is about not receiving responses of tickers, you can use the code “poor customer service” to categorize that response and other responses that communicate a similar idea.

A quick tip: You can use an Excel spreadsheet—add the responses in column A and assign each response code in column B. You can sort column B alphabetically to view which codes appear most.
You can also divide the responses into categories like:

- Positive

- Neutral

- Negative

Subcategorize and recheck

Subcategorize them only if you find extra details that could help. For example, if you find that not getting a reply to the ticket is something you have received a lot, add it in the negative -- No ticket response. However, you can skip this step because it depends on the replies that you received.

Once you are done, make sure to go back and re-read responses to make sure they fit properly in the categories that you‘ve assigned them. You can also assign multiple categories to one response since open-ended responses tend to cover more than one thing usually.

Quick tips:

- Instead of starting with a pre-defined list of codes, let the responses define them for you. Make your list of codes as you go.

- Be consistent. For example, if you use the code "No ticket response" once, keep using it. Don’t mix it up by adding "no responses" to your list of codes.

It’s time for results!

Now that you have everything ready, it is time to convert them into quantitative data/percentages. For example, from your survey 30% of people had positive things to say, 20% were neutral, and 50% had negative comments.

Quick tips:

- Tally the number of times each code appears to determine key issues.

- In your final report, use verbatims to prepare your findings. For example:-

- Finding

The customer support system is not responsive

- Verbatim

- "We never get the reply of our tickers"

Do not forget your objective

When analyzing the qualitative data, it is important to keep in mind what your objective is. Were you looking to find out if your customer support is up to the mark? Just like that, write down your objective and work around finding its answer. It will help you gather effective answers.

Power tips for asking open-ended questions for better insights:

- Study your open-ended questions. Wherever you feel you can get more information, turn them into open-ended questions.

- After a close-ended question, follow up with an open-ended question. It will help you fetch more information regarding your customers’ choice of a particular close-ended question.

- Open-ended questions are designed to start conversations. Hence it is important to actively listen to them and act and if possible, revert with a solution.

And that’s it! It may look like a 3-step process, but it is a lot of work! However, keeping your objective in mind will help you in summarizing the results.

AppJetty has an all-inclusive and no investment partnership program for our tool, Survey Rocket. Affiliate with us through this program and expand your business. Interested? Learn more about the program from here.

Over 6 million Corona cases worldwide and still counting! Yes, this is the harsh reality of Corona. The economic slump has hit hardly a number of countries and businesses across the globe like never before.
With several stores still closed and production and supply chains impacted, monitoring customer experience is the ‘silver lining’ that can save a business from huge losses amidst these unprecedented times. As keeping your customer experience intact will help retain your customer base and mitigate impacts on your sales.

Now the question is - How can business owners monitor and enhance customer experience? Luckily, there are ways they can.

If you are also an online business owner and are finding it hard to monitor your costumes’ experience, below are the ways to simplify it for you.

Customer Surveys 

There is no doubt that you must have made the best possible efforts from your end to adapt to the current pandemic. However, unless you don’t know your customers’ perspectives about those adaptations, they are pointless. As they are the ones who can ‘actually’ point out the exact strong points or pain points in your adapted approaches. And whether those approaches have struck the right chord with them or not.

Similarly, unless you don’t know how your customers’ response is to a new product or service before launch, predicting its success level can be hard. Also, you wouldn’t know how to tweak it to fit customers’ needs better.

So, how can you know your customers’ viewpoints about your current product(s)/service(s) or the upcoming ones? Luckily, there is a way - a customer survey.

It is one of the valuable ways to measure overall success and customer satisfaction levels.

Again, a survey is of various types -

- Net Promoter Score (NPS) Survey - To gauge the loyalty of your customers by letting them rate your product(s)/service(s) on a scale of 1 to 10.

- Customer Satisfaction Survey - To find out if your business meets your customers’ expectations or not.

- Post-Purchase Survey - To collect feedback about a particular product or service
post-purchase.

- Product/Service Development Survey - To assess what your customers think
about your new upcoming product(s)/service(s) launches in advance.

- Web-Intercept Surveys - To collect insights into customers’ experience straight
from your website in real-time.

A CRM survey tool like our SugarCRM survey module can help you create result-oriented surveys with ready-to-use survey templates. Further, with advanced features like Skip Logic, Data Piping, Advanced Statistical Reports, and more, your surveys can become more engaging and sales-driven.

This way, your survey creation won’t only become easier but also more efficient and helps enhance your customer experience.

Online Reputation Management

Showing your brand in a good light in the midst of these tough times is crucial. And upkeeping your online reputation is the key to it.

There are several ways you can maintain and manage your online reputation.

Keep Customers Informed

There is a feeling of uncertainty everywhere around. In these times, you must ensure to keep your customers well-informed about your business updates via your site, social media, emails, etc. This will go a long way to help you retain your customer base.

Be it a change in operational hours, exchange or return policies, contact info, temporary suspension of service in an area, or anything else; it is a must to convey everything to your customers.

Track Reviews - Good and Bad 

Reviews are your ‘eyes’. Confused!? Metaphorically. Reviews show you the ‘real’ image of your brand among your customers. Therefore, you simply can’t do without keeping a track of them.

Monitor reviews on your site, social media pages, business app (if you have one), and literally everywhere. Don’t leave out any review across any platform unanswered - especially the negative ones. As negative reviews can be detrimental to your brand rapport.

Whenever a customer gives a negative review, read it and analyze the pain point(s) thoroughly. Come up with an effective solution to post in response to that review. If you find the review to be too long with a number of pain points and impossible to resolve instantly, empathize with them in the first place. And post your customer support email address reassuring them that they can send their issue in full detail on that and you will resolve it.

Even if a review is positive, thank the reviewer first and make them realize that their positive reviews give you the inspiration to always serve them well.

Share Reviews and Content

‘Showing off’ may not be good in daily life but when it comes to online reputation, it is not so. Sharing your clients’ positive reviews, testimonials, and case studies across your site and social media is important. Because through this only, people develop confidence and trust in your brand. And encourages them to consider your brand.

Website Inquiries and Direct Calls

In crisis times, real-time customer support is highly indispensable to enhance the customer experience. Hence, ensure that your online support is all set to improve your customers’ journey - and not hinder it at any step.

Check for:

- Site Navigability - To make sure that site is easily navigable and loading fast.

- Technical operations - To remove any broken links, non-loading forms, or other
technical glitches.

- Employee-Customer Relations - To ensure that your support team follows up all online inquiries in a courteous manner in a given time frame.

Besides resolving online issues, monitoring inquiries via calls on your customer support number also matters. Pen down the most common pain points or issues your customers have. Try to segregate them into general inquiries and product-specific issues.

While general inquiries don’t need much analysis and can be handled instantly most of the time, product-specific issues and complaints require analysis. Sit with your developers and sales team to find out what you can do to solve product-specific issues.

From your sales team, find out what your competitors are offering that you aren’t. And with your developer team, you can discuss the feasibility of those features cost-wise and development-wise.

Accordingly, you can reach a final solution to eradicate that pain point and boost customers’ experience.

In a Nutshell

Nobody knows how long it would take for this pandemic to subside, but you can still take steps to minimize its impact on your business. By following the above-mentioned ways, you can monitor your customer experience and take steps to enhance it.

With our SugarCRM survey module Survey Rocket, you can create sales-driven CRM surveys and assess your customer experience.

AppJetty has an all-inclusive and no investment partnership program for our tool, Survey Rocket. Affiliate with us through this program and expand your business. Interested? Learn more about the program from here.

Who can join our partnership?

Whether you are a SugarCRM or SuiteCRM elite partner, reseller, advocate, a tech enthusiast, a solopreneur, a professional salesman, a marketer or literally any CRM user, our Sugar & Suite partnership program is open for all --- if you are looking add an extra income source and expand it further.

What is this partnership program?

AppJetty is home to some exclusive Sugar & Suite CRM based products. You can sign up for this partnership for Free from our website. Once everything is done, here is how you can get started.

- We will call and brief you on the process and advantages of the partnership.

- What follows next will be the signing of a non-disclosure agreement between you/your company and AppJetty. This is to ensure you about customer data security.

- After that, you will receive a free demo key of the SugarCRM/SuiteCRM product which will be valid for one year. This enables you to give a demo of our products for free to your customers.

- As a new partner company, you can also start reselling products and give a 2-month free trial to your customers.

The Benefits:

- No extra investment or hidden charges

- 20% off on all purchases

- Prioritized technical support

- Personalized demo key for one year

- Dedicated account manager

- A free-trial period of 2 months to customers

- Non-disclosure agreement

- Exhaustive product training for a better understanding of the product(s)

Why us?

AppJetty is an ISO-certified software company and an official ISV partner of SugarCRM and SuiteCRM. Over a decade, it has carved out a niche for itself in the market of extensions for SugarCRM, SuiteCRM, and popular e-commerce platforms like Magento, Odoo, and WordPress. It also provides customization support for apps or extensions as per the clients' requirements.

All product and company names are trademarks™, registered® or copyright© trademarks of their respective holders. Use of them does not imply any affiliation with or endorsement by them.

To help estore owners using Australia Post as their postal service manage parcel shipments and deliveries from within their stores, our AppJetty team has developed two efficient modules:

- Australia Post Shipping Extension

- Australia Post Parcel Send

Though both these extensions are highly useful for Magento store owners, there are some differences between the features of both. And of late, many of our clients and audience had been enquiring about the differences between the two plugins. So, here we are with this post fully dedicated to the differences between Australia Post Shipping Module and Australia Post eParcel/Parcel Send that can help merchants choose the right module for their stores. 

Before we delve into the detailed explanation of features, let’s have an encapsulated view of major differences between the two.

Australia Post Shipping Module and Australia Post Parcel Send both are useful in the management of parcel deliveries. However, while Australia Post Shipping Extension is ideal for store owners with yearly shipments below 1000; Australia Post eParcel (soon to be Parcel Send) is the only solution to make distribution streamlined for vendors with yearly shipments above 1000. 

Besides, Parcel Send provides some exclusive features for vendors that include:

- Advanced consignment management

- Manifest generation

- Mass label printing for consignments

- Support for third-party shipping methods within the store that are not present in Australia Post Shipping Module.

Apart from the difference between these two modules, Australia Post Shipping module comes in two versions with differences in the extent of functionalities non-eParcel Online account holders and e-Parcel Online account holders can avail. The two versions are as below: 

- One basic version for vendors with non-eParcel (soon to be Parcel Send) Online accounts who can avail only PAC API live shipping rates and satchel services.

- The advanced version for vendors with eParcel accounts who can avail the exclusive functionalities of Shipment Tracking and Label Printing as well.

Now that you have got a basic idea of major differences, read on to know their features in detail to get deeper insights into both plugins.

Australia Post Shipping Extension for Magento 2

The very first difference, as you have read above, starts with the number of yearly shipments. This shipping extension is ideal for small and medium-sized vendors with yearly shipment count not exceeding 1000. 

Live Shipping Rates 

The admin can display live shipping rates for various types of shipments on the storefront so that end-customers don’t need to go to the Australia Post official site to cross-check the rates. 

Note: Though live shipping rates are generally more preferable among users of this extension, our developer team also provides support for displaying contract service rates to end-customers for eParcel account holders whose shipment count exceeds 1000 as they prefer those rates for higher profit margins.

Flexibility of Shipment Configurations 

This plugin also offers configuration options like ‘Signature on Delivery’, insurance coverage charges for shipments, and item-level packing to ship every item separately. 

Multiple Shipping Services

This plugin lets you set domestic and international services for letters and parcels. You have the freedom to choose between international services depending on the type and size of letters and parcels.

Shipping Rates Configurations

This plugin also lets you define default product dimensions for the weight unit to consider while generating shipping rates. You can also set default values of parameters like height, width, and length when product dimensions are not explicitly specified.

AusPost Configurations

This plugin also lets you set up handling fee and warehouse postcodes for your Magento 2 store. Further, you can also set satchel services and COD charges for your parcels. These rates will be added to calculated live shipping rates based on either standard or contract rates.

Label Printing

Through the Australia Post Label Printing service, you can also generate a shipment label with the Australia Post logo in predefined size and format. You can create label layouts for parcels and express posts and decide on the number of labels to print per paper. However, you can use only one label per order.

Australia Post Parcel Send for Magento 2

This plugin is ideal for e-store owners with yearly shipments exceeding 1000. One thing to note here is that Australia Post Parcel Send is just a minor variant of the all-inclusive Australia Post service with several exclusive features for vendors with higher shipment count over 1000.

Flexibility to Manage Third-Party Shipping Methods

Through this extension, you can integrate the functionality of shipping method management of Australia Post shipping extension and set charge codes for all third-party shipping methods to offer to your end-customers. 

For instance, if your end-customer chooses FedEx for delivery, you can still assign the order to Australia Post Parcel Send for Magento 2. 

Manage Shipping Methods

With this extension, you can display or hide particular shipping methods as per your requirements on your storefront. You can also offer free shipping by setting the minimum order value from your store backend. 

Consignment Management

This is an exclusive feature that gives you the freedom to define custom article presets of different dimensions and also create customized articles for a single shipment. You can also manage all your consignments easily, view their details, and generate shipments in bulk. You can also send them for label printing and create and download labels for bulk consignments unlike order-wise label printing in Australia Post shipping module. Thus, it saves you valuable time and effort and speeds up the label generation process. 

In the same way, you can also generate return labels in bulk.

Manifest Generation

Unlike Australia Post Shipping extension, you can generate manifest immediately after you submit a consignment. You can add multiple reports to a single manifest and view a manifest summary report of all such auto-generated manifest reports containing multiple orders.

Therefore, this plugin makes it easier to handle bulk orders via consignments and manifest summary reports, unlike Australia Post Shipping plugin where you need to maintain order-wise reports.

Concluding Note

Now that you have understood all the major differences between Australia Post Shipping extension and Australia Post Parcel Send, we hope it would be easy for you to choose the right extension for your store. If you still have any queries or want to get any kind of information about them, drop us a line at sales@appjetty.com and our support team will revert to you within 24 hours. Meanwhile, you can explore features of our plugins right from here.

All product and company names are trademarks™, registered® or copyright© trademarks of their respective holders. Use of them does not imply any affiliation with or endorsement by them.

Any business, and that means anywhere there is an exchange of goods and services for money or other goods and services, needs to have a database and a ledger. Years ago, it was in books, written in ink, then it moved to computers on spreadsheets, and then finally to Customer Relationship Management tools.

Now the CRM has become much more sophisticated than it used to be and it is available in your pocket. Our product TapCRM, a SuiteCRM mobile app, puts your SuiteCRM on your phone and gives you some special mobile specific features. There are 6 major industries that we are talking about today that can leverage the benefits of having a mobile CRM.

Here are the six industries:

• Services
• Retail
• Manufacturing
• Real Estate
• Health Care
• Agriculture

Let’s take the use case of each industry:

• Services:

The service industry depends quite heavily on field work. Equipped with TapCRM, your team can have access to all of the CRM wherever they are. If your company deals with providing cable services, your employee can go to the customer’s house, check into that meeting, have the customer’s  exact requirement in the CRM, deal with it, mark it done, and generate an invoice right from the phone. This takes into work features like check in/check out, activity stream, invoices, etc.

Other features that the service industry can use are:

- 360 View for each record, with details, activity stream, and follow ups.

- Advance filters for filtering data based on status, priority, tags assigned, etc.

- Live tracking for getting your team’s live location and their tasks.

- Creating meetings, tasks, and calls for maintaining each interaction with a client or customer in a streamlined manner.

• Retail:

Certain retail specific features that a SuiteCRM mobile app can have are invoice and billing, as well as charts and reports. Any retail business that happens on the field with minimal setup infrastructure, requires a CRM on the phone. If your business wants to have a small outlet in carnivals, you don’t want to set up a computer there. Your retail employees handling the booth can simply use their phones as a way to generate bills. Having access to quick charts and reports in such a situation can give an overview as to what item is selling better and needs to be restocked to match the demand.

• Manufacturing:

Any manufacturing business has a number of components. There are teams procuring raw materials, teams working with vendors to buy it and then teams working to sell the manufactured goods. TapCRM becomes a useful tool to all these teams. It can handle documentation, activity management, live tracking, and planning. If you are in the field, talking to vendors, you can check in and check out of appointments, store contracts, etc. With a custom dashboard for all users, no matter what your role is, you can see information relevant to you so you can act on it.

• Real Estate:

A real estate company can use geolocation to map each of their properties when they are taking their clients for site visits. A quick glance at the dashboard can tell which units are sold and which ones are under construction so they know the right ones to show to the clients. And the document management feature can help keep all the contract, and signatures in one place and have them ready when required.

• Healthcare:

TapCRM can revolutionize the functions of a hospital by placing the CRM in the pockets of each and every doctor and nurse. The biggest advantage of this is that each patient’s details, treatment patterns, allergies, blood work, etc is in one accessible place. This way if there is an emergency, the available medical staff can make the right treatment decision for them at that moment. It also has the other features like appointment management, document management, custom dashboard etc. To read more about the use case of mobile CRM for healthcare, read our blog.

• Agriculture:

There is heavy use of machinery and equipment here. You can store all the related information and data on the CRM, so that no matter who is working on the field has all the data they need on the spot. TapCRM comes with a planner feature that helps you to plan a task list in a calendar in accordance with weather conditions, a crop’s natural cycle, etc.

Other features include:

- Documentation: You can store important documents in the CRM which you may need to access on the go if you are making deals with potential vendors away from your main farm.

- Work report: With your whole staff using this feature, you can get periodical reports on their tasks when you require.

- Offline sync: At times, on field and in rural areas, there is no internet connectivity. In this case, TapCRM's offline access feature proves to be useful in accessing all required CRM modules offline and then all the changes made will be synced once the connectivity is restored.

- Dashboard: When you are managing a large agricultural business, the more information you can get immediately, the immediate actions you can take based on that. A dashboard on the mobile app makes this easy and accessible anywhere.

Using a mobile CRM can elevate your team’s workflow. It can ease the back and forth that they have to do. It makes it much easier to do the actual work that you have to do as opposed to spending a huge amount of time doing administrative tasks regarding the work you are doing.

You can explore the TapCRM product page here. If you belong to any of these industries, and want to explore the app for your particular use case, please contact us here.

All product and company names are trademarks™, registered® or copyright© trademarks of their respective holders. Use of them does not imply any affiliation with or endorsement by them.

Ever wondered that a small virus invisible to naked eyes could wreath havoc beyond bounds? Yupp, you guessed it right - the Novel Coronavirus a.k.a. COVID-19. At first sight, anyone would only say this - the virus has disrupted lives. And nobody can deny that! Though this pandemic has positive sides too - improved air quality, reduced noise pollution, healing environment, one can’t ignore its widespread impact. 

Online businesses too are facing the brunt. Nevertheless, as Einstein said - “In the midst of every crisis, lies great opportunity.”, online business owners also have the opportunity to innovate their business operations. Wondering how?

Read on to know how you can prevent problems from arising in your business operations - especially the problems with delivery services and keep your business operations streamlined amid COVID-19.

Tips to Manage Deliveries Efficiently

✔️ Zero-contact delivery

In the times of this pandemic, everyone is concerned about the possibility of infection from Corona. Several ecommerce companies like Amazon, BigBasket, etc. have already started offering zero-contact deliveries. It is high time you also offered the option of Zero-Contact or contactless delivery to your customers to:

- Mitigate the chances of Corona spread.
- Win their trust and instill a sense of safety in their minds.

You can display this option for customers to opt-in on your product page or checkout page. You can also view the list of orders with the condition of contactless delivery along with specific instructions from customers from your backend for more efficient management.

A feature-rich plugin like Delivery Date Scheduler that integrates with your estore can help you step up to the occasion. Also, make sure that you take proper steps to ensure that the zero-contact delivery is seamless.

Coming soon: Our team of developers is working to add this functionality to our Magento 2 Delivery Date Scheduler. To explore more, click here.

✔️Let customers select delivery date and time slot

With the lockdown scenario prevailing across various areas of a country, customers know better about their regions. And they have a better idea about when the lockdown would probably be over or relaxed and deliveries would resume - especially if they are in red zone areas. Even in other areas with mild lockdowns, they would know the fixed hours during which the administration might allow outsiders including delivery men to enter.  You can let them use this knowledge to choose a suitable delivery date and time slot with a delivery date picker to reduce the chances of delivery issues like delivery returns to a minimum.

✔️Personalize customers’ shopping experience

By letting your customers add delivery comments regarding the packaging style specifications or the ‘Call before Delivery’ option, etc. This way, you can engage them better. 

✔️Stay on top of order management

With a summarized view of orders and delivery statuses, stay on top of your customers’ orders. Keep your customers in tune with order statuses through email notifications or text messages using a feature-rich plugin.

✔️Display non-working days and non-operative hours

To ensure full transparency, specify working and non-working days and display them on the checkout page so that customers not only get a clear idea of them but also place orders accordingly. You can also define operative and non-operative time-slots to make the checkout process even more transparent through a Delivery Date Scheduler. This will help customers choose the most suitable time slot from operative slots in accordance with the lockdown guidelines in their regions.

This will help reduce the chances of delivery issues like delivery delays, order returns, confusion, and miscommunication, or poor delivery experiences, or other grievances to a minimum. 

✔️Offer Zip Code Validation

Zip Code Validation is a great way to ensure clarity and transparency for both the parties. When customers choose a delivery date of their choice from the delivery date scheduler and proceed to checkout, they would be able to check whether the delivery of that particular product is available at their address or not simply by entering zip codes. 

Further, they can also find out whether one-day delivery of a particular product is available at their address or not. Accordingly, they can decide whether to order the product(s). 

Thus, zip code validation helps avoid any miscommunication or issues like late deliveries, product non-availability, etc. and keep customers’ trust in your brand intact.

✔️Manage grace period, cut-off time, and daily quota per customer

To streamline your delivery operations and mitigate the possibility of delivery problems or grievances, you can:

- Specify the min. count of days it takes to process several particular orders (grace period)

- Mention the point of time beyond which any order placed would count in the orders as the next-day (cut-off time)

- Add the maximum number of items a customer can order daily(daily quota per customer)
etc. on your store.

It won’t only help you add more transparency but also manage orders more efficiently and seamlessly. 

How Can AppJetty Help You?

We, at AppJetty, understand our customers’ concerns and have some plugins to help e-store owners like you in streamlining their delivery operations.

Magento 2 Delivery Date Extension

This delivery date scheduler extension lets customers choose delivery date and time of their choice which creates a seamless delivery experience by reducing non-availability issues to a minimum. At the same time, it is also highly helpful for e-store admins as they get to control working and non-working days, customize the delivery date scheduler for better engagement, define the maximum number of deliverable days, etc.

Magento 2 Zip Code Validator

This extension enables the customers to check for the availability of a particular product(s) at their addresses by entering the zip codes of their regions. As an admin, you also can blacklist/whitelist zip codes from the backend, customize product availability/non-availability messages, zip code check label and button to enhance customers’ shopping experience. As it is compatible with Magento 2 Delivery Date Scheduler, you can also use it along with that and take delivery transparency to the next level.

Are You Ready for Streamlined Delivery Operations?

Now that you know that one of the important steps towards sustaining your e-business amid the Novel Coronavirus pandemic is streamlining your delivery operations, it is high time you followed the above-mentioned tips and retained your business productivity right away.

All product and company names are trademarks™, registered® or copyright© trademarks of their respective holders. Use of them does not imply any affiliation with or endorsement by them.